draft basic assessment report - csir · jonathan 175- jq, brits, north west basic assessment...

DRAFT BASIC ASSESSMENT REPORT

PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT OF A CHICKEN BROILER FA CILITY ON PORTION 40 OF THE FARM

JONATHAN 175 - JQ, BRITS, NORTH W ES T

DRAFT BASIC ASSESSMENT REPORT – Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm

Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West.


CSIR Report Number: CSIR/02100/EMS/IR/2016/0003/A

May 2017

Prepared for:

JamRock (Pty) Ltd

Prepared by: CSIR

P O Box 320, Stellenbosch, 7599 Tel: +27 21 888 2432 Fax: +27 21 888 2473

Email: [email protected]

Lead Author: Reinett Mogotshi

Reviewer:

Minnelise Levendal

COPYRIGHT

© CSIR 2017. All rights to the intellectual property and/or contents of this document remain vested in the CSIR. This document is issued for the sole purpose for which it is supplied. No part of this publication may be

reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by means electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the express written permission of the CSIR. It may also not be lent, resold, hired out or otherwise disposed of by way of trade in any form of binding or cover than that in

which it is published.

mailto:[email protected]




Basic Assessment Report, EIA Regulations, 2017 - Page 1

Title: Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West.

Purpose of this report: The purpose of this BA Report is to:

Present the proposed project and the need for the project;

Describe the affected environment at a sufficient level of detail

to facilitate informed decision-making;

Provide an overview of the BA Process being followed, including

public consultation;

Assess the predicted positive and negative impacts of the

project on the environment;

Provide recommendations to avoid or mitigate negative impacts

and to enhance the positive benefits of the project;

Provide an Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) for

the proposed project.

This BA Report is being made available to all Interested and Affected Parties (I&APs) and stakeholders for a 30-day review period. All comments submitted during the review of the BA Report will be incorporated into the finalised BA Report as applicable and where necessary. This finalised BA Report will then be submitted to the North West Department of Rural, Environment and Agricultural Development (READ) for decision-making.

Prepared for: Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd

Prepared by: CSIR

P O Box 320, Stellenbosch, 7599

Tel: +27 21 888 2432

Fax: +27 21 888 2473

Author:

Reviewer:

Reinett Mogotshi

Minnelise Levendal

CSIR Report Number:

CSIR Project Number:

CSIR/02100/EMS/IR/2016/0003/A

EMS0136

Date: May 2017

To be cited as: CSIR, 2017. Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West. CSIR Report Number CSIR/02100/EMS/IR/2016/0003/A





Opportunity for Review: This Draft Basic Assessment Report, including theDraft Environmental Management Programme (EMPr), is hereby released for a 30-day review period by stakeholders.

Project Manager - Reinett Mogotshi

Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) Postal Address: P.O. Box 320, Stellenbosch, 7599

Phone: 021 888 2432 Fax: 021 888 2693







SECTION A ACTIVITY INFORMATION 18

A.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 18

A.2 FEASIBLE AND REASONABLE ALTERNATIVES 21

A.3 PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE ACTIVITY 25

A.4 SITE ACCESS 25

A.5 LOCALITY MAP 26

A.6 LAYOUT/ROUTE PLAN 26

A.7 SENSITIVITY MAP 26

A.8 SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 27

A.9 FACILITY ILLUSTRATION 27

A.10 ACTIVITY MOTIVATION 27

A.11 APPLICABLE LEGISLATION, POLICIES AND/OR GUIDELINES 30

A.12 WASTE, EFFLUENT, EMISSION AND NOISE MANAGEMENT 30

A.13 WATER USE 33

A.14 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 33

SECTION B SITE/AREA/PROPERTY DESCRIPTION 35

B.1 GRADIENT OF THE SITE 35

B.2 LOCATION IN LANDSCAPE 35

B.3 GROUNDWATER, SOIL AND GEOLOGICAL STABILITY OF THE SITE 36

B.4 GROUNDCOVER 36

B.5 SURFACE WATER 36

B.6 LAND USE CHARACTER OF SURROUNDING AREA 37

B.7 BIODIVERSITY 38

B.8 CULTURAL/HISTORICAL FEATURES 41

B.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CHARACTER 43

B.10 SPECIALIST(S) CONSULTATION 46

SECTION C IMPACT ASSESSMENT 46

C.1 IMPACTS THAT MAY RESULT FROM THE PLANNING AND DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION,

OPERATIONAL, DECOMMISSIONING AND CLOSURE PHASES AS WELL AS PROPOSED

MANAGEMENT OF IDENTIFIED IMPACTS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES 46

C.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT 67

SECTION D PUBLIC PARTICIPATION 68

D.1 ADVERTISEMENT AND NOTICE 68

D.2 DETERMINATION OF APPROPRIATE MEASURES 68

D.3 ISSUES RAISED BY INTERESTED AND AFFECTED PARTIES 69

D.4 COMMENTS AND RESPONSE REPORT 69

D.5 AUTHORITY PARTICIPATION 69





D.6 CONSULTATION WITH OTHER STAKEHOLDERS 70

SECTION E RECOMMENDATION OF PRACTITIONER 71

E.1 SECTION F: AFFIRMATION BY EAP 72

SECTION F APPENDICES 72

Appendix A A3 Locality Map

Appendix B Layout Plan and Sensitivity Maps

Appendix C Photographs

Appendix D Facility illustration(s)

Appendix E Confirmation of services by Municipality (servitude and infrastructure planning)

Appendix F Details and expertise of Specialist and Declaration of Interest

Appendix G Specialist reports (including terms of reference)

Appendix H Impact Assessment

Appendix I Public Participation

Appendix J Environmental Management Programme (EMPr)

Appendix K Details of EAP and expertise

Appendix L Any other Information

Appendix M Financial Provision (if applicable)

Appendix N Closure Plan (where applicable) as described in Appendix 5 of EIA Regulations, 2017

Table 1: Listed activity relating to the proposed project 6

Table 2: Summary of Impacts 8

Table 3: Vegetation units within the proposed development site 41

Figure 1: Potential wetland areas 37

Figure 2: Vegetation units within the proposed development site 40

Figure 3: Photographs of Conservation Important plant species on Site 41

Figure 4: Employment status within the Moretele Local Municipality 43

Figure 5: Percentage of average household income 44

Figure 6: Level of education within Moretele Local Municipality 45





INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd is a producer of broiler chickens that are raised with strict considerations for chickens and the environment. It is located in Brits, North West Province. The Enterprise proposes to develop three chicken broiler houses with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit and farm house. The size of each chicken house will be 20m x 130m, with the capacity to breed 40 000 chickens per cycle. The farm is 9.2 hectares and is situated on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ. Furthermore the farm has an existing borehole with the capacity to store 10 000 L of water.

ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PROCESS

The Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), appointed by National Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA), runs the Special Needs and Skills Development Programme which is aimed at providing Environmental Services, pro-bono, to small-scale businesses. The programme offers the undertaking of a Basic Assessment for projects that require this assistance in applying for Environmental Authorisation. The CSIR is currently undertaking a Basic Assessment Process for Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd for their proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-JQ, Brits, North west. The development triggers listed activities in terms of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulations, Government Regulations (GNR) 324 and 327 of April 2017 promulgated under the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (Act no 107 of 1998). In terms of these Regulations, a Basic Assessment (BA) should be undertaken for the proposed project. The EAP will be managing the BA process on behalf of the project applicant. In terms of the amended NEMA EIA Regulations published in GNR 324, 325, 326 and 327 on the 7 April 2017 Government Gazette Number 40772, a BA process is required as the project triggers the following listed activities (detailed in Table 1 below).





Table 1: Listed activity relating to the proposed project

Relevant notice Activity No (s) (in

terms of the relevant notice) :

Description of each listed activity as per the Government Notice

GN. R 327, 7 April 2017

5. (ii) and (iv) The development and related operation of facilities or infrastructure for the concentration of

(ii) more than 5 000 poultry per facility situated outside an urban area, excluding chicks younger than 20 days and (iv) more than 25000 chicks younger than 20 days per facility situated outside an urban area.

GN. R 327, 7 April 2017

27 The clearance of an area of 1 hectare or more, but less than 20 hectares of indigenous vegetation, except where such clearance of indigenous vegetation is required for- i) the undertaking of a linear activity; or ii) maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance management plan.

GN. R 324, 7 April 2017

12(h)(iv) The clearance of 300 square metres or more of indigenous vegetation except where such clearance of indigenous vegetation is required for maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with the maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance plan in North West within critical biodiversity areas identified in in systematic biodiversity plans adopted by the competent authority.

These listed activities require Environmental Authorisation from the Department: Rural, Environment and Agricultural Development (READ).

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The Enterprise proposes to develop a 1.6 hectare broiler facility with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit, workers quarters and office. The size of each chicken house will be 20m x 130m, with the capacity to breed 40 000 chickens per cycle. The farm is 9.2 hectares and is situated on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ. Furthermore the farm has an existing borehole with the capacity to store 10 000 L of water.





The proposed infrastructure of the broiler facility will entail the following:

3x chicken houses (130m x 20m)

6m access road

Workers quarter (80mx 40m)

Storage unit (60m x 40m)

Home and office (40m x 40m)

Used bedding area (20m x 60m)

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Two specialist studies were undertaken as part of the BA Process. These studies included a Terrestrial Impact Assessment and Heritage Impact Assessment. The findings of these studies are summarised below. It is important to note that the impacts described below apply to the proposed alternative.





Table 2: Summary of Impacts

POTENTIAL IMPACTS SIGNIFICANCE

RATING

SIGNIFICANCE

RATING

CONSTRUCTION Without With

Loss or degradation of the wetland on the access road High (-) Low (-)

Loss of terrestrial vegetation and faunal habitat Medium (-) Low (-)

Loss of CI or medicinal flora. Medium (-) Low (-)

Loss of CI fauna Medium (-) Low (-)

Introduction and proliferation of alien species High (-) Low (-)

Increased dust and erosion Medium (-) Low (-)

Sensory disturbance of fauna Medium (-) Low (-)

Destruction of palaeontological material Very Low (-) Very Low (-)

Destruction of archaeological artefacts Very Low (-) Very Low (-)

Destruction of graves Low (-) Very Low (+)

Emissions from dust generation and construction vehicles Low (-) Low (-)

Potential spillage of by spillage or discharge of construction waste water Low (-) Very Low (-)

Potential Pollution of the surrounding water and ground as a result of generation of building rubble and waste scrap material High (-) Low (-)

Opportunities for employment and skills development High (+) High (+)

Potential visual impacts as the result of construction activities Low (-) Low (-)

Potential noise impact as the result of the use of construction equipment Medium (-) Low (-)

Potential impact on the safety of construction workers and Health injuries to construction personnel as a result of construction work Medium (-) Medium (-)

Traffic, congestion and potential for collisions Low (-) Low (-)

OPERATION


Environmental contamination Medium (-) Low (-)

Poor / Inappropriate control of animal pests High (-) Low (-)

Disease transmission Medium (-) Low (-)

Altered burning Medium (-) Low (-)


Loss of CI or medicinal flora Medium (-) Low (-)

Sensory disturbance of fauna Medium (-) Low (-)




Emissions into the atmosphere as a result of staff vehicles. Medium (-) Low (-)

Improved service delivery with regards poultry products Medium (+) High (+)

Opportunities for employment and skills development Medium (+) High (+)

Night lighting of the development on the nightscape of the surrounding landscape Low (-) Low (-)





Potential noise impact from operations and road transportation of products Medium (-) Low (-)

Minor accidents to the public and moderate accidents to operational staff Medium (-) Low (-)

Atmospheric pollution due to fumes, smoke from fires Medium (-) Low (-)

DECOMMISSIONING



Increased dust and erosion Medium (-) Low (-)

Sensory disturbance of fauna Low (-) Low (-)




Discharge of contaminated stormwater into the surrounding environment Medium (-) Low (-)

Emissions from decommissioning vehicles and generation of dust Medium (-) Low (-)

Noise generation from demolition activities Medium (-) Low (-)

Pollution of the surrounding environment as a result of the handling, temporary storage and disposal of solid waste High (-) Low (-)

EAP’S RECOMMENDATION

Based on the findings of this BA Process, it is therefore the opinion of the EAP that conducted this BA Process, that there are no negative impacts that should be considered as “fatal flaws” from an environmental perspective, and thereby necessitate the development of the chicken broiler. Based on the findings of this Draft BA Report, it is the opinion of the EAP that the project benefits outweigh the negative environmental impacts, and that the project will make a positive contribution towards skills development, women empowerment and economic growth in the Moretele Local Municipality. An Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) has been compiled for the proposed project. This Draft EMPr captures the project specific information for all phases of the development and includes all mitigation actions identified in this BA Process. The Draft EMPr is a dynamic document that should be updated regularly and provide clear and implementable measures for the establishment and operation of the proposed project. It is our recommendation that all the mitigation measures be implemented for the proposed project. Concluding statement from EAP: Provided that the specified mitigation measures are applied effectively, it is proposed that the project receives Environmental Authorisation in terms of the EIA Regulations promulgated under the NEMA.





BA Basic Assessment

BID Background Information Document

CSIR Council for Scientific and Industrial Research

DEA National Department of Environmental Affairs

EAP Environmental Assessment Practitioner

EAPs Environmental Assessment Practitioners

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMPr Environmental Management Programme

I&AP Interested and Affected Party

I&APs Interested and Affected Parties

IDP Integrated Development Plan

NWA National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998)

NEM: AQA National Environment Management: Air Quality Act (Act 39 of 2004)

NEM: ICMA National Environmental Management: Integrated Coastal Management Act (Act 24 of 2008)

NEMA National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998)

NHRA National Heritage Resources Act (Act 25 of 1999)

PPP Public Participation Process

SAHRA South African Heritage Resources Agency

SAHRIS South African Heritage Resources Information System

SDF Spatial Development Framework

READ Department of Rural, Environmental and Agricultural Development

TOR Terms of Reference


PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT OF A CHICKEN BROILER FA CILITY ON PORTION 40 OF THE FARM JONATHAN 175 - JQ, BRITS, NORTH W ES T


Summary of where requirements of Appendix 1 of the 2017 NEMA EIA Regulations (GN R 326, as amended)

are provided in this Basic Assessment Report.

APPENDIX 1 OF THE REGULATIONS YES / NO SECTION IN BAR

1) A basic assessment report must contain the information that is necessary for the competent authority to consider and come to a decision on the application, and must include-

(a) details of –

i. the EAP who prepared the report; and √ Appendix K

ii. the expertise of the EAP, including a curriculum vitae; √ Appendix K

(b) the location of the activity, including

i) the 21 digit Surveyor General code of each cadastral land parcel; √ Section A

(ii) where available, the physical address and farm name;

(iii) where the required information in items (i) and (ii) is not available, the coordinates of the boundary of the property or properties;

(c) a plan which locates the proposed activity or activities applied for as well as associated structures and infrastructure at an appropriate scale; or, if it is-

(i) a linear activity, a description and coordinates of the corridor in which the proposed activity or activities is to be undertaken; or

(ii) on land where the property has not been defined, the coordinates within which the activity

(iii) is to be undertaken;

√ Section A, Appendix

A & B

(d) a description of the scope of the proposed activity, including

(i) all listed and specified activities triggered and being applied for; and

(ii) a description of the activities to be undertaken including associated structures and infrastructure ;

√ Section A1

(e) a description of the policy and legislative context within which the development is proposed including-

(i) an identification of all legislation, policies, plans, guidelines, spatial tools, municipal development planning √ Section A11





frameworks, and instruments that are applicable to this activity and have been considered in the preparation of the report; and

(ii) how the proposed activity complies with and responds to the legislation and policy context, plans, guidelines, tools frameworks, and instruments

(f) a motivation for the need and desirability for the proposed development including the need and desirability of the activity in the context of the preferred location

√ Section A10

(g) a motivation for the preferred site, activity and technology alternative; √ Section A2

(h) a full description of the process followed to reach the proposed preferred alternative within the site, including:

(i) details of all the alternatives considered;

(ii) details of the public participation process undertaken in terms of regulation 41 of the Regulations, including copies of the supporting documents and inputs;

(iii) a summary of the issues raised by interested and affected parties, and an indication of the manner in which the issues were incorporated, or the reasons for not including them;

(iv) the environmental attributes associated with the alternatives focusing on the geographical, physical, biological, social, economic, heritage and cultural aspects;

(v) the impacts and risks identified for each alternative, including the nature, significance,

consequence, extent, duration and probability of the impacts, including the degree to

which these impacts-

(aa) can be reversed;

(bb) may cause irreplaceable loss of resources; and

(cc) can be avoided, managed or mitigated;

(vi) the methodology used in determining and ranking the nature, significance,

consequences, extent, duration and probability of potential environmental impacts and

risks associated with the alternatives;

(vii) positive and negative impacts that the proposed activity and alternatives will have on the

environment and on the community that may be affected focusing on the geographical,

physical, biological, social, economic, heritage and cultural aspects;

√ Section C & D

Appendix G & I





(viii) the possible mitigation measures that could be applied and level of residual risk;

(ix) the outcome of the site selection matrix;

(x) if no alternatives, including alternative locations for the activity were investigated, the

motivation for not considering such; and

(xi) a concluding statement indicating the preferred alternatives, including preferred location

of the activity;

(i) a full description of the process undertaken to identify, assess and rank the impacts the activity

will impose on the preferred location through the life of the activity, including-

(i) a description of all environmental issues and risks that were identified during the environmental impact assessment process; and

(ii) an assessment of the significance of each issue and risk and an indication of the extent to which the issue and risk could be avoided or addressed by the adoption of mitigation measures;

√ Section C

Appendix G

(j) an assessment of each identified potentially significant impact and risk, including-

(I) cumulative impacts;

(ii) the nature, significance and consequences of the impact and risk;

(iii) the extent and duration of the impact and risk;

(iv) the probability of the impact and risk occurring;

(v) the degree to which the impact and risk can be reversed;

(vi) the degree to which the impact and risk may cause irreplaceable loss of resources; and

(vii) the degree to which the impact and risk can be avoided, managed or mitigated;

√ Section C

Appendix I

(k) where applicable, a summary of the findings and impact management measures identified in any specialist report complying with Appendix 6 to these Regulations and an indication as to how these findings and recommendations have been included in the final report;

√ Appendix G

(l) an environmental impact statement which contains-

(i) a summary of the key findings of the environmental impact assessment;

(ii) a map at an appropriate scale which superimposes the proposed activity and its associated structures and infrastructure on the environmental sensitivities of the preferred site indicating any areas that should be

√ Section C2





avoided, including buffers; and

(iii) a summary of the positive and negative impacts and risks of the proposed activity and identified alternatives;

(m) based on the assessment, and where applicable, impact management measures from specialist reports, the recording of the proposed impact management objectives, and the impact management outcomes for the development for inclusion in the EMPr;

√ Section E

(n) any aspects which were conditional to the findings of the assessment either by the EAP or specialist which are to be included as conditions of authorisation;

√ Appendix E

(o) a description of any assumptions, uncertainties, and gaps in knowledge which relate to the assessment and mitigation measures proposed;

(p) a reasoned opinion as to whether the proposed activity should or should not be authorised, and if the opinion is that it should be authorised, any conditions that should be made in respect of that authorisation;

(q) where the proposed activity does not include operational aspects, the period for which the environmental authorisation is required, the date on which the activity will be concluded, and the post construction monitoring requirements finalised;

√ N/A

(r) an undertaking under oath or affirmation by the EAP in relation to:

(i) the correctness of the information provided in the reports;

(ii) the inclusion of comments and inputs from stakeholders and l&APs;

(iii) the inclusion of inputs and recommendations from the specialist reports where relevant; and

(iv) any information provided by the EAP to interested and affected parties and any responses by the EAP to comments or inputs made by interested and affected parties; and

√ Appendix K

(s) where applicable, details of any financial provisions for the rehabilitation, closure, and ongoing post decommissioning management of negative environmental impacts;

N/A N/A

(t) any specific information that may be required by the competent authority; and N/A N/A

(u) any other matters required in terms of section 24(4)(a) and (b) of the Act.





SECTION A ACTIVITY INFORMATION 18

A.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 18

A.2 FEASIBLE AND REASONABLE ALTERNATIVES 21

A.3 PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE ACTIVITY 25

A.4 SITE ACCESS 25

A.5 LOCALITY MAP 26

A.6 LAYOUT/ROUTE PLAN 26

A.7 SENSITIVITY MAP 26

A.8 SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 27

A.9 FACILITY ILLUSTRATION 27

A.10 ACTIVITY MOTIVATION 27

A.11 APPLICABLE LEGISLATION, POLICIES AND/OR GUIDELINES 30

A.12 WASTE, EFFLUENT, EMISSION AND NOISE MANAGEMENT 30

A.13 WATER USE 33

A.14 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 33

SECTION B SITE/AREA/PROPERTY DESCRIPTION 35

B.1 GRADIENT OF THE SITE 35

B.2 LOCATION IN LANDSCAPE 35

B.3 GROUNDWATER, SOIL AND GEOLOGICAL STABILITY OF THE SITE 36

B.4 GROUNDCOVER 36

B.5 SURFACE WATER 36

B.6 LAND USE CHARACTER OF SURROUNDING AREA 37

B.7 BIODIVERSITY 38

B.8 CULTURAL/HISTORICAL FEATURES 41

B.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CHARACTER 43

B.10 SPECIALIST(S) CONSULTATION 46

SECTION C IMPACT ASSESSMENT 46

C.1 IMPACTS THAT MAY RESULT FROM THE PLANNING AND DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION,

OPERATIONAL, DECOMMISSIONING AND CLOSURE PHASES AS WELL AS PROPOSED

MANAGEMENT OF IDENTIFIED IMPACTS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES 46

C.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT 67

SECTION D PUBLIC PARTICIPATION 68

D.1 ADVERTISEMENT AND NOTICE 68

D.2 DETERMINATION OF APPROPRIATE MEASURES 68

D.3 ISSUES RAISED BY INTERESTED AND AFFECTED PARTIES 69

D.4 COMMENTS AND RESPONSE REPORT 69

D.5 AUTHORITY PARTICIPATION 69

D.6 CONSULTATION WITH OTHER STAKEHOLDERS 70

SECTION E RECOMMENDATION OF PRACTITIONER 71





CHIEF DIRECTORATE: ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES DIRECTORATE: ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

(For official use only)

Provincial Reference Number:

NEAS Ref Number:

Date Received:

Basic assessment report in terms of the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2017, promulgated in terms of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998), as amended. Kindly note that:

1. This basic assessment report is a standard report that may be required by a competent authority in terms of the EIA Regulations, 2017 and is meant to streamline applications.

2. This report format is current as of December 2014. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ascertain whether subsequent versions of the form have been published or produced by the competent authority

3. The report must be typed within the spaces provided in the form. The size of the spaces provided is not necessarily indicative of the amount of information to be provided. The report is in the form of a table that can extend itself as each space is filled with typing.

4. Where applicable tick the boxes that are applicable in the report. 5. The use of “not applicable” in the report must be done with circumspection. An incomplete report or

that does not meet the requirements in terms of Regulation 19 of the NEMA EIA Regulations, 2017, will be rejected to be revised and be resubmitted.

6. The report must be handed in at offices of the relevant competent authority as determined by each authority.

7. No faxed or e-mailed reports will be accepted. 8. The signature of the Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) on the report must be an original. 9. The report must be compiled by an independent EAP. 10. Unless protected by law, all information in the report will become public information on receipt by the

competent authority. Any interested and affected party should be provided with the information contained in this report on request, during any stage of the application process.

11. A competent authority may require that for specified types of activities in defined situations only parts of this report need to be completed.

12. Should a specialist report or report on a specialised process be submitted at any stage for any part of this application, the terms of reference for such report must also be submitted.

13. Two (2) colour hard copies and one (1) electronic copy of the report must be submitted to the competent authority.

14. Shape files (.shp) for maps must be included on the electronic copy of the report submitted to the competent authority.

AgriCentre Building

Cnr. Dr. James Moroka

and Stadium Rd

Private Bag X2039,

Mmabatho 2735

Tel: +27 (18) 389 5156

Fax: +27(18) 389 5006

E-mail: [email protected]

Enq: EIA Admin Officer






SECTION A ACTIVITY INFORMATION

A.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd is a producer of broiler chickens that are raised with strict considerations for chickens and the environment. It is located in Brits, North West Province. The Enterprise proposes to develop three chicken broiler houses with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit and farm house. The size of each chicken house will be 20m x 130m, with the capacity to breed 40 000 chickens per cycle. The farm is 9.2 hectares and is situated on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ. Furthermore the farm has an existing borehole with the capacity to store 10 000 L of water.

The proposed infrastructure of the broiler facility will entail the following:

3 x Chicken houses (130 m x 20 m)

6m access road

Workers quarter (80 m x 40 m)

Storage unit (60 m x 40 m)

Home and office (40 m x 40 m)

Used bedding area (20 m x 60 m)





b) Provide a detailed description of the listed activities associated with the project as applied for

Listed activity as described in GN R.983, 984 and 985

Description of project activity

Example: GN R.983 Activity 12(iii): The development of a bridge exceeding 100 square metres where such construction occurs within a watercourse or within 32 metres of a watercourse, measured from the edge of a watercourse, excluding where such development will occur within existing roads or roads reserve.

A bridge measuring 10m in length, 12 metres wide will be built over the Crocodile river

GN.R.327, Activity 5 (ii) and (iv): The development and related operation of facilities or infrastructure for the concentration of (ii) more than 5 000 poultry per facility situated outside an urban area, excluding chicks younger than 20 days and (iv) more than 25000 chicks younger than 20 days per facility situated outside an urban area.

The concentration of 40 000 chickens per cycle.

GN.R.327, Activity 27: The clearance of an area of 1 hectare or more, but less than 20 hectares of indigenous vegetation, except where such clearance of indigenous vegetation is required for- i) the undertaking of a linear activity; or ii) maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance management plan.

The development of a 1.6 hectare broiler facility with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit, workers quarters and office.

GN.R.324, Activity 12(h) (iv): The clearance of 300 square metres or more of indigenous vegetation except where such clearance of indigenous vegetation is required for maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with the maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance plan in North West within critical biodiversity areas identified in in systematic biodiversity plans adopted by the competent authority.

The development of a 1.6 hectare broiler facility with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit, workers quarters and office.

c) Property description/physical address

Where a large number of properties are involved (e.g. linear activities) please attach a full list to this application including the same information as indicated above.

Province North West

District Municipality Bojanala Platinum District Municipality

Local Municipality Moretele Local Municipality

Ward Number(s) Ward 5

Farm name and number Jonathan 175-JQ

Portion number Portion 40

21 digit Surveyor General Code BOJQ00000000017500040





A.2 FEASIBLE AND REASONABLE ALTERNATIVES

“alternatives”, in relation to a proposed activity, means different means of meeting the general purpose and requirements of the activity, which may include alternatives to— (a) the property on which or location where it is proposed to undertake the activity; (b) the type of activity to be undertaken; (c) the design or layout of the activity; (d) the technology to be used in the activity; (e) the operational aspects of the activity; and (f) the option of not implementing the activity. Describe alternatives that are considered in this application as required by EIA Regulation, 2017 Appendix 1(h). Alternatives should include a consideration of all possible means by which the purpose and need of the proposed activity (NOT PROJECT) could be accomplished in the specific instance taking account of the interest of the applicant in the activity. The no-go alternative must in all cases be included in the assessment phase as the baseline against which the impacts of the other alternatives are assessed. The determination of whether site or activity (including different processes, etc.) or both is appropriate needs to be informed by the specific circumstances of the activity and its environment. After receipt of this report the, competent authority may also request the applicant to assess additional alternatives that could possibly accomplish the purpose and need of the proposed activity if it is clear that realistic alternatives have not been considered to a reasonable extent. Should the alternatives include different locations and lay-outs, the co-ordinates of the different alternatives must be provided. The co-ordinates should be in degrees, minutes and seconds using the Hartebeeshoek94 WGS84 co-ordinate system. a) Site alternatives List alternative sites, if applicable.

Site Alternatives Description

Alternative Site 1 (preferred or only site alternative)

The DEA commissioned the CSIR to run the “Special Needs and Skills Development (SNSD) Programme” which is aimed at providing pro bono Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) for people who are classified as special needs clients/applicants, specifically Small, Medium and Micro Enterprises (SMMEs), Community Trusts, Individuals or Government Programmes. The CSIR received an application from Jam rock (Pty) Ltd under the SNSD Programme. The CSIR identified Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd as a client or a special needs applicant and has agreed to assist them with acquiring Environmental Authorization for the project on a pro bono basis, including the cost of the basic assessment, specialist studies, site visits and human resources. Jam Rock is a 100% black owned entity supported by government funding. The applicant has applied for funding through Land Bank which support to previously disadvantaged individuals who do not have the start-up capital to launch their own enterprise. Thus, the site which is being investigated in this report is the only site available to this entity and there are no available alternative sites to be considered.





Alternative Site 2

Alternative Site 3

Site Co-ordinates

Latitude (S):

Longitude (E):

Alternative S1 (preferred or only site

alternative)

25o 16′ 0.184″ 27o 52′ 59.8″

Alternative S2 (if any)


In the case of linear activities:

Alternative: Latitude (S): Longitude (E):

Alternative S1 (preferred or only route

alternative)

Starting point of the activity

Middle/Additional point of the activity

End point of the activity





Alternative S3 (if any) ′ ″




For route alternatives that are longer than 500m, please provide an addendum with co-ordinates taken

every 250 metres along the route for each alternative alignment.

In the case of an area being under application, please provide the co-ordinates of the corners of the site

as indicated on the lay-out map provided in Appendix A.





b) Lay-out alternatives

Alternatives Description

Alternative 1 (preferred or only alternative)

The layout of the proposed project has been carefully informed by the findings of the Ecological Impact Assessment and the Heritage Impact Assessment (Appendix G) so as to avoid sensitive areas and loss of species of conservation concern. Furthermore the development is within areas that have already been transformed previously to limit the disturbance of natural habitats.

Alternative 2

Alternative 3

c) Technology alternatives



The following measures will be used as part of the resource efficiency of the proposed development: Large fans will be used as a method of cooling, mainly because they have the ability to move air faster than small fans. These fans will be maintained regularly to ensure that they operate efficiently. Furthermore energy saving light bulbs will be used for the development; the use of this energy saving bulbs will improve the efficiency of the development. Furthermore sensor lights will be used thus reducing the energy usage required for lighting.

Alternative 2

Alternative 3

d) Other alternatives (e.g. scheduling, demand, input, scale and design alternatives)



The proposed development is within a previously transformed agricultural land thus suitable for agricultural related projects such as chicken broilers. The nature of the project was determined based on the farming experience, need and knowledge of the applicant in terms of poultry production, the need of chicken broilers as well as funding opportunities available for the development. Furthermore the operating plan for the proposed project has been informed by extensive market research and an assessment of the need of the products that will be produced.

Alternative 2

Alternative 3





e) No-go alternative

Should the No-Go Option be implemented, the site would maintain itsstatus quo. As such, the No-Go Option would not be environmentally, socially or economically feasible in the long-term and is thus not deemed feasible. However, the No-Go Option is nevertheless considered and assessed in relation to the potential implications of the proposed project, as required in terms of NEMA and its EIA Regulations

f) Please motivate for preferred site, activity and technology alternative

Motivation for the proposed site alternative as well as exclusion of alternatives: Site location and layout alternatives The DEA commissioned the CSIR to run the “Special Needs and Skills Development (SNSD) Programme” which is aimed at providing pro bono Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) for people who are classified as special needs clients/applicants, specifically Small, Medium and Micro Enterprises (SMMEs), Community Trusts, Individuals or Government Programmes. The CSIR received an application from Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd under the SNSD Programme. The CSIR identified Jam Rock as a client or a special needs applicant and has agreed to assist them with acquiring Environmental Authorization for the project on a pro bono basis, including the cost of the basic assessment, specialist studies, site visits and human resources. Jam Rock is a 100% black owned entity supported by government funding. The applicant has applied for funding through Land Bank which support to previously disadvantaged individuals who do not have the start-up capital to launch their own enterprise. Thus, the site which is being investigated in this report is the only site available to this entity and there are no available alternative sites to be considered. The layout of the proposed project has been carefully informed by the findings of the Ecological Impact Assessment and the Heritage Impact Assessment (Appendix G) so as to avoid sensitive areas and loss of species of conservation concern. Furthermore the development is within areas that have already been transformed previously to limit the disturbance of natural habitats. Design, technology & activity alternatives The proposed development is within a previously transformed agricultural land thus suitable for agricultural related projects such as chicken broilers. The nature of the project was determined based on the farming experience, need and knowledge of the applicant in terms of poultry production, the need of chicken broilers as well as funding opportunities available for the development. Furthermore the operating plan for the proposed project has been informed by extensive market research and an assessment of the need of the products that will be produced. In terms of the economic viability, the project does not make use of major technologies, which in turn results in the proposed development requiring very little energy. The following measures will be used as part of the resource efficiency of the proposed development: Cooling efficiency Large fans will be used as a method of cooling, mainly because they have the ability to move air faster than small fans. These fans will be maintained regularly to ensure that they operate efficiently. Lighting efficiency Energy saving light bulbs will be used for the development; the use of this energy saving bulbs will improve the efficiency of the development. Furthermore sensor lights will be used thus reducing the energy usage required for lighting.





All waste from the chicken broiler will be re-cycled into fertilizer and sold to the local community as manure for vegetable gardens. The poultry will be sold locally and the jobs being created by the proposed development will be sourced to local communities. The operations of this facility will be under constant supervision. In addition, the project design, technology and operations will make use of Agricultural Technical Support of the South African Poultry Association (SAPA). Thus, due to the nature of the industry, the support structures and the knowledge and experience of Jam Rock, the proposed project alternatives are the only viable alternatives to take forward to the Impact Assessment phase.

Paragraphs 3 – 13 below should be completed for each alternative.

A.3 PHYSICAL SIZE OF THE ACTIVITY

a) Indicate the physical size of the preferred activity/technology as well as alternative activities/technologies (footprints):

Alternative: Size of the activity:

Alternative A11 (preferred activity alternative) m2

Alternative A2 (if any)

Alternative A3 (if any)

or, for linear activities: Alternative: Length of the activity:

Alternative A1 (preferred activity alternative) m

Alternative A2 (if any) m

Alternative A3 (if any) m

b) Indicate the size of the alternative sites or servitudes (within which the above footprints will

occur): Alternative: Size of the site/servitude:

Alternative A1 (preferred activity alternative) m2

Alternative A2 (if any) m2

Alternative A3 (if any) m2

A.4 SITE ACCESS

Does ready access to the site exist? YES

If NO, what is the distance over which a new access road will be built m

Describe the type of access road planned:





Include the position of the access road on the site plan and required map, as well as an indication of the road in relation to the site.

A.5 LOCALITY MAP

An A3 locality map must be attached to the back of this document, as Appendix A. The scale of the locality map must be relevant to the size of the development (at least 1:50 000. For linear activities of more than 25 kilometres, a smaller scale e.g. 1:250 000 can be used. The scale must be indicated on the map.). The map must indicate the following:

an accurate indication of the project site position as well as the positions of the alternative sites, if any;

indication of all the alternatives identified;

closest town(s;)

the accurate indication of the site in relation to closest protected environments or national parks (i.e. within 2.5 km)

road access from all major roads in the area;

road names or numbers of all major roads as well as the roads that provide access to the site(s);

all roads within a 1km radius of the site or alternative sites; and

a north arrow;

a legend; and

locality GPS co-ordinates (Indicate the position of the activity using the latitude and longitude of the centre point of the site for each alternative site. The co-ordinates should be in degrees, minutes and seconds using the Hartebeeshoek94 WGS84 co-ordinate system

A.6 LAYOUT/ROUTE PLAN

A detailed site or route plan(s) must be prepared for each alternative site or alternative activity. It must be attached as Appendix B to this document. The site or route plans must indicate the following:

the property boundaries and numbers of all the properties within 50 metres of the site;

the current land use as well as the land use zoning of the site;

the current land use as well as the land use zoning each of the properties adjoining the site or sites;

the exact position of each listed activity applied for (including alternatives);

servitude(s) indicating the purpose of the servitude;

a legend; and

a north arrow.

A.7 SENSITIVITY MAP

The layout/route plan as indicated above must be overlain with a sensitivity map that indicates all the sensitive areas associated with the site, including, but not limited to:

watercourses;

the 1:100 year flood line (where available or where it is required by Department of Water and Sanitation);

ridges;





for gentle slopes the 1 metre contour intervals must be indicated on the plan and whenever the slope of the site exceeds 1:10, the 500mm contours must be indicated on the plan; and

cultural and historical features;

areas with indigenous vegetation (even if it is degraded or infested with alien species); and

critical biodiversity areas and ecological support area.

protected areas (e.g Magaliesberg Protected Environment, Pilanesberg National Park etc.) The sensitivity map must also cover areas within 100m of the site and must be part of Appendix B.

A.8 SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

Colour photographs from the centre of the site must be taken in at least the eight major compass directions with a description of each photograph. Photographs must be attached under Appendix C to this report. It must be supplemented with additional photographs of relevant features on the site, if applicable.

A.9 FACILITY ILLUSTRATION

A detailed illustration of the activity must be provided at a scale of at least 1:200 as Appendix D for activities that include structures. The illustrations must be to scale and must represent a realistic image of the planned activity. The illustration must give a representative view of the activity.

A.10 ACTIVITY MOTIVATION

Motivate and explain the need and desirability of the activity (including demand for the activity):

Is the activity permitted in terms of the property’s existing land use rights?

YES NO Please explain

The proposed development site is not administered by any Town planning Scheme. From the municipality’s record the property does not have any zoning in terms of the regulations. As such the development of the chicken broiler can be permitted.

Will the activity be in line with the following?

(a) Provincial Spatial Development Framework (PSDF) YES

The agricultural sector in North West has been identified as the backbone of rural economy; this is mainly because it has the potential to improve food security as well as to stimulate economic growth within the province. The proposed development will contribute towards the agricultural growth of the province in terms of job creation, positive trade balance for agricultural growth as well as skills development. The framework also acknowledges the significant role of emerging farmers towards agricultural production.

(b) Urban edge / Edge of Built environment for the area NO

The proposed development is situated within the rural areas of Moretele Local municipality.

(c) Integrated Development Plan (IDP) and Spatial Development Framework (SDF) of the Local Municipality (e.g. would the approval of this application compromise the integrity of the existing approved and credible municipal IDP and SDF?).

YES





According to the IDP of Moretele Local municipality, agriculture has become a focal point in all economic development prospects for the municipality. Furthermore, the strategic objectives outlined in the IDP have identified agricultural development within the municipality as key performance indicator to achieving economic growth. The proposed development promotes agricultural development and aligns with these objectives.

(d) Approved Structure Plan of the Municipality Please explain

(e) An Environmental Management Framework (EMF) adopted by the Department (e.g. Would the approval of this application compromise the integrity of the existing environmental management priorities for the area and if so, can it be justified in terms of sustainability considerations?)


According to the Draft environmental management By Law of the Moretele Municipality, The municipality is yet to develop a sensitive habitat management and conservation plan. In addition, The environmental management By law also outlines the principles of NEMA which promotes development that is socially, economically and environmentally sustainable. The undertaking of the Basic Assessment ensures that negative environmental impacts are avoided and minimised where possible.

(f) Any other Plans (e.g. Guide Plan) NO

The EAP is not aware of any other plans within the proposed development site

Is the land use (associated with the activity being applied for) considered within the timeframe intended by the existing approved SDF agreed to by the relevant environmental authority (i.e. is the proposed development in line with the projects and programmes identified as priorities within the credible IDP)?


Agriculture is currently a focal point in developmental prospects within the municipality. As such the proposed development of a chicken broiler aligns with the priorities identified in the IDP.

Does the community/area need the activity and the associated land use concerned (is it a societal priority)? (This refers to the strategic as well as local level (e.g. development is a national priority, but within a specific local context it could be inappropriate.)

YES

According to the IDP, the communities within this municipality have identified poultry as a priority need that contributes towards local economic development and job creation.

Are the necessary services with adequate capacity currently available (at the time of application), or must additional capacity be created to cater for the development? (Confirmation by the relevant Municipality in this regard must be attached to the final Basic Assessment Report as Appendix E.)

YES

The applicant shall lodge an application with Eskom for electricity needs of the project. Furthermore the applicant will use groundwater. An application for a Water use License shall be lodged with the Department of Water and Sanitation.

Is this development provided for in the infrastructure planning of the municipality, and if not what will the implication is on the infrastructure planning of the municipality (priority and placement of services and opportunity costs)? (Comment by the relevant Municipality in this regard must be attached to the final Basic Assessment Report as Appendix I.)

Please explain

No additional connection shall be required, the site already has infrastructure for the supply of electricity. The applicant shall lodge an application for additional capacity.

Is this project part of a national programme to address an issue of national concern or importance?

YES





The proposed development aims to address challenges of food security in South Africa on a local scale. This shall be done through rural economic growth, maintenance of positive trade balance for primary agricultural products as well as skills development and training for the local community.

Do location factors favour this land use (associated with the activity applied for) at this place? (This relates to the contextualisation of the proposed land use on this site within its broader context.)

YES

The proposed development is within low-moderate environmental sensitive area; furthermore it has a history of agricultural practices as such providing a suitable location for the broiler houses.

Is the development the best practicable environmental option for this land/site?

YES

The proposed development site is not pristine; it has already been transformed as a result of past agricultural practices. The development footprint of the site has been carefully informed by the sensitivities on site and will occur in areas of low-moderate sensitivities ensuring minimal destruction of important flora and fauna.

Will the benefits of the proposed land use/development outweigh the negative impacts of it?

YES

The project benefits outweigh the negative impacts; the project will make a positive contribution to sustainable economic growth, skills development and employment opportunities in the Moretele Local Municipality. Furthermore it will be undertaken in a manner that aims to minimise environmental impacts of the chicken broiler.

Will the proposed land use/development set a precedent for similar activities in the area (local municipality)?

YES

Will any person’s rights be negatively affected by the proposed activity/ies?

NO

The project will not affect the rights of the local community; in fact it will economically benefit the local community by creating job opportunities.

Will the proposed activity/ies compromise the “urban edge” as defined by the local municipality?

NO

The proposed project is located outside the urban edge of the Ventersdorp Local Municipality.

Will the proposed activity/ies contribute to any of the 17 Strategic Integrated Projects (SIPS)?

NO

The proposed development is on a small scale and does not contribute towards the Strategic Integrated projects.

What will the benefits be to society in general and to the local communities? Please explain

The benefit of the project entails food security and skills development and training for the local community.

Any other need and desirability considerations related to the proposed activity? Please explain

No

How does the project fit into the National Development Plan for 2030? Please explain

The proposed development aims to maintain and increase South Africa's ability to meet its national food requirements, and also seeks to eliminate inequalities and poverty amongst households. According to Stats SA, about 14.3 million South Africans are vulnerable to food insecurity. As such the proposed development feeds into the food security stream. In addition, the main goals highlighted in the NDP which relate to the proposed project are employment and adequate nutrition. Chapter 6 of the National Development Plan highlights an “inclusive rural economy” and the objectives of this plan are to create jobs in agriculture, maintain a positive trade balance for primary and processed agricultural products and activating rural economies through service to small and micro farmers. As such the proposed development of the chicken broiler aligns with these goals.

Please describe how the general objectives of Integrated Environmental Management as set out in Section 23 of NEMA as amended have been taken into account.





The general objectives of Integrated Environmental Management were taken into account by considering all the potential negative and positive impacts of the proposed project on both the biophysical and socio-economic environments. In order to avoid potentially significant impacts, specialist inputs were obtained in relation to terrestrial and aquatic ecology. Based on the findings of the specialist studies a number of recommendations / mitigation measures have been identified for consideration in further project design and implementation. The public and authorities will be given adequate opportunity to comment on the proposed project and to participate in the Basic Assessment Process

Please describe how the principles of environmental management as set out in Section 2 of NEMA as amended have been taken into account.

The basic needs of landowners and the public were taken into account during the planning phase of the proposed project, which aims to stimulate economic growth, create employment opportunities and make significant contribution towards food security. Minimisation of potential negative impacts and optimisation of potential positive impacts will be ensured by way of effective implementation of the Construction EMPr. Thus the proposed project is deemed to be socially, environmentally and economically sustainable.

A.11 APPLICABLE LEGISLATION, POLICIES AND/OR GUIDELINES

List all legislation, policies and/or guidelines of any sphere of government that are applicable to the application as contemplated in the EIA regulations, if applicable:

Title of legislation, policy or guideline

Applicability to the project Administering authority Date

National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act 107

of 1998).

The proposed development triggers listed activities within this

act

National Government, and National

Department of Environmental Affairs

1998

National Environmental Management Act EIA

Regulations (7 April 2017)

A number of listed activities have been identified that have

triggered the need for a Basic Assessment in terms of these

regulations

National Government, and National Department of Environmental Affairs

2017

National Water Act, 1998 (Act 36 of 1998).

The proposed development uses groundwater

Department of Water Affairs

1998

The National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No 25 of 1999) as amended, particularly Chapter

II, Section 38

The proposed development site has graves.

South African Heritage Resource Agency

1999

National Environmental Management Biodiversity Act,

2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004)

The NEMBA aims to conserve and provide management of

biodiversity in the country. The proposed development site is

within a critical biodiversity area.

National Government, and National Department of Environmental Affairs

2004

A.12 WASTE, EFFLUENT, EMISSION AND NOISE MANAGEMENT

a) Solid waste management





Will the activity produce solid construction waste during the construction/initiation phase?

YES

If YES, what estimated quantity will be produced per month? 1400 m3

How will the construction solid waste be disposed of (describe)?

The following measures shall be undertaken to ensure disposal of solid waste: A. The applicant shall appoint someone with overall project authority committed to recycling. He/she can issue a statement explaining that construction waste recycling is important to the project and why. This statement can be used in many ways – in worker training materials etc. B. Put recycling into specifications and into all contracts – allocate bins for different materials, assign haulers or vendors to collect materials place a bin on site. This will also generate money back into the project that can be used to buy sports gear for the local school or other charity activities. C. Establish who will control the debris. Establish one project authority, usually the construction manager or general contractor, to control all project waste, provide dumpsters and waste services for the project, and enforce recycling rules with all contractors (Make sure to put a trash container near recycling containers or the recycling container may become a trash container). For example the department of Public Works may use debris from building to strengthen the roads leading to the site as it becomes muddy and slippery during rains. D. Include waste reduction, reuse and recycling from the start a. Order materials just in time, send back extra inventory, utilize reused building materials, consider ways you can reduce and reuse waste during construction and put these methods into contracts b. Ask suppliers to reduce packaging, send you recyclable packaging or take packaging back c. Discuss and encourage reduction, reuse and recycling at pre-construction meetings E. Select a coordinator – designate a staff member (typically construction project manager with the cooperation of the site superintendent) to promote and monitor the recycling program. The coordinator will educate staff and subcontractors.

Where will the construction solid waste be disposed of (describe)?

A. Recyclable materials will be collected or delivered to haulers (recyclers): Who in turn give monetary remuneration for materials such as scrap metal. B. Debris such as brick, asphalt and concrete to be scattered over road to avoid muddiness during rain C. Assign dumpsters (bins) by reputable waste management companies e.g. Waste Group who will periodically pick the bin when it’s full for disposing. This will remove materials from the construction site that is otherwise left behind by the haulers.

Will the activity produce solid waste during its operational phase? YES

If YES, what estimated quantity will be produced per month? 3900m3

How will the solid waste be disposed of (describe)?

Most of the solid waste will be chicken manure, cults or mortalities, normal waste like household rubbish and consumables like sacks or even used coal during winter time. a. Chicken manure: Aged for two to three months it’s perfect manure for our crops in the neighbouring farm that we also own and grow crops in. Other than that it sells for R600 per van load market price where we operate, money that could be used to pay casual staff members during the cleaning period. b. Cults and mortalities: Easily disposed by pigs that we will have on our other farm as we aim to grow production of animal stock or sell them to the nearby crocodile farm and utilise the money to service machinery on the farm. c. Normal waste and household rubbish: Disposed of into municipal waste stream. d. Sacks: Will be reused when packaging manure for sale at R50 per sack market price or just storing of the manure until it’s ready to be sprayed onto the garden. e. Used coal: With a small mixture of cement it’s used to make bricks which can be used to increase the number of pig houses on our other farm.





If the solid waste will be disposed of into a municipal waste stream, indicate which registered landfill site will be used.

Municipal waste collected and dumped at the Moretele landfill (dumpsite)

Where will the solid waste be disposed of if it does not feed into a municipal waste stream (describe)?

If for some reason the municipal waste is not collected periodically then the local authority will be immediately and the councillor asked to intervene and investigate.

If the solid waste (construction or operational phases) will not be disposed of in a registered landfill site or be taken up in a municipal waste stream, then the applicant should consult with the competent authority to determine whether it is necessary to change to an application for scoping and EIA.

Can any part of the solid waste be classified as hazardous in terms of the NEM:WA? YES NO

If YES, inform the competent authority and request a change to an application for scoping and EIA. An application for a waste permit in terms of the NEM:WA must also be submitted with this application.

Is the activity that is being applied for a solid waste handling or treatment facility? YES NO

If YES, then the applicant should consult with the competent authority to determine whether it is necessary to change to an application for scoping and EIA. An application for a waste permit in terms of the NEM:WA must also be submitted with this application.

b) Liquid effluent

Will the activity produce effluent, other than normal sewage, that will be disposed of in a municipal sewage system?

NO

If YES, what estimated quantity will be produced per month? m3

Will the activity produce any effluent that will be treated and/or disposed of on site? YES NO

If YES, describe the type of effluent and the disposal mechanism/method

Will the activity produce effluent that will be treated and/or disposed of at another facility?

NO

If YES, provide the particulars of the facility:

Facility name:

Contact person:

Postal address:

Postal code:

Telephone: Cell:

E-mail: Fax:

Describe the measures that will be taken to ensure the optimal reuse or recycling of waste water, if any:

c) Emissions into the atmosphere

Will the activity release emissions into the atmosphere other that exhaust emissions and dust associated with construction phase activities?

NO

If YES, is it controlled by any legislation of any sphere of government? NO

If YES, the applicant must consult with the competent authority to determine whether it is necessary to change to an application for scoping and EIA.





If NO, describe the emissions in terms of type and concentration:

d) Waste Licence/Registration

Will any aspect of the activity produce waste that will require a waste licence/registration in terms of the NEM:WA?

NO

If YES, please submit evidence that an application for a waste licence/registration has been submitted to the competent authority e) Generation of noise

Will the activity generate noise? YES

If YES, is it controlled by any legislation of any sphere of government? NO

If YES, the applicant should consult with the competent authority to determine whether it is necessary to change to an application for scoping and EIA. If NO, describe the noise in terms of type and level:

Noise during construction by trucks

A.13 WATER USE

Please indicate the source(s) of water that will be used for the activity by ticking the appropriate box(es):

Groundwater

If water is to be extracted from groundwater, river, stream, dam, lake or any other natural feature, please indicate the volume that will be extracted per month:

29 400 litres

Does the activity require a water use authorisation (general authorisation or water use license) from the Department of Water and Sanitation?

YES

If YES, please provide proof that the application has been submitted to the Department of Water and Sanitation.

A.14 ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Describe the design measures, if any that have been taken to ensure that the activity is energy efficient:

The following measures will be used as part of the resource efficiency of the proposed development: Cooling efficiency Large fans will be used as a method of cooling, mainly because they have the ability to move air faster than small fans. These fans will be maintained regularly to ensure that they operate efficiently. Lighting efficiency Energy saving light bulbs will be used for the development; the use of this energy saving bulbs will improve the efficiency of the development. Furthermore sensor lights will be used thus reducing the energy usage required for lighting.





Describe how alternative energy sources have been taken into account or been built into the design of the activity, if any:

Has a specialist been consulted to assist with the completion of this section? NO

If YES, please complete the form entitled “Details of specialist and declaration of interest” for the specialist appointed and attach in Appendix F.





SECTION B SITE/AREA/PROPERTY

DESCRIPTION Important notes:

1. For linear activities (pipelines, etc) as well as activities that cover very large sites, it may be necessary to complete this section for each part of the site that has a significantly different environment. In such cases please complete copies of Section B and indicate the area, as it appears on the Site Plan.

2. Paragraphs 1 - 6 below must be completed for each alternative.

Current land-use zoning as per local municipality IDP/records:

The proposed development site is not administered by any Town planning Scheme

In instances where there is more than one current land-use zoning, please attach a list of current land use zonings that also indicate which portions each use pertains to, to this application.

Is a change of land-use or a consent use application required? YES NO

B.1 GRADIENT OF THE SITE

Indicate the general gradient of the site. Alternative S1:

Flat

Alternative S2 (if any):

Alternative S3 (if any):

B.2 LOCATION IN LANDSCAPE

Indicate the landform(s) that best describes the site:

2.1 Ridgeline 2.4 Closed valley 2.7 Undulating plain / low hills √

2.2 Plateau 2.5 Open valley 2.8 Dune

2.3 Side slope of hill/mountain 2.6 Plain √ 2.9 Seafront





B.3 GROUNDWATER, SOIL AND GEOLOGICAL STABILITY OF THE SITE

Is the site(s) located on any of the following? Alternative

S1: Alternative S2

(if any): Alternative S3

(if any):

Shallow water table (less than 1.5m deep) NO

Dolomite, sinkhole or doline areas NO

Seasonally wet soils (often close to water bodies)

NO

Unstable rocky slopes or steep slopes with loose soil

NO

Dispersive soils (soils that dissolve in water) NO

Soils with high clay content (clay fraction more than 40%)

NO

Any other unstable soil or geological feature NO

An area sensitive to erosion YES

If you are unsure about any of the above or if you are concerned that any of the above aspects may be an issue of concern in the application, an appropriate specialist should be appointed to assist in the completion of this section. Information in respect of the above will often be available as part of the project information or at the planning sections of local authorities. Where it exists, the 1:50 000 scale Regional Geotechnical Maps prepared by the Council for Geo Science may also be consulted.

B.4 GROUNDCOVER

Indicate the types of groundcover present on the site. The location of all identified rare or endangered species or other elements should be accurately indicated on the site plan(s).

Natural veld - good condition

E

Natural veld with scattered aliens

E

Natural veld with heavy alien infestation

E

Veld dominated by alien species

E

Building or other

structure Bare soil

If any of the boxes marked with an “E “is ticked, please consult an appropriate specialist to assist in the completion of this section if the environmental assessment practitioner doesn’t have the necessary expertise.

B.5 SURFACE WATER

Indicate the surface water present on and or adjacent to the site and alternative sites?

Perennial River NO

Non-Perennial River NO

Permanent Wetland NO

Seasonal Wetland YES

Artificial Wetland NO





If any of the boxes marked YES or UNSURE is ticked, please provide a description of the relevant watercourse.

Figure 1: Potential wetland areas

The nearby wetland on the main access road to the site - given the national, provincial and local importance of wetlands (Figure 1). On a national scale all wetlands are Protected. Although the present Eco scan did not entail a wetland assessment, the nearby wetland appears to be Largely Natural, and its highest scoring ecosystem service is probably maintenance of biodiversity including potential CI faunal species such as the NT Giant Bullfrog.

B.6 LAND USE CHARACTER OF SURROUNDING AREA

Indicate land uses and/or prominent features that currently occur within a 500m radius of the site and give description of how this influences the application or may be impacted upon by the application:

Natural area

Low density residential

Agriculture





If any of the boxes marked with an “N “are ticked, how will this impact / be impacted upon by the proposed activity? Specify and explain

If any of the boxes marked with an "AN" are ticked, how will this impact / be impacted upon by the proposed activity? Specify and explain:

If any of the boxes marked with an "H" are ticked, how will this impact / be impacted upon by the proposed activity? Specify and explain:

Does the proposed site (including any alternative sites) fall within any of the following:

Critical Biodiversity Area (as per provincial conservation plan) YES

Core area of a protected area? NO

Buffer area of a protected area? NO

Planned expansion area of an existing protected area? NO

Existing offset area associated with a previous Environmental Authorisation? NO

If the answer to any of these questions was YES, a map indicating the affected area must be included in Appendix B (as part of sensitivity map).

B.7 BIODIVERSITY

Please note: The Department may request specialist input/studies depending on the nature of the biodiversity occurring on the site and potential impact(s) of the proposed activity/ies. To assist with the identification of the biodiversity occurring on site and the ecosystem status consult http://bgis.sanbi.org or [email protected]. Information is also available on compact disc (cd) from the Biodiversity-GIS Unit, Ph (021) 799 8698. This information may be updated from time to time and it is the applicant/ EAP’s responsibility to ensure that the latest version is used. A map of the relevant biodiversity information (including an indication of the habitat conditions as per (b) below) and must be provided as an overlay map to the property/site plan as Appendix B to this report. a) Indicate the applicable biodiversity planning categories of all areas on site and indicate the

reason(s) provided in the biodiversity plan for the selection of the specific area as part of the specific category)

Systematic Biodiversity Planning Category If CBA or ESA, indicate the reason(s) for its

selection in biodiversity plan

Critical Biodiversity Area (CBA)

This CBA was likely assigned because the site is situated within the Springbokvlakte Thornveld Endangered vegetation type and Vulnerable Threatened Ecosystem. Available satellite imagery and our field surveys have confirmed, however, that virtually the entire site comprises regenerating previously cultivated land.

http://bgis.sanbi.org/






b) Indicate and describe the habitat condition on site

Habitat Condition

Percentage of habitat

condition class (adding up to

100%)

Description and additional Comments and Observations (including additional insight into condition, e.g. poor land

management practises, presence of quarries, grazing, harvesting regimes etc).

Natural %

Near Natural (includes areas with low to moderate level of alien invasive plants)

2.83 %

Possible artificial drainage and Acacia- Boscia Tree Clumps

Degraded (includes areas heavily invaded by alien plants)

%

Transformed (includes cultivation, dams, urban, plantation, roads, etc)

97.17 %

Transformed - Acacia Open Woodland (old fields)

c) Complete the table to indicate: (i) the type of vegetation, including its ecosystem status, present on the site; and (ii) whether an aquatic ecosystem is present on site.

Terrestrial Ecosystems Aquatic Ecosystems

Ecosystem threat status as per the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act No. 10 of 2004)

Critical

Wetland (including rivers, depressions, channelled and unchannelled wetlands, flats, seeps pans, and artificial wetlands)

Endangered

Vulnerable

NO





d) Please provide a description of the vegetation type and/or aquatic ecosystem present on site, including any important biodiversity features/information identified on site (e.g. threatened species and special habitats)

Figure 2: Vegetation units within the proposed development site

From the field investigations the study area was largely monospecific and almost the entire site had been previously farmed (over 95% - refer to Table 3 and Figure 2). Available aerial imagery from Google Earth dated back to 2009 and still showed past farming practices. Therefore it was very difficult to distinguish a diversity of habitat types. Large trees that have significance as roosting sites for species such as Owls and Raptors were mapped. A small drainage line within the site was also evident but showed no signs of soil wetness or vegetation wetland indicators. During the field investigation, wetlands with limited slope to the north were flooded; however, no pooling of water was evident on the site.





Table 3: Vegetation units within the proposed development site

Vegetation Community Conservation Significance Area - Ha Area -%

Drainage Habitat

Possible Artificial Drainage Moderate-Low 0.079 0.84

Tree Clumps

Acacia – Boscia Tree Clumps Moderate 0.19 1.99 Transformed Habitat

Transformed - Acacia Open Woodland (old fields) Moderate-Low 8.92 95.28

Disturbed

Built-up Areas Low 0.033 0.35

Track Low 0.14 1.54

Although no Red Listed species were recorded, Ammocharis coranica is considered a Protected species under the Nature Conservation Ordinance, 12 of 1983 (Figure 3). Protected Species may not be cut, disturbed, damaged, and destroyed without obtaining a permit from North West Province or a delegated authority. However, recent legislation [which repeals the Ordinance] passed in January 2017, only weeks before the final compilation of this report, the Protected Status of species was revised and this species is no longer on the list.

Ammocharis coranica Ammocharis coranica

Figure 3: Photographs of Conservation Important plant species on Site

B.8 CULTURAL/HISTORICAL FEATURES

Are there any signs of culturally or historically significant elements, as defined in section 2 of the National Heritage Resources Act, 1999, (Act No. 25 of 1999), including Archaeological or paleontological sites, on or close (within 20m) to the site? If YES, explain:

YES





Palaeontology The archaeological field study reported a flat, sandy land surface devoid of bedrock exposure. This lack of bedrock has meant that geological and palaeontological knowledge in this area stems largely from analysis of borehole data. Almond (2016:1) reports that the study area overlies the Irrigasie Formation which is comprised of “reddish-brown, readily-weathered mudrocks with subordinate sandstones and minor conglomerates”. The kinds of fossils known to occur in the area are primarily trace fossils, while fossil pollens and spores and very rare dinosaur bones have also been reported. No fossils were seen during the archaeological survey. Archaeology The survey showed that a very low density scatter of Stone Age artefacts was present throughout the general area. There was no focus to these artefacts and no ‘site’ could be delineated; the artefacts can be ascribed to background scatter. Most were made from quartzite and some displayed cobble cortex indicating that they were made from river cobbles. Because of their very widespread distribution and very low density, these finds are of minimal heritage significance. A ruined structure was located along the north-eastern boundary of the property. It was made from cement bricks. It is almost certainly less than 100 years of age and thus is not considered to be a heritage resource. It probably dates to the 1950s because historical aerial photography reveals that the area seemed unaltered in 1948-50 (the earliest available series), but by 1961 a number of ‘bright spots’ had appeared on the landscape. These spots indicate higher reflectivity from areas cleared of vegetation. One of these spots corresponds with the ruin. Another corresponds with the cement slab noted alongside the corrugated iron shack. Graves Two small informal cemeteries were located on the property. Each had three graves in it. The graves of the first were surrounded by cement bricks that were no doubt obtained from a nearby ruined structure made with the same bricks and located some 35 m away to the northwest. The graves are surrounded by a wire fence and aligned east-west. Because the ruin is relatively recent, the graves are also necessarily recent and must post-date the collapse of the brick structure. These graves are very likely less than 60 years of age and would thus not be regarded as heritage resources in terms of the NHRA. The second cemetery also has three graves in it. These graves are covered by stone mounds and are not enclosed by any fence. Two graves appear to be full (i.e. adult) size, while the third is far smaller and is likely that of a child. Larger stones have been placed at the head and foot of each grave. They are aligned east-west. These three graves are very likely older and perhaps completely unrelated to those in ‘Cemetery 1’. Cultural landscape A survey of historical aerial photography reveals that the landscape on the site was little used during the mid-twentieth century. However, the wider region does show evidence of occupation with small cultivated lands and (presumably stone-built) structures in the south and north respectively.





If uncertain, conduct a specialist investigation by a recognised specialist in the field (archaeology or palaeontology) to establish whether there is such a feature(s) present on or close to the site. Briefly explain the findings of the specialist:

Will any building or structure older than 60 years be affected in any way? NO

Is it necessary to apply for a permit in terms of the National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act 25 of 1999)?

NO

If YES, please provide proof that this permit application has been submitted to SAHRA or the relevant provincial authority.

B.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CHARACTER

a) Local Municipality Please provide details on the socio-economic character of the local municipality in which the proposed site(s) are situated. Level of unemployment:

Figure 4 below depicts the employment status of the people within the Moretele Local Municipality. From the information provided, job recreation needs to be prioritised as only 26% of the population is employed, whereas 22% of the population is unemployed. The proposed development of a chicken broiler facility will boost the economic growth of the municipality.

Figure 4: Employment status within the Moretele Local Municipality

26%

22%

8%

44%

Employment Status within Moretele Local Municipality

Employed Unemployed Discouraged Work Seeker Not Economically Active





Economic profile of local municipality:

Moretele Local municipality has a low percentage of economically active individuals; this is an area that needs growth. The proposed development of a chicken broiler facility will create opportunities for the local people and hopefully motivate the people who are not economically active to start playing a role in economic growth. Figure 5 below depicts the percentage of average household income within the area. According to this, almost 20% of the population has no income.

Figure 5: Percentage of average household income

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

15.0%

20.0%

25.0%

30.0%

Percentage of Average Household Income





Level of education:

The majority of the people within this municipality had primary schooling or no schooling at all. Only 1.4 percent of the population have higher education. Figure 6 below shows the percentages of the level of employment within the municipal.

Figure 6: Level of education within Moretele Local Municipality

b) Socio-economic value of the activity

What is the expected capital value of the activity on completion? R11 586 180.00

What is the expected yearly income that will be generated by or as a result of the activity?

R2 414 274.00

Will the activity contribute to service infrastructure? YES NO

Is the activity a public amenity? YES NO

How many new employment opportunities will be created in the development and construction phase of the activity/ies?

+-200

What is the expected value of the employment opportunities during the development and construction phase?

R2 414 274.00

What percentage of this will accrue to previously disadvantaged individuals? 70%

How many permanent new employment opportunities will be created during the operational phase of the activity?

11 permanent employees

What is the expected current value of the employment opportunities during the first 10 years?

R 1 591 380.00

What percentage of this will accrue to previously disadvantaged individuals? 100%

3%

42%

6%

34%

13%

2% 0%

Level of Education

No Schooling

Some Primary

Completed Primary

Some Secondary

Completed Secondary

Higher Education

Not Applicable





B.10 SPECIALIST(S) CONSULTATION

Has a specialist been consulted to assist with the completion of this section? YES

If YES, please complete the form entitled “Details of specialist and declaration of interest” for each specialist thus appointed and attach it in Appendix F. All specialist reports must be contained in Appendix G and must meet the requirement in Appendix 6 of EIA Regulations, 2017.

SECTION C IMPACT ASSESSMENT The assessment of impacts must adhere to the minimum requirements in the EIA Regulations, 2017, and should take applicable official guidelines into account. The issues raised by interested and affected parties should also be addressed in the assessment of impacts.

C.1 IMPACTS THAT MAY RESULT FROM THE PLANNING AND DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, OPERATIONAL, DECOMMISSIONING AND CLOSURE PHASES AS WELL AS PROPOSED MANAGEMENT OF IDENTIFIED IMPACTS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES

Provide a summary and anticipated significance of the potential direct, indirect and cumulative impacts that are likely to occur as a result of the planning and design phase, construction phase, operational phase, decommissioning and closure phase, including impacts relating to the choice of site/activity/technology alternatives as well as the mitigation measures that may eliminate or reduce the potential impacts listed. This impact assessment must be applied to all the identified alternatives to the activities identified in Section A(2) of this report.




Activity Impact summary Significance Proposed mitigation

Design and Layout

Direct Impacts Loss or degradation of the wetland on the access road

Low (Negative)

Design measures to effectively control vehicle access, vehicle speed, dust, stormwater run-off, erosion and sedimentation on the road.

Implement the measures that were designed to control impacts on the road preferably during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least.

Loss of terrestrial vegetation and faunal habitat

Low (Negative)

Ensure that all infrastructure avoids all Very High and High sensitive areas

Clearly demarcate or fence in the construction site. Relocate CI plant and animal specimens from the construction footprint, with advice from an appropriate specialist.

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing growing plants should be least.

Loss of CI or medicinal flora Low (Negative)

Obtain permits to remove CI species

Transplant CI and medicinally important floral specimens from the infrastructure footprint to suitable locations in the surrounding area.

Obtain guidance from a suitably qualified vegetation specialist or horticulturist regarding the collection, propagation/storage and transplantation of plants.

Loss of CI fauna Low (Negative)

Appoint an appropriate specialist to relocate CI fauna from vegetation, termitaria and soil that is removed from the infrastructure footprint.

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.

Check open trenches for trapped animals (e.g. hedgehogs, reptiles and frogs), and relocate trapped animals with advice from an appropriate





specialist.

Prohibit disturbance and persecution (e.g. poaching) of fauna, and introduction of pets and other alien fauna (apart from the production chickens).

Provide notices and training to inform workers about dangerous animals (e.g. venomous snakes and scorpions) and prohibited activities (e.g. poaching)

Walk fence lines to remove snares.

Introduction and proliferation of alien species

Low (Negative)

Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the construction site. Demarcate or fence in the construction area.

Prohibit the introduction of domestic animals such as dogs and cats.

Remove any woody alien species that germinate.

Plant only locally indigenous flora if landscaping needs to be done

Keep construction activities neat and tidy. When complete, remove all sand piles and landscape all uneven ground while re-establishing a good topsoil layer

Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible.

Increased dust and erosion Low (Negative)

Limit vehicles, people and materials to the construction site.

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least.

Revegetate denude areas with locally indigenous flora a.s.a.p.

Implement erosion protection measures on site. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.

Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control





measures, such as mulching or periodic wetting.

Sensory disturbance of fauna Low (Negative)


Minimize noise to limit its impact on calling and other sensitive fauna (e.g. frogs and Secretary bird).

Limit construction activities to day time hours

Minimize or eliminate security and construction lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna.

Destruction of palaeontological material

Very Low (Negative)

If any archaeological material, palaeontological material or human burials are uncovered during the course of development then work in the immediate area should be halted. The find would need to be reported to the heritage authorities and may require inspection by an appropriate specialist. Such heritage is the property of the state and may require excavation and curation in an approved institution.

Destruction of archaeological artefacts

Very Low (Negative)


Destruction of graves Low (Negative)

The two graveyards should be fenced off clearly and pointed out to all construction workers and other staff on site to ensure that impacts to them are avoided;

No construction work should occur within 10 m of any of the graves;

Emissions from dust generation and construction vehicles

Medium (Negative)

Ensure that cleared (excavated) areas and unpaved surfaces are sprayed with water (obtained from an approved source) to minimise dust generation.





Approved soil stabilisers may be utilised to limit dust generation.

Ensure that construction vehicles travelling on unpaved roads do not exceed a speed limit of 40 km/hour.

Limit vehicles, people and materials to the construction site

Adequate dust control strategies should be applied to minimise dust deposition, for example: Periodic spraying of water on the entrance road when necessary

Potential spillage of by spillage or discharge of construction waste water

Low (Negative)

Ensure that adequate containment structures are provided for the storage of construction materials on site.

Ensure the adequate removal and disposal of construction waste and material

Potential Pollution of the surrounding water and ground as a result of generation of building rubble and waste scrap material

High (Negative)



Opportunities for employment and skills development

Medium (Positive)

Enhance the use of local labour and local skills as far as reasonably possible.

Where the required skills do not occur locally, and where appropriate and applicable, ensure that relevant local individuals are trained.

Ensure that an equitable percentage allocation is provided for local labour employment as well as specify the use of small-to-medium enterprises and training specifications in the Contractors contract.

Ensure that goods and services are sourced from the local and regional economy as far as reasonably possible.

Potential visual impacts as the result of construction activities

Low (Negative)

No specific mitigation measures are required other than standard construction site housekeeping and dust suppression. These are included below:





The contractor(s) should maintain good housekeeping on site to avoid litter and minimise waste.

Litter and rubble should be timeously removed from the construction site and disposed at a licenced waste disposal facility.

The project developer should demarcate construction boundaries and minimise areas of surface disturbance.

Appropriate plans should be in place to minimise fire hazards and dust generation.

Night lighting of the construction site should be minimised within requirements of safety and efficiency.

Potential noise impact as the result of the use of construction equipment

Medium (Negative)


Potential impact on the safety of construction workers and Health injuries to construction personnel as a result of construction work

Medium (Negative)

Ensure that a skilled and competent Contractor is appointed during the construction phase. The Contractor must be evaluated during the tender/appointment process in terms of safety standards.

The Contractor must ensure that all construction personnel are provided with adequate PPE for use where appropriate.

The Contractor must undertake a Construction Phase Risk Assessment.

A Construction Site Manager or Safety Supervisor should be appointed, in conjunction with the project manager, to monitor all safety aspects during the construction phase. This could be the same person that is assigned to co-ordinate the construction traffic.

Traffic, congestion and potential for collisions

Low (Negative)

Ensure that roads are not closed during construction, which may restrict access for emergency services.

The Contractor must ensure that all construction personnel are provided with adequate PPE for use where appropriate





Construction Phase


High (Negative)

Design measures to effectively control vehicle access, vehicle speed, dust, stormwater run-off, erosion and sedimentation on the road.



Medium (Negative)

Ensure that all infrastructure avoids all Very High and High sensitive areas



Loss of CI or medicinal flora Medium (Negative)

Obtain permits to remove CI species



Loss of CI fauna Medium (Negative)

Appoint an appropriate specialist to relocate CI fauna from vegetation, termitaria and soil that is removed from the infrastructure footprint.


Check open trenches for trapped animals (e.g. hedgehogs, reptiles and frogs), and relocate trapped animals with advice from an appropriate specialist.

Prohibit disturbance and persecution (e.g. poaching) of fauna, and





introduction of pets and other alien fauna (apart from the production chickens).




High (Negative)

Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the construction site. Demarcate or fence in the construction area.


Remove any woody alien species that germinate.


Keep construction activities neat and tidy. When complete, remove all sand piles and landscape all uneven ground while re-establishing a good topsoil layer


Increased dust and erosion Medium (Negative)




Implement erosion protection measures on site. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.

Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control measures, such as mulching or periodic wetting.

Sensory disturbance of fauna Medium (Negative)

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals,





should be least.

Minimize noise to limit its impact on calling and other sensitive fauna (e.g. frogs and Secretarybird).


Minimize or eliminate security and construction lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna.


Very Low (Negative)



Very Low (Negative)






Medium (Negative)



Ensure that construction vehicles travelling on unpaved roads do not





exceed a speed limit of 40 km/hour.



Potential spillage of by spillage or discharge of construction waste water

Low (Negative)



Potential Pollution of the surrounding water and ground as a result of generation of building rubble and waste scrap material

High (Negative)




Medium

(Positive)






Low (Negative)

No specific mitigation measures are required other than standard construction site housekeeping and dust suppression. These are included below:

The contractor(s) should maintain good housekeeping on site to avoid litter and minimise waste.





Litter and rubble should be timeously removed from the construction site and disposed at a licenced waste disposal facility.

The project developer should demarcate construction boundaries and minimise areas of surface disturbance.




Medium (Negative)



Medium (Negative)






Low (Negative)


The Contractor must ensure that all construction personnel are provided with adequate PPE for use where appropriate

Operational Phase

Loss or degradation of the wetland on the access road

High (Negative)

Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that





they remain effective

Environmental contamination Medium (Negative)

Ensure that the facility is designed in accordance with international best practice norms, and with advice from an appropriate specialist, to ensure that there is no environmental contamination from effluent, fodder, carcasses and other waste, and to ensure that there is also effective storm water management

Adhere to best practice chicken husbandry and waste disposal norms

Establish appropriate emergency procedures for accidental contamination of the surroundings. Waste recycling should be incorporated into the facility’s operations as far as possible. Designate a secured, access restricted, signposted room for the storage of potentially hazardous substances such as herbicides, pesticides dips and medications. All hazardous waste should be disposed of at an appropriate licensed facility for this.

Rehabilitate contaminated areas a.s.a.p. in accordance with advice from appropriate contamination and environmental specialists

Educate workers regarding the handling of hazardous substances and about waste management and emergency procedures with regular training and notices and talks.

Poor / Inappropriate control of animal pests

High (Negative)

Ensure that there is effective storm water drainage around the facility

Ensure that the facility is sufficiently ventilated to keep floors, bedding, and fodder as dry as possible.

Prevent and manage unwanted animal access to fodder.

Check that fan louvers (if installed) work properly, and close fans completely when off.

Ensure that floors are sloped and slatted to facilitate drainage.

Screed concrete floors properly to seal all cracks and limit the pooling of effluent and water.





Effectively maintain and seal all pipes and reservoirs containing slurry, to prevent animals from accessing the effluent.

Clean floors regularly.

Clean up excess fodder regularly from under troughs and feed bins.

Keep areas surrounding the facility free of spilled manure and litter.

Remove all trash, and sources of feed and water for pests from the outside perimeter of the facilities.

Keep weeds and grass mowed to 5cm or less immediately around the facilities, to reduce the prevalence of insects.

Electrocution devices are available to kill flies, while other mechanical devices include traps, sticky tapes or baited traps.

Control rodents through effective sanitation, rodent proofing and (as humane as possible) extermination.

Rodenticides are not advised.

Ensure that measures to control pests are tightly restricted to areas where these are problematic. Pest control measures should be taxon-specific. If necessary, advice should be sought from an appropriate specialist.

Disease transmission Medium (Negative)

Maintain appropriate pest control measures


Altered burning Medium (Negative)

Create safe storage on the premises for flammable materials. If artificial burning is considered necessary, establish and implement a fire management plan with emergency fire procedures.

Maintain an effective fire break between the facility and the surrounding natural environment.

Educate workers about the fire plan and emergency procedures with





regular training and notices


High (Negative)

Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the site


Plant only locally indigenous flora if landscaping needs to be done.

Employ best practices regarding tilling of soil and weed management

Minimize the accumulation or dispersal of excess fodder on site.

Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible. Alien debris could be donated to a local community

Loss of CI or medicinal flora Medium (Negative)

Educate the personnel prior to operation, and with yearly refresher talks.

Sensory disturbance of fauna Medium (Negative)

Minimize essential lighting.

Ensure that all outdoor lights are angled downwards and/or fitted with hoods.

Avoid using metal halide, mercury or other bulbs that emit high UV (blue-white) light that is highly and usually fatally attractive to insects.

Use bulbs that emit warm, long wavelength (yellow-red) light, or use UV filters or glass housings on lamps to filter out UV.

Minimize unavoidable noise

Conduct regular maintenance of machinery and ventilation systems / fans (if any).


Very Low (Negative)

If any archaeological material, palaeontological material or human burials are uncovered during the course of development then work in the immediate area should be halted. The find would need to be reported to the heritage authorities and may require inspection by an appropriate specialist. Such heritage is the property of the state and may





require excavation and curation in an approved institution.


Very Low (Negative)





Emissions into the atmosphere as a result of staff vehicles.

Medium (Negative)

Efficient movement of traffic through the entrance and exit in order to reduce congestion and vehicle emissions.

Ensure that the facility is operated in such a manner whereby potential odours are minimised.

Improved service delivery with regards poultry products

Medium (Positive)

Ensure that the proposed infrastructure is maintained appropriately to ensure that all facilities and infrastructure operate within its design capacity to deliver as the market requires.


Medium

(Positive)





Night lighting of the development Medium No specific mitigation measures are recommended as it is assumed that





on the nightscape of the surrounding landscape

(Negative) night lighting of the proposed storage facility will be planned in such a manner so as to minimize light pollution such as glare and light spill (light trespass) by:

Using light fixtures that shield the light and focus illumination on the ground (or only where light is required).

Avoiding elevated lights within safety/security requirements.

Using minimum lamp wattage within safety/security requirements.

Where possible, using timer switches or motion detectors to control lighting in areas that are not occupied continuously (if permissible and in line with minimum security requirements).

Switching off lights when not in use in line with safety and security

Potential noise impact from operations and road transport of products

Medium (Negative)

It is recommended that the drivers of the vehicles be discouraged from using air brakes at night.

Limit the effects of noise associated disturbances from chickens and operational activities on sensitive fauna such as owls and medium-large mammals (especially carnivores), potentially occurring hedgehogs and large terrestrial birds such as Korhaans and Secretary birds.

Minor accidents to the public and moderate accidents to operational staff

Medium (Negative)

An Emergency Plan should be compiled in order to deal with potential spillages and fires. Records of practices should be kept on site.

Scheduled inspections should be implemented by operating personnel in order to assure and verify the integrity of hoses, piping and storage lagoon.

Portable fire extinguishers and fire water hydrants (i.e. appropriate fire-fighting equipment) should be provided at the facility as required.

Atmospheric pollution due to fumes, smoke from fires

Medium (Negative)

Portable fire extinguishers and fire water hydrants (i.e. appropriate fire-fighting equipment) should be provided at the terminal as required. Mobile fire-fighting equipment should be provided at the berths as a safety precaution during the vessel offloading process. It should be





noted that the products planned to be stored at the terminal have high flash points and low volatility. As a result, fires are unlikely, unsustainable, and can be extinguished with basic fire water and portable fire extinguishers.

Decommission


High (Negative)

Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective


High (Negative)


Increased dust and erosion Medium (Negative)

Limit vehicles to the construction site

Commence (and preferably complete) decommissioning during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least.


Implement erosion protection measures on site to reduce erosion and sedimentation of the local drainage system. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.

Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control measures, such as mulching or periodic wetting of the entrance road.

Sensory disturbance of fauna Low (Negative)

Commence (and preferably complete) demolition / rehabilitation during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.

Minimize noise to limit its impact on sensitive fauna.

Limit demolition activities to day time hours

Minimize or eliminate security and other lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna.






Very Low (Negative)



Very Low (Negative)





Discharge of contaminated stormwater into the surrounding environment

Medium (Negative)

The appointed Contractor should compile a Method Statement for Stormwater Management during the decommissioning phase.

Provide secure storage for oil, chemicals and other waste materials to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff.

Emissions from decommissioning vehicles and generation of dust

Medium (Negative)



Ensure that decommissioning vehicles travelling on unpaved roads do not exceed a speed limit of 40 km/hour.

Noise generation from demolition activities

Medium (Negative)

A method statement, including detailed procedures, must be drawn up prior to any decommissioning of existing tanks.





Decommissioning personnel must wear proper hearing protection, which should be specified as part of the Decommissioning Phase Risk Assessment carried out by the Contractor.

The Contractor must ensure that all decommissioning personnel are provided with adequate PPE, where appropriate.

Pollution of the surrounding environment as a result of the handling, temporary storage and disposal of solid waste

Medium

(Negative)

General waste (i.e. building rubble, demolition waste, discarded concrete, bricks, tiles, wood, glass, plastic, metal, excavated material, packaging material, paper and domestic waste etc.) and hazardous waste (i.e. empty tins, paint and paint cleaning liquids, oils, fuel spillages and chemicals etc.) generated during the decommissioning phase should be stored temporarily on site in suitable (and correctly labelled) waste collection bins and skips (or similar). Waste collection bins and skips should be covered with suitable material, where appropriate.

Should the on-site storage of general waste and hazardous waste exceed 100 m3 and 80 m3 respectively, then the National Norms and Standards for the Storage of Waste (published on 29 November 2013 under GN 926) must be adhered to

Ensure that general waste and hazardous waste generated are removed from the site on a regular basis and disposed of at an appropriate, licensed waste disposal facility by an approved waste management Contractor. Waste disposal slips or waybills should be kept on file for auditing purposes as proof of disposal.

Ensure that sufficient general waste disposal bins are provided for all personnel throughout the site. These bins must be emptied on a regular basis.

Appropriately time demolition / rehabilitation activities to minimise sensory disturbance to fauna.





Indirect impacts:

Cumulative impacts:

Alternative 2

Direct impacts:

Indirect impacts:

Cumulative impacts:

Direct impacts:

Indirect impacts:

Cumulative impacts:

Alternative 3

Direct impacts:

Indirect impacts:

Cumulative impacts:

Direct impacts:

Indirect impacts:

Cumulative impacts:





No-go option

Direct impacts:

Indirect impacts:

Cumulative impacts:

Direct impacts:

None of the impacts mentioned above will occur.

If the proposed project does not proceed, increased income and economic spin-off activities will not be realised.

Approximately 11 new permanent jobs will not be created during the operational phase.

If the proposed project does not proceed, the industries that rely on the supply of poultry products could experience hindered economic growth potential.

Indirect impacts:

There are no indirect impacts during the construction phase for the No-go Option.

Cumulative impacts:

There are no cumulative impacts during the construction phase for the No-go Option

A complete impact assessment which include process undertaken to identify, assess and rank the impacts, the activity will impose on the site through the life of the activity in terms of EIA Regulation 2017, Appendix 1(i) and (j) of GN R.982 must be included as Appendix H.





C.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT

Taking the assessment of potential impacts into account, please provide an environmental impact statement that summarises the impact that the proposed activity and its alternatives may have on the environment after the management and mitigation of impacts have been taken into account, with specific reference to types of impact, duration of impacts, likelihood of potential impacts actually occurring and the significance of impacts.

Alternative A (preferred alternative)

The proposed development area is mostly transformed as a result of past agricultural practices (Tilling). About 60% of the habitat has been transformed in the past, mainly by agriculture. There is also an ongoing habitat loss due to expanding rural settlements, overgrazing and alien plant invasion. The main environmental impacts associated with the proposed project include: Site clearance of previously transformed land and preparation of site for the chicken broiler, this may lead to loss of destruction of an already transformed habitat and habitat destruction. Of most concern however is the number of trees that could be lost. These trees provide roosting and nesting habitat for birds and small raptors. The probability is however, considered to be low with mitigation. Furthermore the proposed development site shall ensure minimal removal of trees from site. Earth-moving activities during the clearing of vegetation for the construction of the chicken broiler are likely to increase the susceptibility of the site to soil erosion as the result of increased bare ground and dust generation. The potential impact of continued and increased dust during construction with mitigation was rated of low significance. Graves are of heritage importance and could be easily destructed as a result of clearing of land and construction of the chicken broiler facility. The initial layout of the proposed development site was within the buffer of the graves as such posing a high risk of the destruction of graves, the probability of occurrence of this impact was very likely. However this layout was amended to ensure that the proposed development does not affect the graves and a 10 meter buffer is respected. The potential impact of with mitigation was rated of very low significance. Waste will be generated through-out the life cycle of the development. However with proper waste disposal measures, waste impacts will be of low probability post mitigation. Please see Appendix H for full impact assessment and their significance.

Alternative B

Alternative C

No-go alternative (compulsory)

The ‘No-Go’ option assumes that a conservative approach that would ensure that the environment is not disturbed. It is important to state that this assessment is informed by the current condition of the area. Should the Competent Authority decline the application, the ‘No-Go’ option will be followed and the status quo of the site will remain.





SECTION D PUBLIC PARTICIPATION

D.1 ADVERTISEMENT AND NOTICE

Publication name Brits Pos

Date published 26 August 2016

Site notice position Latitude Longitude

27° 52' 58.14" E 25° 15' 56.29" S

Date placed 29 July 2016

Include proof of the placement of the relevant advertisements and notices in Appendix I1.

D.2 DETERMINATION OF APPROPRIATE MEASURES

Provide details of the measures taken to include all potential I&APs as required by Regulation 41(2)(e) and 41(6) of GN R.982. Key stakeholders (other than organs of state) identified in terms of Regulation 40(2)(d) of GN R.982:





Title, Name and Surname Affiliation/ key stakeholder status Contact details (tel number

or e-mail address)

Mr Ngema Community Chairman- Plot 260 Jonathan 0791407720

Jan Maseko Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 46 Jonathan 0782880854

Mathews Mlangeni Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan 0760267342

David Maseko Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 41 Jonathan 0824139564

Boysee Masango Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 274 Jonathan 0844196644

Joshua Mlangeni Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan 0767584083

Edwin Lelaka Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 61 Jonathan 0833154759

Senza Ngozo Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 35 Jonathan 0836096408

Alfred Ngobese Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 46 Jonathan 0822620897

Madoda Maseko Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 46 Jonathan 0715443686

Sbongseni Mlangeni Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan 0820949861

Mndeni Ngozo Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 35 Jonathan 0728332455

Bongane Radebe Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 232 Jonathan 0835464370

Mr. Mosetlhe Ward Councillor 0715114952

Ntomfuthi Mlangeni Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan 0725699400

Caiphus Ngozo Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 35 Jonathan 0762493829

Include proof that the key stakeholder received written notification of the proposed activities as Appendix I2. This proof may include any of the following:

e-mail delivery reports;

registered mail receipts;

courier waybills;

signed acknowledgements of receipt; and/or

or any other proof as agreed upon by the competent authority.

D.3 ISSUES RAISED BY INTERESTED AND AFFECTED PARTIES

Summary of main issues raised by I&APs Summary of response from EAP

The issue of criminal activity and tree removal were raised as a concern in the running of the project.

The proposed development shall ensure minimal removal of trees from the site. Furthermore security officers shall be hired to address this concern.

D.4 COMMENTS AND RESPONSE REPORT

The practitioner must make report (s) available to I&APs record all comments received from I&APs and respond to each comment before is submitted. The comments and responses must be captured in a comments and response report as prescribed in the EIA Regulations and be attached to the Final BAR as Appendix I3.

D.5 AUTHORITY PARTICIPATION

Authorities and organs of state identified as key stakeholders. Key stakeholders identified in terms of Regulation 7(1) and (2) and Regulation 40(2) (a)-(c) of GN R.982:





Authority/Organ of State

Contact person (Title,

Name and Surname)

Tel No Fax No e-mail Postal address

Moretele Local Municipality

Amogelang Sefara

0127161327 [email protected]

Private Bag X367, Makapanstad,

North West, 0404

Bojanala Platinum District Municipality

Goitsimosimo Tau

0145904500 0145926085 [email protected]

P O Box 1993, Rustenburg,0300

North West READ Rhuleni Mathebula

0183895122 [email protected]

Private Bag X2039 Mmabatho

2735

North West Provincial Heritage Resources Authority

Natasha Higgitt

0214624502 0214624509 [email protected]

11 Harrington Street, Cape Town,

8001

Include proof that the Authorities and Organs of State received written notification and draft reports of the proposed activities as Appendix I4.

D.6 CONSULTATION WITH OTHER STAKEHOLDERS

Note that, for any activities (linear or other) where deviation from the public participation requirements may be appropriate, the person conducting the public participation process may deviate from the requirements of that sub-regulation to the extent and in the manner as may be agreed to by the competent authority. Proof of any such agreement must be provided, where applicable. Application for any deviation from the regulations relating to the public participation process must be submitted prior to the commencement of the public participation process. A list of registered I&APs must be included as Appendix I5. Copies of any correspondence and minutes of any meetings held must be included in Appendix I6.

tel:+27%2021%20462%204502

tel:+27%2021%20462%204509


PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT OF A CHICKEN BROILER FACILITY ON PORTION 40 OF THE FARM



SECTION E RECOMMENDATION OF

PRACTITIONER

Is the information contained in this report and the documentation attached hereto sufficient to make a decision in respect of the activity applied for (in the view of the environmental assessment practitioner)?

YES

If “NO”, indicate the aspects that should be assessed further as part of a Scoping and EIA process before a decision can be made (list the aspects that require further assessment).

If “YES”, please list any recommended conditions, including mitigation measures that should be considered for inclusion in any authorisation that may be granted by the competent authority in respect of the application.

This Draft BA Report has investigated and assessed the significance of the predicted positive and negative impacts associated with the proposed development of a chicken broiler. No negative impacts have been identified within this BA that, in the opinion of the Environmental Assessment Practitioner who conducted this BA Process, should be considered “fatal flaws” from an environmental perspective, and thereby necessitate substantial re-design or termination of the project. The fact that development occurs on previously transformed land minimises the impacts on the proposed development site. Taking into consideration the findings of the BA Process, including the findings of the specialist studies, it is the opinion of the Environmental Assessment Practitioner, that the project benefits outweigh the costs and that the project will make a positive contribution to sustainable economic growth, skills development and employment opportunities in the Moretele Local Municipality. It is recommended that the project receive Environmental Authorisation in terms of the EIA Regulations promulgated under the National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998, as amended) subjected to the following conditions:

The EMPr of the proposed development must be adhered to during all phases of the development

A Water use license must be obtained

All the recommendations of the specialists must be implemented for the proposed project In order to ensure the effective implementation of the mitigation and management actions, a Draft EMPr has been compiled and is included in Appendix F of this Draft BA Report. The mitigation measures necessary to ensure that the project is planned, constructed, operated and decommissioned in an environmentally responsible manner are listed in this Draft EMPr. The EMPr is a dynamic document that should be updated regularly and provides clear and implementable measures for proposed development of a chicken broiler.

The EMPr that meet the requirements of EIA Regulation,2017, Appendix 4, must be attached as Appendix J.

Is an EMPr attached? YES

The details of the EAP who compiled the BAR and the expertise of the EAP to perform the Basic Assessment process must be included as Appendix K





If any specialist reports were used during the compilation of this BAR, please attach the declaration of interest for each specialist in Appendix F any other information relevant to this application and not previously included must be attached in Appendix L.

E.1 SECTION F: AFFIRMATION BY EAP

I Reinett Mogotshi (name of person representing EAP) of Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (name of company) declare that the information provided is correct and relevant to the activity/ project and that, the information was made available to interested and affected parties for their comments. All specialist (s) reports are relevant for the competent authority to make informed decision.

SIGNATURE OF EAP DATE

SECTION F APPENDICES The following appendices must be attached:















A P P E N D I C E S DRAFT BASIC ASSESSMENT REPORT

PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT OF A CHICKEN BROILER FACILITY ON PORTION 40 OF THE FARM JONATHAN 175- JQ, BRITS, NORTH WEST

















Appendix A, Page 1

Appendix A.1: Locality Map ___________________________________________________________________ 2

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix A, Page 2

Appendix A.1: Locality Map



Appendix B, Page 1

Appendix B.1: Site layout of the proposed development site (as supplied by the Project Proponent _________ 2

Appendix B.2: Layout of the proposed development with sensitivities _________________________________ 3

Appendix B.3: 100 meter buffer of potential wetland areas _________________________________________ 4

Appendix B.4: The biodiversity map of the proposed development site ________________________________ 5

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix B, Page 2

Appendix B.1: Site layout of the proposed development site (as supplied by the Project Proponent

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix B, Page 3

Appendix B.2: Layout of the proposed development with sensitivities

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix B, Page 4

Appendix B.3: 100 meter buffer of potential wetland areas

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix B, Page 5

Appendix B.4: The biodiversity map of the proposed development site



Appendix C, Page 1

Jamrock Site photographs taken in the eight major compass directions ________________________________ 2

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix C, Page 2

Jamrock Site photographs taken in the eight major compass directions



Appendix D, Page 1

Facility illustration of each broiler house for the proposed development _______________________________ 2

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix D, Page 2

Facility illustration of each broiler house for the proposed development



Appendix E, Page 1

Not available for inclusion at this stage.



Appendix F, Page 1

WE BELONG WE CARE WE SERVE

DETAILS AND EXPERTISE OF SPECIALIST AND DECLARATION OF INTEREST


File Reference Number:

NEAS Reference Number:

Date Received:

Application for authorisation in terms of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998), as amended and the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014

PROJECT TITLE

Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West.

1. Details of Specialist

Specialist: ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd

Contact person: Dr Jayson Orton Postal address: 40 Brassie Street, Lakeside

Postal code: 7945 Cell: 083 272 3225 Telephone: 021 788 8425 Fax: n/a E-mail: [email protected] Professional affiliation(s) (if any)

ASAPA CRM Section member No.: 233 APHP accredited professional heritage practitioner

Project Consultant: CSIR

Contact person: Reinett Mogotshi

Postal address: P O Box 320 Stellenbosch

Postal code: 7599 Cell: Telephone: 021 888 2432 Fax: E-mail: [email protected]

AgriCentre Building Cnr. Dr. James Moroka and Stadium Rd Private Bag X2039, Mmabatho 2735

Tel: +27 (18) 389 5156 Fax: +27(18) 389 5006 E-mail: [email protected] Enq: EIA Admin Officer

CHIEF DIRECTORATE: ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

DIRECTORATE: ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

MANAGEMENT


Details and Expertise of Specialist and Department of Rural, Environment Page 2 Declaration of Interest and Agricultural Development EIA Regulations, 2014

2. Expertise of the Specialist including Curriculum vitae (Appendix 6 (1)(a)(ii) of EIA Regulations, 2014)

Curriculum Vitae

Jayson David John Orton ARCHAEOLOGIST AND HERITAGE CONSULTANT

Contact Details and personal information:

Address: 40 Brassie Street, Lakeside, 7945 Telephone: (021) 788 8425 Cell Phone: 083 272 3225 Email: [email protected] Birth date and place: 22 June 1976, Cape Town, South Africa Citizenship: South African ID no: 760622 522 4085 Driver’s License: Code 08 Marital Status: Married to Carol Orton Languages spoken: English and Afrikaans

Education:

SA College High School Matric 1994 University of Cape Town B.A. (Archaeology, Environmental & Geographical Science) 1997 University of Cape Town B.A. (Honours) (Archaeology)* 1998 University of Cape Town M.A. (Archaeology) 2004 University of Oxford D.Phil. (Archaeology) 2013

*Frank Schweitzer memorial book prize for an outstanding student and the degree in the First Class.

Employment History:

Spatial Archaeology Research Unit, UCT Research assistant Jan 1996 – Dec 1998 Department of Archaeology, UCT Field archaeologist Jan 1998 – Dec 1998 UCT Archaeology Contracts Office Field archaeologist Jan 1999 – May 2004 UCT Archaeology Contracts Office Heritage & archaeological consultant Jun 2004 – May 2012 School of Archaeology, University of Oxford Undergraduate Tutor Oct 2008 – Dec 2008

ACO Associates cc Associate, Heritage & archaeological consultant

Jan 2011 – Dec 2013

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd Director, Heritage & archaeological consultant

Jan 2014 –


Professional Accreditation:

Association of Southern African Professional Archaeologists (ASAPA) membership number: 233 CRM Section member with the following accreditation: Principal Investigator: Coastal shell middens (awarded 2007) Stone Age archaeology (awarded 2007) Grave relocation (awarded 2014) Field Director: Rock art (awarded 2007)

Colonial period archaeology (awarded 2007)

Association of Professional Heritage Practitioners (APHP) Accredited Professional Heritage Practitioner Memberships and affiliations:

South African Archaeological Society Council member 2004 – 2016 Assoc. Southern African Professional Archaeologists (ASAPA) member 2006 – UCT Department of Archaeology Research Associate 2013 – Heritage Western Cape APM Committee member 2013 – UNISA Department of Archaeology and Anthropology Research Fellow 2014 – Fish Hoek Valley Historical Association 2014 – Kalk Bay Historical Association 2016 – Association of Professional Heritage Practitioners member 2016 –

Fieldwork and project experience:

Extensive fieldwork and experience as both Field Director and Principle Investigator throughout the Western and Northern Cape, and also in the western parts of the Free State and Eastern Cape as follows:

Feasibility studies: Heritage feasibility studies examining all aspects of heritage from the desktop

Phase 1 surveys and impact assessments: Project types

o Notification of Intent to Develop applications (for Heritage Western Cape) o Desktop-based Letter of Exemption (for the South African Heritage Resources Agency) o Heritage Impact Assessments (largely in the Environmental Impact Assessment or Basic

Assessment context under NEMA and Section 38(8) of the NHRA, but also self-standing assessments under Section 38(1) of the NHRA)

o Archaeological specialist studies o Phase 1 archaeological test excavations in historical and prehistoric sites o Archaeological research projects

Development types o Mining and borrow pits o Roads (new and upgrades) o Residential, commercial and industrial development o Dams and pipe lines o Power lines and substations o Renewable energy facilities (wind energy, solar energy and hydro-electric facilities)


Phase 2 mitigation and research excavations: ESA open sites

o Duinefontein, Gouda, Namaqualand MSA rock shelters

o Fish Hoek, Yzerfontein, Cederberg, Namaqualand MSA open sites

o Swartland, Bushmanland, Namaqualand LSA rock shelters

o Cederberg, Namaqualand, Bushmanland LSA open sites (inland)

o Swartland, Franschhoek, Namaqualand, Bushmanland LSA coastal shell middens

o Melkbosstrand, Yzerfontein, Saldanha Bay, Paternoster, Dwarskersbos, Infanta, Knysna, Namaqualand

LSA burials o Melkbosstrand, Saldanha Bay, Namaqualand, Knysna

Historical sites

o Franschhoek (farmstead and well), Waterfront (fort, dump and well), Noordhoek (cottage), variety of small excavations in central Cape Town and surrounding suburbs

Historic burial grounds o Green Point (Prestwich Street), V&A Waterfront (Marina Residential), Paarl

Awards:

Western Cape Government Cultural Affairs Awards 2015/2016: Best Heritage Project.

3. Declaration by Specialist

l, Jayson Orton ( Name of Spialist), of ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd {name of company) declare that;

o I act as an independent specialist in this application.o I will perform the wcrk relating to the application in an objective manner, even if this results in views and

findings that are not favourable to the applicant.

. there are no circumstances hat may compromise my objectivity in performing such work,o I have expertise in conducting the specialist report relevant to this application, including knowledge of the Act,

Regulations and any guidelines that have relevance to the proposed activity;

o I will comply with fie Act, Regulations and all other applicable legislation;o I have no, and will not engage in, conflicting interests in the undertaking of the activity;

e I undertake to disclose to the applicant/ Environmental Assessment Practitioner appointed by applicant andthe competent authority all material information in my possession that reasonably has or may have thepotential of influencing any decision to be taken with respect to the application by the competent

authority; and the objectivity of any report, plan or document to be prepared by myself for submission to thecompetent authority;

. all the particulars fumished by me in this form are true and correct; and

I realise that a false declaration is an offence in terms of 48 and is punishable interms of Section 498(2) of the Act.

As r+g INGName of mmpany (if apflkzble)

t 8 Aeetu Lotl

Date

Seewr+"trDesignation

Officialstamp:

Details and Expertise ofSpeciolist ondDeclarqti on of I nterestEIA Regulations,2AT4

Department of Rural, Env,ironmenta nd Ag ric ultural D ev elo p ment

I I APR 20t7

sl{EAFn xnr.tr s[ Polts I E Dl E N S

Page 5

Signature of the

WE BELONG WE CARE WE SERVE

DETAILS AND EXPERTISE OF SPECIALIST AND DECLARATION OF INTEREST


File Reference Number:

NEAS Reference Number:

Date Received:

Application for authorisation in terms of the National Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act No. 107 of 1998), as amended and the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014

PROJECT TITLE


1. Details of Specialist

Specialist: Ecologist

Contact person: Susan Abell Postal address: 64A Coleraine Drive River Club Ext 7, Sandton 2191

Postal code: 2191 Cell: Telephone: 0117877400 Fax: 0117847599 E-mail: [email protected] Professional affiliation(s) (if any)

SACNASP

Project Consultant: CSIR

Contact person: Reinett Mogotshi

Postal address: P O Box 320 Stellenbosch

Postal code: 7599 Cell: Telephone: 021 888 2432 Fax: E-mail: [email protected]

2. Expertise of the Specialist including Curriculum vitae (Appendix 6 (1)(a)(ii) of EIA Regulations, 2014)

AgriCentre Building Cnr. Dr. James Moroka and Stadium Rd Private Bag X2039, Mmabatho 2735

Tel: +27 (18) 389 5156 Fax: +27(18) 389 5006 E-mail: [email protected] Enq: EIA Admin Officer

CHIEF DIRECTORATE: ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES

DIRECTORATE: ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

MANAGEMENT



EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

MSc Resource Conservation Biology (Ecology) (2000 – 2001) B Sc Hons (Botanical) University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg (1999) B Sc University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg (1998)

KEY QUALIFICATIONS

Environmental Impact Assessment:

Compiled numerous Environmental Impact Assessments, Scoping Reports and Environmental Management Programmes as required by the Environment Conservation Act (Act No. 73 of 1989) and the National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998).

Specialist Assessments:

Over 15 years performing ecological and vegetation surveys within Southern Africa. Expertises are strong in the Savanna, Grasslands and Shrubveld within Gauteng, North West, Limpopo, Northern Cape, Mpumalanga, KwaZulu Natal, Lesotho and Botswana. Further experience lies within the Karoid Shrub, Kalahari and Fynbos Areas. Assistance with CREW (Custodians of Rare and Endangered Wildflowers) expeditions GIS Mapping, Database management, GIS Modelling undertaken within specialist projects

Strategic / Spatial Planning:

Co-ordinated and managed strategic spatial planning projects in Gauteng, North West Province and Mpumalanga including the:

State of Environment Reports

Gauteng Agricultural Potential Atlas (GAPA)

North West Biodiversity Site Inventory and Database Development Atlas

Tshwane Macro Open Space Policy

Blyde River Strategic Management Plan

Biodiversity Database for Optimum Collieries (BHP Billiton)

Conference Presentations:

Undertaken numerous presentations at conferences (SAAB; IAIA)

Educational Training:

Education training for organisations such as Wits University and Induction Training in Biodiversity Conservation for Mining Operations


Skills Vegetation identification, description, analysis and mapping using Twinspan and

Juice

Advanced microscopy (Transmission and scanning electron microscopy)

Statistics (e.g. ANOVA chi-squared tests)

Presenting and communication / networking skills

Additional Courses Completed: 2013: First aid Level 1 and 2 (Wilcare Safety Solutions)

2013: Off Road Driving (Proactive Driving for Sasol Botswana)

2010: Wild Flowers Course with Elsa Pooley

2010: Carbon Analyst Certification

2010: EIA Regulations Course

2007: LBJ Bird Course with Geoff Lockwood.

EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE

Member & Senior Ecologist: Natural Scientific Services. Johannesburg (November 2004-Present)

Project Manager: Strategic Environmental Focus (SEF) (November 2003-

October 2004)

Environmental Manager: SEF, Pretoria (April 2001- November 2003)

University of the Witwatersrand (Wits) 1999 – 2001

Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on

Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West.

APPENDIX G: SPECIALIST REPORTS

EcoScan for Broiler Facility on Farm Jonathan 175

Natural Scientific Services CC i

BROILER CHICKEN FACILITY ON PORTION 40 OF

FARM JONATHAN 175, NORTH WEST PROVINCE

ECOSCAN REPORT

Compiled For:

CSIR Stellenbosch (CAS, EMS) 11 Jan Cilliers Street Stellenbosch, 7600

Western Cape, South Africa Tel: (021) 888 2432 Fax: (021) 888 2473

Compiled By:

Natural Scientific Services CC

64 Coleraine Dr River Club Ext 7 Sandton 2191

Tel: (011) 787-7400 Fax: (011) 784-7599

COPYRIGHT WARNING With very few exceptions the copyright of all text and presented information is the exclusive property of Natural Scientific Services. It is a criminal offence to reproduce and/or use, without written consent, any information, technical procedure and/or technique contained in this document. Criminal and civil proceedings will be taken as a matter of strict routine against any person and/or institution infringing the copyright of Natural Scientific Services.

Ref No: 2293

Date: February 2017


Natural Scientific Services CC ii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Natural Scientific Services CC was appointed by the Council for Scientific and Industrial

Research to perform a terrestrial ecoscan assessment (a brief floral and faunal assessment) for

a proposed broiler chicken facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175 in North West

Province.

Desktop research and findings from our site visit in November 2016 indicated that essentially the

entire proposed development site comprises regenerating previously cultivated land. A nearby

wetland, which is situated on the main access road to the site, is regarded as the most

conservation important (CI) local biodiversity feature. Some large indigenous trees on site were

also found to provide important roosting and nesting habitat for owls and potentially small

raptors.

Summarized in the Table below are potential impacts of the proposed development on

biodiversity, without and with mitigation. Without mitigation, the most significant potential

impacts include:

Degradation of the wetland on the main access road from increased dust, erosion and

sedimentation caused by increased traffic.

Introduction of alien flora with the influx of vehicles, people and materials during

construction and operation, and their proliferation in the absence of effective control.

Poor or inappropriate control of invertebrate and vertebrate pest species due to

substandard animal husbandry / hygiene and waste management.

Table Summary of impact significance, without and with mitigation


CONSTRUCTION Without mitigation With mitigation

Loss or degradation of the wetland on the access road High Low

Loss of terrestrial vegetation and faunal habitat Medium Low

Loss of CI or medicinal flora Medium Low

Loss of CI fauna Medium Low

Introduction and proliferation of alien species High Low

Increased dust and erosion Medium Low

Sensory disturbance of fauna Medium Low

OPERATION


Environmental contamination Medium Low

Poor / Inappropriate control of animal pests High Low

Disease transmission Medium Low

Altered burning Medium Low





Natural Scientific Services CC iii


DECOMMISSIONING




Sensory disturbance of fauna Low Low

DECLARATION

I, Susan Abell, in my capacity as a specialist consultant, hereby declare that I -

Act as an independent consultant;

Do not have any financial interest in the undertaking of the activity, other than

remuneration for the work performed in terms of the National Environmental

Management Act, 1998 (Act 107 of 1998);

Have and will not have vested interest in the proposed activity proceeding;

Have no, and will not engage in, conflicting interests in the undertaking of the activity;

Undertake to disclose, to the competent authority, any material information that has or

may have the potential to influence the decision of the competent authority or the

objectivity of any report, plan or document required in terms of the National

Environmental Management Act, 1998 (Act 107 of 1998);

Will provide the competent authority with access to all information at my disposal

regarding the application, whether such information is favourable to the applicant or not;

As a registered member of the South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions,

will undertake my profession in accordance with the Code of Conduct of the Council, as

well as any other societies to which I am a member;

Based on information provided to me by the project proponent and in addition to

information obtained during the course of this study, have presented the results and

conclusion within the associated document to the best of my professional ability; and

Reserve the right to modify aspects pertaining to the present investigation should

additional information become available through ongoing research and/or further work

in this field.

Susan Abell Pr.Nat.Sci. 10 February 2017

SACNASP Reg. No. 400116/05

(Ecological & Environmental Science)

Date


Natural Scientific Services CC iv

LIST OF ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

ADU Animal Demography Unit – a research unit of the Department of Zoology at the

University of Cape Town

AGIS Agricultural Geo-referenced Information System

CBA Critical Biodiversity Area

CI Conservation Important

CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and

Flora

C-Plan Conservation Plan

CR Critically Endangered

CSIR Council for Scientific and Industrial Research

D Declining population trend

DACE Department of Agriculture, Conservation and Environment

DD Data Deficient

DEA Department of Environmental Affairs

DEAT Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism

DREAD Department of Rural, Environment and Agricultural Development

DWA Department of Water Affairs (previously known as DWAF)

DWAF Department of Water Affairs and Forestry

DWS Department of Water and Sanitation (previously known as DWAF and DWA)

EN Endangered

End Endemic

ES Ecological Sensitivity

EWT Endangered Wildlife Trust

FEPA Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Area

GG Government Gazette

GIS Geographic Information System

GN Government Notice

IA Impact Assessment

IBA Important Bird Area

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, based in

Gland, Switzerland

LC Least Concern

LoO Likelihood of Occurrence of a taxon in an area

NBI National Botanical Institute

NEM:BA National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (Act 10 of 2004)

NEMA National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998)

NEPAD New Partnership for Africa‟s Development

NFEPA National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas project

NSS Natural Scientific Services CC

NT Near Threatened

NWA National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998)

PG Protected Game


Natural Scientific Services CC v

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

Pr.Nat.Sci. Professional Natural Scientist

PS Protected Species

PWA Protected Wild Animal

QDS Quarter Degree Square – the basic unit used by the Surveyor General for creation

of 1:50 000 topographical maps

S Stable population trend

SABAP 1 & 2 First and second Southern African Bird Atlas Projects, managed by the ADU

SANBI South African National Biodiversity Institute

SACNASP South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions

ToPS Threatened or Protected Species

U Unknown population trend

UJ University of Johannesburg

UP University of Pretoria

VU Vulnerable

WA Wild Animal

WITS University of the Witwatersrand


Natural Scientific Services CC vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 9

2. Terms of Reference ................................................................................................................. 9

3. Project Team .......................................................................................................................... 10

4. Applicable Legislation, Policies & Guidelines ..................................................................... 10

4.1. International Agreements ................................................................................................ 10

4.2. Regional Agreements ...................................................................................................... 11

4.3. National Legislation ......................................................................................................... 11

4.4. National Policies, Guidelines & Programmes .................................................................. 11

4.5. Provincial Legislation, Policies & Guidelines ................................................................... 12

5. Project Description ................................................................................................................ 12

6. Study Region .......................................................................................................................... 12

6.1. Locality & Land-use ......................................................................................................... 12

6.2. Climate ............................................................................................................................ 14

6.3. Hydrology ........................................................................................................................ 14

6.4. Land Types ..................................................................................................................... 15

6.5. Vegetation ....................................................................................................................... 15

7. Methodology .......................................................................................................................... 19

7.1. Vegetation & Floral Communities .................................................................................... 19

7.2. Fauna .............................................................................................................................. 21

7.3. Impact Assessment ......................................................................................................... 23

8. Survey Results ....................................................................................................................... 25

8.1. Vegetation and Floral Communities ................................................................................ 25

8.2. Fauna .............................................................................................................................. 33

9. Areas of Significance ............................................................................................................. 44

9.1. International Areas of Conservation Significance ............................................................ 44

9.2. National and Regional Areas of Conservation Significance ............................................. 44

9.3. Local Areas of Conservation Significance ....................................................................... 51

10. Impacts & Mitigation .............................................................................................................. 54

10.1. Impacts ........................................................................................................................... 54

10.2. Management and Mitigation Recommendations .............................................................. 56

11. Concluding Remarks ............................................................................................................. 57

12. References ............................................................................................................................. 65

13. Appendices ............................................................................................................................ 68

13.1. POSA list for QDS 2527BD ............................................................................................. 68

13.2. Mammal list for the study area ........................................................................................ 71

13.3. Bird list for the study area ................................................................................................ 75


Natural Scientific Services CC vii

13.4. Reptile list for the study area ........................................................................................... 88

13.5. Frog list for the study area ............................................................................................... 91

13.6. Butterfly list for the study area ......................................................................................... 92

13.7. Odonata list for the study area ........................................................................................ 99

13.8. Scorpion list for the study area ...................................................................................... 101

13.9. Main CVs ...................................................................................................................... 101

13.10. NEMBA Requirements ....................................................................................... 107

LIST OF TABLES

Table 3-1 NSS project team ..................................................................................... 10

Table 6-1 Dominant flora comprising the Springbokvlakte Thornveld vegetation type

15

Table 7-1 Rating of impact spatial extent ................................................................. 24

Table 7-2 Rating of impact duration ......................................................................... 24

Table 7-3 Rating of potential impact intensity .......................................................... 24

Table 7-4 Rating of impact probability ...................................................................... 25

Table 7-5 Rating of overall impact significance ........................................................ 25

Table 8-1 Top 12 dominant families and most dominant growth forms obtained from

the POSA website for the QDS 2527BD and on site ................................ 26

Table 8-2 Broad Habitat/Vegetation communities .................................................... 26

Table 8-3 Numbers of conservation important plant species per Red Data category

within South Africa and North West (date accessed: December 2016) .... 30

Table 8-4 Potential CI species based on information obtained from 2527BB &

2527BD QDG........................................................................................... 31

Table 8-5 Alien and Invasive Species detected during the survey ........................... 32

Table 8-6 Potentially occurring conservation important mammal species ................ 35

Table 8-7 Potentially occurring conservation important bird species ........................ 35

Table 8-8 Potentially occurring conservation important reptile species .................... 40

Table 8-9 Potentially occurring conservation important frog species ........................ 40

Table 9-1 Scoring Range for the Areas of Significance ............................................ 51

Table 10-1 Summary of impact significance, without and with mitigation ................... 56

Table 11-1 Impact Assessment ................................................................................. 58

Table 11-2 Mitigation measures ................................................................................. 61

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 6-1 Photographs of the site ............................................................................ 12

Figure 6-2 Site location ............................................................................................. 13

Figure 6-3 Measurements of monthly rainfall at Rustenberg (AccuWeather 2016) .... 14


Natural Scientific Services CC viii

Figure 6-4 Ecoregion and quaternary catchment wherein the development site is

situated .................................................................................................... 17

Figure 6-5 Regional vegetation and land type wherein the development site is situated

................................................................................................................ 18

Figure 7-1 Main vegetation sampling points .............................................................. 20

Figure 7-2 IUCN Red List categories ........................................................................ 23

Figure 8-1 Photographs of the different habitats within and surrounding the site....... 27

Figure 8-2 Examples of species found on site ........................................................... 28

Figure 8-3 Photographs of the wetland to the north of the site .................................. 30

Figure 8-4 Vegetation communities within the study area ......................................... 29

Figure 8-5 Photographs and Distribution of the Vulnerable Cullen holubii (Data from

Kew Gardens, UK) ................................................................................... 31

Figure 8-6 Photographs of Conservation Important plant species on Site ................. 32

Figure 8-7 The Category 1 Listed Opuntia species ................................................... 33

Figure 8-8 Evidence of mammal species on site ....................................................... 34

Figure 8-9 Evidence of bird species on site ............................................................... 36

Figure 8-10 Evidence of reptile species on site ........................................................... 39

Figure 8-11 Photographs of the nearby wetland where various frog species may breed .

................................................................................................................ 41

Figure 8-12 Evidence of butterfly species on site ........................................................ 42

Figure 8-13 Evidence of odonata species on site ........................................................ 43

Figure 8-14 Photographs of scorpion burrows on site ................................................. 43

Figure 9-1 Location of the site in relation to Important Bird Areas, and Protected Areas

................................................................................................................ 47

Figure 9-2 Location of the site relative to regional terrestrial Priority Areas and

Threatened Ecosystems .......................................................................... 48

Figure 9-3 Location of the site in relation to regional Freshwater Ecosystem Priority

Areas 49

Figure 9-4 Location of the site in relation to North West CBAs and ESAs ................. 50

Figure 9-5 Areas of biodiversity conservation significance ........................................ 53


Natural Scientific Services CC 9

Biodiversity is defined as "…the

variability among living organisms

from all sources including…terrestrial,

marine and other aquatic ecosystems

and the ecological complexes of which

they are a part; this includes diversity

within species, between species and of

ecosystems" (The Convention of

Biological Diversity, 1992). In other words,

plants, animals and micro-organisms,

their genes, and the ecosystems that

living organisms inhabit, are all facets of

biodiversity.

1. Introduction

South African legislation affirms the national commitment to conservation. The National

Environmental Management Act (NEMA; Act 107 of 1998) provides for “the integration of

social, economic and environmental factors into planning, implementation and decision-

making so as to ensure that development serves present and future generations." The

National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (NEM:BA; Act 10 of 2004) affords

inter alia: the management and conservation of South Africa‟s biodiversity within the

framework of NEMA; the protection of species and ecosystems that warrant national

protection; and the sustainable use of indigenous biological resources. The National Water

Act (NWA; Act 36 of 1998) is the principle legal instrument relating to water resource

management in South Africa. All wetlands are protected under the NWA, wherein numerous

measures are stipulated “which are together intended to ensure the comprehensive

protection of all water resources.”

The Council for Scientific and Industrial Research‟s

(CSIR‟s) “Special Needs Skills and Development

Programme” is currently undertaking the necessary

environmental authorisations under NEMA, NEM:BA

and the NWA for a broiler chicken facility in the north-

eastern corner of North West Province. To this end

the CSIR appointed Natural Scientific Services CC

(NSS) to perform an ecological scan (a brief

terrestrial floral and faunal assessment - excluding

wetland assessment work) for the proposed project.

2. Terms of Reference

The ecoscan was performed according to the methodology agreed between the CSIR and

NSS, and this report includes:

A broad description of (relevant) biophysical attributes of the study area;

A list of applicable legislation, guidelines, standards and criteria to be considered in

project planning;

A broad determination of the (national and provincial) conservation importance of local

biodiversity;

A description of in situ vegetation and floral communities, including their structure,

dominant plant species composition and condition;

Discussion about observed and potentially occurring conservation important (e.g.

Protected, Red List and medicinal) species;



An assessment of potential impacts of the proposed project on biodiversity, and

recommended measures to mitigate these.

3. Project Team

All aspects of the ecoscan were performed by NSS (Table 3-1). The NSS team has

extensive experience in completing biodiversity assessments involving floral, faunal, wetland

and aquatic work, as well as Environmental Impact Assessments, Environmental

Management Programme Reports, Strategic Management Plans and Environmental

Management Plans for the conservation, mining, waste, commercial and industrial sectors.

In terms of accreditation and professional registrations the following is applicable to NSS:

Senior team members are registered Professional Natural Scientists in the ecological,

environmental, and zoological fields.

The senior wetland team member is acknowledged by the Department of Water and

Sanitation (DWS) as a competent wetland delineator.

Table 3-1 NSS project team

ROLE NAME QUALIFICATIONS

Flora Susan Abell M.Sc. Resource Conservation Biology (WITS).

Pr.Sci.Nat. registered (400116/05) – Ecology & Environmental

Science

Fauna Dr Caroline Lötter Ph.D. – Zoology (UP).

Pr.Sci.Nat. registered (400182/09) – Zoology.

GIS Mapping Tim Blignaut B.Sc. Honours - Geography (UJ).

4. Applicable Legislation, Policies & Guidelines

Legislation, policies and guidelines, which could apply to impacts of the proposed project on

biodiversity, are listed below. Although the list is comprehensive, additional legislation,

policies and guidelines that have not been mentioned may apply.

4.1. International Agreements

Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(CITES).

(Bonn) Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals.

Convention on Biological Diversity including eco-systems and genetic resources.

Agenda 21 regarding the sustainable development at global and national levels.

Johannesburg Declaration and Plan of Implementation for sustainable development.



4.2. Regional Agreements

Action Plan of the Environmental Initiative of NEPAD for sustainable development in

Africa.

4.3. National Legislation

Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (Act 43 of 1983).

Environmental Conservation Act (Act 73 of 1989).

Constitution of the Republic of South Africa (Act 108 of 1996).

Water Services Act (Act 108 of 1997).

National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998).

National Forests Act (Act 84 of 1998) and Protected Tree Species.

National Veld and Forest Fire Act (Act 101 of 1998).

National Environmental Management Act (NEMA; Act 107 of 1998).

National Heritage Resources Act (Act 25 of 1999).

National Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (Act 28 of 2002).

Draft Sustainable Utilization of Agricultural Resources Bill (2003).

National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act (Act 57 of 2003).

National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (NEM:BA; Act 10 of 2004):

ooo National list of Ecosystems Threatened and in need of Protection (Government

Gazette [GG] 34809, Government Notice [GN] 1002, 9 December 2011).

ooo Alien and Invasive Species Regulations (GG 37885, 1 August 2014).

ooo Threatened or Protected Species Regulations (GG 587, GN 38600, 31 March

2015).

National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act (Act 39 of 2004).

National Environmental Management: Waste Act (Act 59 of 2008).

4.4. National Policies, Guidelines & Programmes

National Aquatic Ecosystem Health Monitoring Program including the River Health

Programme (initiated by the DWAF, now the DWA), which has recently been replaced

with the River Eco-status Monitoring Programme.

South African Water Quality Guidelines (DWAF 1996).

White Paper on Environmental Management Policy for South Africa (1998).

National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment (Driver et al. 2004) including Priority Areas

and Threatened Ecosystems.

National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (DEAT 2005).

National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas project (Driver et al. 2011).

Mining and Biodiversity Guideline (DEA et al. 2013).

National Water Resource Strategy (DWAF 2013).

Draft national guidelines on biodiversity offsets (DEA 2012 and 2015).



4.5. Provincial Legislation, Policies & Guidelines

North West Biodiversity Conservation Act (Act 4 of 2016).

Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983).

North West State of the Environment Report (Walmsley & Walmsley 2002).

North West Environmental Outlook Report (DACE 2008).

North West Conservation Plan (C-Plan; DREAD 2012).

5. Project Description

The enterprise Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd proposes to develop three chicken broiler houses on site,

with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit and farm house. The size of

each chicken house will be 20m x 130m, with the capacity to breed 40 000 chickens per

cycle. The farm has an existing borehole with the capacity to store 10 000 L of water (refer to

Areas of Concern map for brief overview of the layout - Figure 9-6).

6. Study Region

6.1. Locality & Land-use

The approximately 9.5ha development site is situated on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan in

North West Province (Figure 6-2). The site is approximately 3km west of the

Makgabetlwane and 3km south-east of the Dikgopaneng settlement areas / towns. Available

satellite imagery indicates, and our field observations (Figure 6-1) confirmed that essentially

the entire proposed development site comprises previously cultivated land. Surrounding

forms of land use include scattered human settlements and subsistence farming (CSIR

2016).

Figure 6-1 Photographs of the site



Figure 6-2 Site location



6.2. Climate

The regional climate features summer rainfall with very dry winters. Mean annual

precipitation is about 500–650mm. Frost is fairly infrequent in winter. Mean monthly

maximum and minimum temperatures for Warmbaths – Towoomba are 35.2°C and – 2.0°C

for October and July, respectively. Corresponding values are 36.8°C and – 1.2°C for Marble

Hall for January and June, respectively (Mucina & Rutherford 2006).

Shown in Figure 6-3 is monthly rainfall and atmospheric temperatures measured at

Rustenberg between January 2015 and November 2016 (data obtained from AccuWeather

2016). This approximate rainfall data indicate that during the 12-month period preceding our

site visit on 24 November 2016, the region had received a below-average annual amount of

~272mm rain. The approximate temperature data in Figure 6-3 indicate that temperatures

were typically hot during November 2016. However, when the site visit was undertaken it

was evident from the large number of vleis, pans and depressions that the region had

recently received substantial rain. On site, conditions were damp, warm and overcast, with

little to no wind and, therefore, highly favourable for the floral and faunal survey work.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Jan

uar

y

Feb

ruar

y

Mar

ch

Ap

ril

May

Jun

e

July

Au

gust

Sep

tem

be

r

Oct

ob

er

No

vem

be

r

De

cem

be

r

Jan

uar

y

Feb

ruar

y

Mar

ch

Ap

ril

May

Jun

e

July

Au

gust

Sep

tem

be

r

Oct

ob

er

No

vem

be

r

2015 2016

Atm

osp

her

ic t

emp

erat

ure

(°C)

Ra

infa

ll (

mm

)

Year and month

Figure 6-3 Measurements of monthly rainfall at Rustenberg (AccuWeather 2016)

6.3. Hydrology

The proposed development site is situated in ecoregion 8.05 and quaternary catchment

A23J, close to its boundary with adjoining quaternary catchment A23K (Figure 6-4). The

former quaternary catchment has been rated with Moderate Ecological Sensitivity (ES), and

the latter with Low/Marginal ES (DWAF 2011). Although quaternary catchment A23J is

drained by the Kutswane River, the site is situated a similar distance (roughly 9km) from

both the Kutswane River and the Tolwane River, which drains quaternary catchment A23K.

Both these rivers represent tributaries of the Pienaars River, which drains into the Crocodile



River. These (and a moderate diversity of other rivers) collectively comprise the Crocodile

(West) and Marico Water Management Area. With approximately half the length of the rivers

containing Critically Endangered ecosystems, this WMA is particularly hard pressed to meet

South Africa‟s goal for freshwater ecosystem conservation without a focused effort to

rehabilitate some systems. Conservation action in the WMA should be focussed on

maintaining the last remaining good condition rivers, and strategically rehabilitating some of

the moderately-modified rivers (Nel & Driver 2012).The Crocodile River eventually feeds into

the Limpopo River, which flows through the Kruger National Park before entering

Mozambique.

6.4. Land Types

“Land types,” which have been identified by the ARC‟s Institute for Soil, Climate and Water,

represent areas that are uniform with respect to climate, terrain form, geology and soil. The

data, obtained through the Agricultural Geo-referenced Information System (AGIS 2010),

provide useful baseline information on land capability (especially agricultural potential).

According to this data, the proposed development site is situated in land type Ae20, close to

it‟s boundary with land type Ea71 (Figure 6-5).

The terrain within land type Ae20 is flat to slightly undulating, and across the proposed

development site elevation ranges between 1 051m and 1 054m a.s.l. Rocks within the land

type pertain to the volcano – sedimentary Karoo Supergroup. Most abundant in the area are

the mafic volcanics (tholeitic and olivine basalts and nephelinites) of the Letaba Formation,

then the mudstones of the Irrigasie Formation are the shale, with sandstone units, of the

Ecca Group. Soils are red – yellow apedal, freely drained with high base status and self –

mulching, black, vertic clays. The vertic soils, with a fluctuating water table, experience

prolonged periods of swelling and shrinking during wet and dry periods, considerable soil

cracking when dry, a loose soil surface, high calcium carbonate content and gilgai micro –

relief.

6.5. Vegetation

The proposed development site is situated in the Savanna Biome, within the SVcb 15

Springbokvlakte Thornveld regional vegetation type (Figure 6-5) as defined by Mucina &

Rutherford (2006). The Springbokvlakte Thornveld vegetation type represents open to

dense, low thorn savanna dominated by Acacia species or shrubby grassland with a very

low shrub layer. Dominant floral species within the Springbokvlakte Thornveld vegetation

type are listed in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Dominant flora comprising the Springbokvlakte Thornveld vegetation type

GROWTH FORM DOMINANT SPECIES

Small Trees: Acacia karroo (d), Acacia luederitzii var. retinens (d), Acacia mellifera subsp.

detinens (d), Acacia nilotica (d), Ziziphus mucronata (d), Acacia tortilis subsp.

heteracantha, Boscia foetida subsp. rehmanniana.



GROWTH FORM DOMINANT SPECIES

Tall Shrubs: Euclea undulata (d), Searsia engleri (d), Dichrostachys cinerea, Diospyros

lycioides subsp. lycioides, Grewia flava, Tarchonanthus camphoratus.

Low Shrubs: Acacia tenuispina (d), Ptycholobium plicatum.

Succulent Shrub: Kleinia longiflora.

Herbaceous

Climbers:

Momordica balsamina, Rhynchosia minima.

Graminoids: Aristida bipartita (d), Dichanthium annulatum var. papillosum (d), Ischaemum

afrum (d), Setaria incrassata (d), Aristida canescens, Brachiaria eruciformis.

Herbs: Aspilia mossambicensis, Indigastrum parviflorum, Nidorella hottentotica,

Orthosiphon suffrutescens, Senecio apiifolius

*The genus Acacia has been split internationally into Vachellia and Senegalia. For this report, these species will

remain in the Acacia genus.

* d = Dominant

According to Mucina & Rutherford (2006), the Springbokvlakte Thornveld vegetation type is

Endangered. The national target is to conserve 19% of this vegetation type, but only 1% is

statutorily conserved, mainly in the Mkombo Nature Reserve. Roughly three times this area

is conserved in a number of other reserves. At least 49% of the vegetation type is

transformed, including about 45% cultivated and 3% urban and built-up. There are dense

rural populations in the southern and eastern sides of the vegetation type. Alien plants are

scattered over wide areas, and include Cereus jamacaru, Eucalyptus species, Lantana

camara, Melia azedarach, Opuntia ficus – indica and Sesbania punicea. Erosion is very low

to moderate.



Figure 6-4 Ecoregion and quaternary catchment wherein the development site is situated



Figure 6-5 Regional vegetation and land type wherein the development site is situated



7. Methodology

The ecological scan involved desktop research and fieldwork, which was performed during a

site visit on 24 November 2016.

7.1. Vegetation & Floral Communities

Due to the small extent of the site and the homogeneous nature, the sampling methods such

as Braun-Blanquet cover-abundance approach (Mueller-Dombois & Ellenberg, 1974) was

used as a basis to form broader habitat units but the data was not analysed using

TWINSPAN. The vegetation component therefore included:

A desktop assessment of the vegetation within the region and potential community

structure based on the information obtained from:

ooo SANBI‟s1 Plants of South Africa (POSA) 2527BD QDS

ooo Mucina & Rutherford‟s (2006) vegetation map of southern Africa.

ooo The current North West CBA/ESA Plan.

ooo CI plant species records in the study region (mainly obtained through POSA)

A one day field investigation walking transects through the site:

ooo Noting species, habitats and cover abundance. Sampling points are presented

in Figure 7-1. Plant taxa were identified to species level (some cases, cf would

be used if identification was limiting – cf means „confer‟ or „looks like‟).

Scientific names follow POSA (Accessed, December 2016).

ooo Recording any observed alien and invasive plant species on site was also

conducted. The identification of declared weeds and invader species as

promulgated under: the NEMBA August 2014 regulations (GG37885); and the

amended regulations (Regulation 15) of the Conservation of Agricultural

Resources Act, 1983 (Act No. 43 of 1983).

Reporting including vegetation community descriptions, mapping of broad habitat

types / vegetation communities and CI species analysis. For CI floral species,

Likelihood of Occurrence (LO) rating is assigned to each species based on the

availability of suitable habitat using the following scale: Present; Highly likely; Possible;

Unlikely or No Habitat available.

1 The South African National Biodiversity Institute



Figure 7-1 Main vegetation sampling points



Limitations

Although most of the site was under agriculture in the past (tilled), it is important to note that

the absence of species on site does not conclude that the species is not present at the site.

Reasons for not finding certain species during the summer site visit may be due to:

The short duration of fieldwork as well as the timing of the fieldwork (just after the

rains). The 2015/2016 season has experienced below average rainfall and is

considered to be in a drought period. This has influenced flowering and species

abundance at other sites that NSS has revisited.

Some plant species, which are small, have short flowering times, rare or otherwise

difficult to detect may not have been detected even though they were potentially

present on site.

Vegetation mapping was based on the brief in-field survey as well as aerial imagery.

Positioning of the vegetation units may not be exact due to potential georeferencing

errors displayed in Google Earth, GPS accuracy in field as well as the age of the aerial

image.

7.2. Fauna

7.2.1. Desktop Research

A list of species potentially occurring in the study area was compiled for:

Mammals, including bats, using the published species distribution maps in Friedmann

& Daly (2004) and Stuart & Stuart (2007), and Monadjem et al. (2010), respectively,

and online species distribution data from MammalMAP (2016) for quarter degree

square (QDS) 2527BD.

Birds, using the list of bird species for QDS 2527BD from the Roberts VII (2013)

mobile phone app., and the latest online list of bird species for pentad 2515_2750 from

the second Southern African Bird Atlas Project (SABAP 2), which included records of

bird species that were observed in QDS 2527BD during the first SABAP (SABAP 1).

Reptiles, using the published species distribution maps in Bates et al. (2014), and

online species distribution data from ReptileMAP (2016) for the relevant QDS.

Frogs, using the published species distribution maps in Minter et al. (2004), and online

species distribution data from FrogMAP (2016) for the relevant QDS.

Butterflies, using the published species distribution maps in Mecenero et al. (2013),

and online species distribution data from LepiMAP (2016) for the relevant QDS.

Odonata, using the published distribution maps in Samways (2008). OdonataMAP

(2016) did not have any species records for QDS 2527BD.

Scorpions, using the published species distribution maps in Leeming (2003), and

online species distribution data from ScorpionMAP (2016).

The lists were refined based on faunal records for the Bojanala District and Springbokvlakte

Thornveld vegetation type in North West Province, which were received from DREAD (pers.



comm. 2016), and our field observations, where the Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO) of each

species was rated using the following scale:

1 Present: the species, or signs of its presence, was recorded.

2 High: the species is highly likely to occur.

3 Moderate: the species may occur.

4 Low: the species is unlikely to occur.

7.2.2. Fieldwork

Faunal observations were made while driving, walking, and inspecting different habitats on

site and in the area. Taxa were identified based on observations of dead or live specimens,

spoor, droppings, burrows and other evidence. Rocks and logs were turned to find reptiles,

scorpions, frogs and invertebrates. A sweep net was used to catch butterflies and odonata.

7.2.3. Conservation Status of Species

The appended faunal lists indicate the status of relevant species according to:

The latest (2015) list of Threatened or Protected Species (ToPS) under the National

Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (NEM:BA 2004).

The latest list of Threatened or Protected Species under the relevant provincial

legislation, in this case, the Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance of 1983.

The latest national or regional Red List assessment for:

Mammals by the SANBI & EWT (2016).

Birds by Taylor et al. (2015).

Reptiles by Bates et al. (2014).

Frogs by Minter et al. (2004).

Butterflies by Mecenero et al. (2013).

Dragonflies and damselflies (odonata) by Samways (2006).

The IUCN Red List, where the global Red List status of a taxon has not been

assessed during the relevant afore-mentioned national or regional Red List

assessment.

An atlas and Red List assessment for South African scorpion species has not yet been

published. Due to spatio-temporal variation in human disturbances, the conservation status

of some species differs between the NEM:BA, provincial legislation and the relevant regional

or national Red List assessment publication. Unless otherwise stated, the most threatened

status of a species is provided in text, whether this is at a global or other spatial scale.

Shown in Figure 7-2 are the IUCN‟s Red List categories, which have been adopted to a

large extent in regional / national /provincial assessments of animal taxa.



Figure 7-2 IUCN Red List categories

7.2.4. Limitations

The site visit was limited to a few day time hours and, therefore, not all potentially

occurring (especially nocturnal) species were likely to be detected.

Some species, which are uncommon, small, migratory, secretive or otherwise difficult

to detect may not have been detected even though they were potentially present.

7.3. Impact Assessment

The Impact Assessment (IA) was performed according to the CSIR‟s IA methodology, which

takes into account:

Impact nature (direct, indirect and cumulative);

Impact status (positive, negative or neutral);

Impact spatial extent (Table 7-1);

Impact duration (Table 7-2);

Potential impact intensity (Table 7-3);

Impact reversibility (high, moderate, low or irreversible);

Irreplaceability of the impacted resource (high, moderate, low or replaceable);

Impact probability (Table 7-4);

Our confidence in the ratings (high, moderate or low);

Overall impact significance (Table 7-5) is calculated as:

Impact significance = Impact magnitude x Impact probability

where

Impact magnitude = Potential impact intensity + Impact duration + Impact extent

Extinct (EX)

Extinct in the wild (EW)

Critically Endangered (CR)

Endangered (EN)

Vulnerable (VU)

Near Threatened (NT)

Least Concern (LC)

Threatened Adequate data

Data Deficient (DD)

Evaluated

Not Evaluated

(NE)



Table 7-1 Rating of impact spatial extent

EXTENT DESCRIPTION SCORE

Site specific 1

Local (<2km from site) 2

Regional (within 30km of site) 3

National 4

International/Global 5

Table 7-2 Rating of impact duration

DURATION DESCRIPTION SCORE

Temporary (less than 2 years) or duration of the construction period. This impact is fully

reversible. E.g. the construction noise temporary impact that is highly reversible as it will

stop at the end of the construction period

1

Short term (2 to 5 years). This impact is reversible. 2

Medium term (5 to 15 years). The impact is reversible with the implementation of

appropriate mitigation and management actions. 3

Long term (>15 years but where the impact will cease after the operational life of the

activity). The impact is reversible with the implementation of appropriate mitigation and

management actions. E.g. the noise impact caused by the desalination plant is a long

term impact but can be considered to be highly reversible at the end of the project life,

when the project is decommissioned

4

Permanent (mitigation will not occur in such a way or in such a time span that the impact

can be considered transient). This impact is irreversible. E.g. The loss of a

palaeontological resource on site caused by construction activities is permanent and

would be irreversible.

5

Table 7-3 Rating of potential impact intensity

NEGATIVE POTENTIAL INTENSITY DESCRIPTION RATING SCORE

Potential to severely impact human health (morbidity/mortality); or

to lead to loss of species2 (fauna and/or flora)

Very High/Fatal

Flaw 16

Potential to reduce faunal/flora population or to lead to severe

reduction/alteration of natural process, loss of livelihoods / sever

impact on quality of life3, individual economic loss

High 8

Potential to reduce environmental quality – air, soil, water. Potential

Loss of habitat, loss of heritage, reduced amenity Medium 4

Nuisance Medium-Low 2

Negative change – with no other consequence Low 1

POSITIVE POTENTIAL INTENSITY DESCRIPTION RATING SCORE

Potential Net improvement in human welfare High 8

Potential to improve environmental quality – air, soil, water.

Improved individual livelihoods Medium 4

Potential to lead to Economic Development Medium-Low 2

2Note that a loss of species is a global issue and is differentiated from a loss of “floral/faunal” populations.

3Note that a visual impact or air emissions for example could be considered as severely impacting on quality of

life should it constitute more than a nuisance but not being life threatening.



NEGATIVE POTENTIAL INTENSITY DESCRIPTION RATING SCORE

Potential positive change – with no other consequence Low 1

“Irreplaceable loss of a resource” must be factored into the potential intensity rating of an impact

Table 7-4 Rating of impact probability

PROBABILITY DESCRIPTION SCORE

Improbable (little or no chance of occurring <10%) 0.1

Low probability(10 - 25% chance of occurring) 0.25

Probable (25 - 50% chance of occurring) 0.5

Highly probable (50 – 90% chance of occurring) 0.75

Definite (>90% chance of occurring). 1

Table 7-5 Rating of overall impact significance

SCORE RATING SIGNIFICANCE DESCRIPTION

18-26 Fatally

flawed

The project cannot be authorised unless major changes to the engineering

design are carried out to reduce the significance rating.

10-17 High

The impacts will result in major alteration to the environment even with the

implementation on the appropriate mitigation measures and will have an

influence on decision-making.

5-9 Medium

The impact will result in moderate alteration of the environment and can be

reduced or avoided by implementing the appropriate mitigation measures, and

will only have an influence on the decision-making if not mitigated.

<5 Low

The impact may result in minor alterations of the environment and can be

easily avoided by implementing appropriate mitigation measures, and will not

have an influence on decision-making.

8. Survey Results

8.1. Vegetation and Floral Communities

8.1.1. Comparative Regional Vegetation

SANBI frequently collect/collate floral data within Southern Africa and update their PRECIS

database system (National Herbarium Pretoria (PRE) Computerised Information System)

which is captured according to quarter degree squares (QDSs). This is referred to the POSA

database. For this study, the Site falls on the boundary of 2527BD. This QDG yielded 88

species within 36 families. The dominant families being FABACEAE, ASTERACEAE,

MALVACEAE (Table 8-1), with the Herbs representing 44%, shrubs/trees representing 22%,

and Dwarf Shrubs representing just under 10% of the total species listed for the area (Table

8-1). Wooded species in total constitute over 30% of the species within the larger study

region. In terms of the site, structural representation was following the trend presented within

the larger region, with wooded vegetation being dominant (over 40%). The presence of

Graminoids and Geophytic species was limited (Table 8-1).



Table 8-1 Top 12 dominant families and most dominant growth forms obtained from the

POSA website for the QDS 2527BD and on site

IMPORTANT FAMILIES No. OF

SPP

GROWTH FORMS % TOTAL

SPP

ON SITE

FABACEAE 16 Herb 44.19 31.43

ASTERACEAE 8 Shrub / Tree 22.09 40

MALVACEAE 6 Dwarf shrub 9.3 8.57

ACANTHACEAE 5 Geophyte 6.98 5.71

RUBIACEAE 5 Graminoid 5.81 5.71

POACEAE 5 Succulent 3.49 5.71

APOCYNACEAE 4 Climber 3.49 2.86

LAMIACEAE 4 Scrambler 1.16 -

SCROPHULARIACEAE 3 Cyperoid 1.16 -

AMARANTHACEAE 3 Creeper 1.16 -

ANACARDIACEAE 2 Carnivore 1.16 -

EUPHORBIACEAE 2

8.1.2. On Site - Vegetation Communities

From the field investigations the study area was largely monospecific and almost the entire

site had been previously farmed (over 95% - refer to Table 8-2). Available aerial imagery

from Google Earth dated back to 2009 and still showed past farming practices (Figure 8-1

and Figure 8-3). Therefore it was very difficult to distinguish a diversity of habitat types.

Large trees that have significance as roosting sites for species such as Owls and Raptors

were mapped. A small drainage line within the site was also evident but showed no signs of

soil wetness or vegetation wetland indicators. During the field investigation, wetlands with

limited slope to the north were flooded (Figure 8-4), however, no pooling of water was

evident on the site.

Table 8-2 Broad Habitat/Vegetation communities

Vegetation Community Conservation Significance Area - Ha Area -%

Drainage Habitat

Possible Artificial Drainage Moderate-Low 0.079 0.84

Tree Clumps

Acacia – Boscia Tree Clumps Moderate 0.19 1.99

Transformed Habitat

Transformed - Acacia Open Woodland (old fields) Moderate-Low 8.92 95.28

Disturbed

Built-up Areas Low 0.033 0.35

Track Low 0.14 1.54



Possible artificial drainage Acacia – Boscia Tree Clumps

Transformed - Acacia Open (old fields) Built Structures

Figure 8-1 Photographs of the different habitats within and surrounding the site

A limited description can be provided for such a homeogenous habitat. However, species

recorded within this habitat included (Figure 8-3):

ACANTHACEAE Justicia flava (Vahl) Vahl

ACANTHACEAE Ruellia patula Jacq.

AMARANTHACEAE Gomphrena celosioides Mart. **

AMARYLLIDACEAE Ammocharis coranica (Ker Gawl.) Herb.

ASPHODELACEAE Aloe greatheadii Schönland var. davyana (Schönland) Glen & D.S.Hardy

ASTERACEAE Felicia muricata (Thunb.) Nees subsp. muricata

ASTERACEAE Tagetes minuta L. **

BORAGINACEAE Heliotropium lineare (A.DC.) Görke

CACTACEAE Opuntia ficus-indica (L.) Mill. **

CAPPARACEAE Boscia albitrunca (Burch.) Gilg & Gilg-Ben.

COMMELINACEAE Commelina sp.

CONVOLVULACEAE Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L.

CONVOLVULACEAE Ipomoea bolusiana

CUCURBITACEAE Coccinia sessilifolia (Sond.) Cogn.

CUCURBITACEAE Cucumis hirsutus

EBENACEAE Diospyros lycioides Desf. subsp. lycioides

FABACEAE Acacia caffra (Thunb.) Willd.

FABACEAE Acacia karroo Hayne

FABACEAE Acacia mellifera (Vahl) Benth. subsp. mellifera

FABACEAE Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd. ex Delile subsp. kraussiana (Benth.) Brenan

FABACEAE Acacia tortilis (Forssk.) Hayne subsp. heteracantha (Burch.) Brenan



FABACEAE Dichrostachys cinerea (L.) Wight & Arn.

FABACEAE Indigofera spp

FABACEAE Neorautanenia ficifolius

FABACEAE Peltophorum africanum Sond.

FABACEAE Senna didymobotrya (Fresen.) H.S.Irwin & Barneby

GERANIACEAE Monsonia cf. burkeana

HYACINTHACEAE Ledebouria cf revoluta (L.f.) Jessop

HYPERICACEAE Hypericum spp

MALVACEAE Grewia flava DC.

POACEAE Digitaria eriantha Steud.

POACEAE Panicum maximum Jacq.

SOLANACEAE Solanum (panduriforme) campylacanthum A. Rich.

SOLANACEAE Solanum nigrum L.

SOLANACEAE Solanum sp.

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE Tribulus terrestris L.

RHAMNACEAE Ziziphus mucronata Willd. subsp. mucronata

Grewia flava Coccinia spp

Monsonia cf. burkeana Aptosimum cf. elongatum

Figure 8-2 Examples of species found on site



Figure 8-3 Vegetation communities within the study area



Figure 8-4 Photographs of the wetland to the north of the site

8.1.3. Conservation Important Species

It is well documented that heterogeneous landscapes, diverse geology and a range of

environmental conditions, provide a diverse number of habitats for plant species (Pickett, et.al.

1997; O‟Farrell, 2006; KNNCS, 1999). These areas are normally associated with high levels of

species endemism and richness. For example, at least 74% of the 23 threatened Highveld plant

taxa occur on the crests and slopes of ridges and hills (Pfab & Victor 2002). However,

homogenous landscapes, either natural or that have been transformed through historical

farming practices and infrastructural development contain minimal diversity and endemism. The

current site is over 95% transformed through past agricultural activities with a scarce

herbaceous layer. Although considered a brief Vegetation Scan report, NSS has included a

section on Conservation Important (CI) species that were detected or could possibly be

detected on site. Within this section the CI species are discussed. These include the National

Threatened Plant Species Programme (TSP) lists, any Protected species according to the

Nature Conservation Ordinance (12 of 1983) and any specific Endemic or Rare species.

The Threatened Plant Species Programme (TSP) is an ongoing assessment that revises all

threatened plant species assessments made by Craig Hilton-Taylor (1996), using IUCN Red

Listing Criteria modified from Davis et al. (1986). According to the TSP Red Data list of South

African plant taxa (accessed December 2016), there are 46 Red Data listed species (Table 8-3)

out of a possible 2416 species within North West Province (including Data Deficient species) of

which 2 species are Critically Endangered (CR), 4 Endangered (EN), 8 are Vulnerable (VU) and

8 are Near Threatened.

Table 8-3 Numbers of conservation important plant species per Red Data category within

South Africa and North West (date accessed: December 2016)

Threat Status South

Africa

NORTH

WEST

2527BD

EX (Extinct) 28 0 0

EW (Extinct in the wild) 7 0 0

CR PE (Critically Endangered, Possibly Extinct) 57 0 0

CR (Critically Endangered) 332 2 0

EN (Endangered) 716 4 0



VU (Vulnerable) 1217 8 1

NT (Near Threatened) 402 8 0

Critically Rare (known to occur only at a single site) 153 1 0

Rare (Limited population but not exposed to any direct or potential threat)

1212 4 0

Declining (not threatened but processes are causing a continuing decline in the population)

47 7 0

LC (Least Concern) 13 856 1935 83

DDD (Data Deficient - Insufficient Information) 348 0 0

DDT (Data Deficient - Taxonomically Problematic) 904 12 1

Total spp (including those not evaluated) 23 399 2416 88

**Date accessed – December 2016

From the POSA website (2527BB & 2527BD QDS) 2 listed CI species have been recorded in

the greater region (Table 8-4). Both species require a different habitat to what is found on site.

Plese not that this list is not exhaustive and there is still the potential for other listed species to

occur in the region. The Vulnerable Cullen holubii s known from five locations in the northern

provinces of South Africa (Figure 8-5). These records, however, are all from roadside.

According to von Staden (2008), there are potentially up to 10 locations, as its vegetation type

is quite widespread. About 60% of the habitat has been transformed in the past, mainly by

agriculture. There is ongoing habitat loss due to expanding rural settlements, overgrazing and

alien plant invasion.

Figure 8-5 Photographs and Distribution of the Vulnerable Cullen holubii (Data from Kew

Gardens, UK)

Table 8-4 Potential CI species based on information obtained from 2527BB & 2527BD QDG



FAMILY SPECIES STATUS FLOWERING

TIME HABITAT LoO

FABACEAE

Cullen holubii (Burtt

Davy) C.H.Stirt. VU Summer

Springbokvlakte

Thornveld -Turf

soils in grasses

Unlikely (but

potentially in

surrounds)

MYROTHAMNACEAE Myrothamnus

flabellifolius Welw. DDT

Spring-

Summer

In shallow soil

over sheets of

rock

Highly Unlikely

* Vulnerable – VU; Data Deficient Taxonomically – DDT

Although no Red Listed species were recorded, Ammocharis coranica is considered a

Protected species under the Nature Conservation Ordinance, 12 of 1983 (Figure 8-6).

Protected Species may not be cut, disturbed, damaged, destroyed without obtaining a permit

from North West Province or a delegated authority. However, recent legislation [which repeals

the Ordinance] passed in January 2017, only weeks before the final compilation of this report,

the Protected Status of species was revised and this species is no longer on the list.

Ammocharis coranica Ammocharis coranica

Figure 8-6 Photographs of Conservation Important plant species on Site

Alien and Invasives Species

Alien, especially invasive4 plant species are a major threat to the ecological functioning of

natural systems and to the productive use of land. The trend within areas with such high past

disturbances and transformation, is considered to be infested with a number of alien species.

However, this was not the case on site. Only seven species were detected of which two were

NEMBA Category 1b listed species (Table 8.5 and Figure 8-7).

Table 8-5 Alien and Invasive Species detected during the survey

4 Two main pieces of national legislation are applicable to alien, invasive plants, namely the:

Conservation of Agriculture Resources Act (CARA; Act 43 of 1983); and

National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act (NEM:BA; Act 10 of 2004):



Family Species Growth forms CARA NEMBA

AMARANTHACEAE Gomphrena celosioides Mart. Herb Weed

CACTACEAE Opuntia ficus-indica (L.) Mill. Succulent 1 1b

FABACEAE Senna didymobotrya (Fresen.) Shrub 1 1b

SOLANACEAE Solanum nigrum L. Herb Weed

SOLANACEAE Solanum sp. Dwarf shrub -

ASTERACEAE Tagetes minuta L. Herb Weed

FABACEAE Trifolium repens L. Herb Weed

Figure 8-7 The Category 1 Listed Opuntia species

8.2. Fauna

Provided in the appended lists under 13.2-13.8 is the name and conservation status of each

mammal, bird, reptile, frog, butterfly, odonata (dragonfly and damselfly) and scorpion species

that has been recorded, or is considered highly likely or likely to occur in the study area.

8.2.1. Mammals

Approximately 49 mammal species are considered highly likely or likely to occur at least

sporadically in the study area (Appendix 13.2). Many Southern African / Common Mole-rat

mounds were encountered, and the droppings of Scrub Hare, Common / Bush Duiker, and

possibly Kudu were found on site (Figure 8-8). Wild Impala were also seen approximately 1km

south-east of the site. Rupiculous mammal species (e.g. Rock Dormouse, Eastern Rock

Elephant Shrew, Rock Hyrax, Namaqua Rock Mouse, and Jameson‟s Red Rock Hare) and

wetland-associated mammal species (e.g. Marsh Mongoose, otters, vlei rats, Water Rat) are

unlikely to occur due to the absence of suitable habitat on site. Poor grass cover (compounded

by over-grazing) probably precludes mammal taxa such as climbing mice, the Near Threatened

(NT) Southern African Hedgehog and Serval, and the Vulnerable (VU) Black-footed Cat.

Alien Invasive Categories according

to NEM:BA; Act 10 of 2004:

Category 1a

Species requiring compulsory control.

Category 1b

Invasive species controlled by an

invasive species management

programme

Category 2

Invasive species controlled by area

Category 3

Invasive species controlled by activity



Increasing levels of human settlement in the area have presumably precluded e.g. Aardvark,

African Wild Cat and Chacma Baboon.

Common Mole-rat

(Cryptomys hottentotus) mounds

Common Duiker

(Sylvicapra grimmia) droppings

Figure 8-8 Evidence of mammal species on site

Apart from various Data Deficient rodent and shrew species, six Protected and/or threatened

mammal species may occur at least sporadically in the study area (Table 8-6).

The Cape Fox is classified as a national Protected Species (PS). Given that it

preferentially inhabits mesic to arid grassland (as opposed to savanna), and that there are

few records for this species from the Bojanala District of North West Province (Power

2011), it was rated with a moderate Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO) at best.

The Leopard, which is listed as a national PS, and as globally and regionally VU, was

rated with a moderate LoO. Although this species is widespread in the District (Power

2011), increasing levels of human settlement in the study region likely pose a growing

threat to this species.

The Brown Hyena, which is listed as a national PS, and as globally and regionally NT, is

found throughout the District where it favours areas with rugged terrain (Power 2011).

Given the lack of rugged terrain near the study area, this species was rated with a

moderate LoO.

The Aardwolf is listed as a provincial Protected Game (PG) species. It is found throughout

the District (Power 2011) and was rated with a high LoO.

The Steenbok is listed as a provincial PG species. It is common throughout the District

(Power 2011) and was rated with a high LoO.

The regional status of African Striped Weasel has recently been uplisted from Least

Concern to NT. Although it occurs widely in the District, it is secretive and rare and as

such, was rated with a moderate LoO.



Table 8-6 Potentially occurring conservation important mammal species

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME RSA LEGAL

STATUS NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS

GLOBAL

RED LIST

STATUS

REGIONAL

RED LIST

STATUS

LoO

QDS SITE

Vulpes chama Cape Fox PS

LC (S) LC 3 3

Panthera pardus Leopard PS PWA Schedule 4 Section 15(1)(c) VU (D) VU 3 3

Hyaena brunnea Brown Hyena PS PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT (D) NT 3 3

Proteles cristata Aardwolf

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC (S) LC 2 2

Raphicerus campestris Steenbok


Poecilogale albinucha African Striped Weasel

LC (U) NT 2 3

Status: D = Declining; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game; PS = Protected Species; PWA = Protected Wild Animal; S = Stable; U = Unknown

Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO): 2 = High; 3 = Moderate

Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); IUCN (2016); MammalMAP (2016); SANBI & EWT (2016)

Table 8-7 Potentially occurring conservation important bird species

SCIENTIFIC NAME ALPHABETICAL COMMON NAME

RSA

LEGAL

STATUS

NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS

GLOBAL

RED LIST

STATUS

REGIONAL

RED LIST

STATUS

LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Gyps africanus Vulture, White-backed EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) CR CR 1

3

Gyps coprotheres Vulture, Cape EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) EN EN 1 1 3

Torgos tracheliotos Vulture, Lappet-faced EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) EN EN 1

3

Polemaetus bellicosus Eagle, Martial EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) VU EN 1

3

Aquila rapax Eagle, Tawny EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC EN 1

3

Aquila nipalensis Eagle, Steppe

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) EN LC 1

3

Sagittarius serpentarius Secretarybird

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) VU VU 1

3

Falco biarmicus Falcon, Lanner

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC VU 1 1 3

Falco vespertinus Falcon, Red-footed

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT NT 1

2

Coracias garrulus Roller, European

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC NT 1

2

Pterocles gutturalis Sandgrouse, Yellow-throated


3

Ciconia abdimii Stork, Abdim‟s

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC NT 1 1 3

Leptoptilos crumeniferus Stork, Marabou


3 Status: CR = Critically Endangered; EN = Endangered; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game; VU = Vulnerable

Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO): 1 = Present; 2 = High; 3 = Moderate

Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Roberts VII (2013); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); Taylor et al. (2015); SABAP 2 (2016)



8.2.2. Birds

Approximately 414 bird species are listed for QDS 2527BD (Roberts VII 2013), of which 236

were rated with a high or moderate LoO in the study area. Approximately 215 bird species have

been recorded in pentad 2515_2750 (SABAP 2 2016), and 34 bird species were detected

during the brief site visit (Appendix 13.3). No rupicolous or montane birds (e.g. rock thrushes,

Jackal Buzzard, Rock Kestrel and Verreaux‟s Eagle) or water birds (e.g. bitterns, cormorants,

crakes, ducks, grebes, flamingos, kingfishers, night herons, pelicans, sandpipers, stints, etc.)

are likely to occur due to the absence of rocky / montane and aquatic / wetland habitat on site.

The bird species that were recorded during the site visit represent common, widespread

species that are tolerant to an extent of anthropogenic disturbance (e.g. Helmeted Guineafowl,

prinias, shrikes). A couple of Spotted Eagle-owls with three nestlings, and the nest of potentially

a small raptor were the most noteworthy bird observations on site.

Potential small raptor nest Spotted Eagle-owl

(Bubo africanus) nestling

Red-backed Shrike

(Lanius collurio)

Black-chested Prinia

(Prinia flavicans)

Western Cattle Egret

(Bubulcus ibis)

Cape Glossy Starling

(Lamprotornis nitens)

Figure 8-9 Evidence of bird species on site



In addition to many regionally-occurring bird species that are classified as provincial Protected

Game, at least 13 bird species, which are nationally Protected and/or globally or regionally

threatened, may occur at least sporadically in the study area (Table 8-7).

The White-backed Vulture, which is globally and regionally Critically Endangered (CR),

and nationally Endangered (EN) under NEM:BA, typically inhabits lowland savanna with

Acacia trees. It is a gregarious species congregating at carcasses, in thermals, and at

roost sites. Breeding birds nest in loose colonies, and require tall trees for nesting.

Although this species is listed for QDS 2527BD by Roberts VII (2013), it was not recorded

in this QDS during the SABAP 1, nor has it been recorded in pentad 2515_2750 during

the SABAP 2 (2016). The species was rated with a moderate LoO because although

White-backed Vultures may soar / forage over the study area, they are unlikely to nest on

site.

The Cape Vulture, which is EN globally, regionally and under NEM:BA, is usually found

near mountains where it breeds and roosts on cliffs. However, individuals can travel large

distances to search for carrion in open country, and this species was recorded in pentad

2515_2750 during 2009 (SABAP 2 2016). The likelihood of this species foraging over the

study area was, therefore, rated as moderate.

The Lappet-faced Vulture, which is EN globally, regionally and under NEM:BA, typically

inhabits dry savanna where it constructs solitary nests mainly in Acacia, but also

Terminalia and Balanites trees. Individual Lappet-faced Vultures can travel large

distances in search of carrion, although this vulture species is also known to hunt prey.

Although there is no SABAP record for this species from QDS 2527BD or pentad

2515_2750, the likelihood of this species visiting the site was rated as moderate.

The Martial Eagle, which is also EN under NEM:BA, inhabits a wide range of wooded

habitats where there are large trees for nesting and a sufficient abundance of large prey.

Although this species is unlikely to nest on site, the likelihood of it foraging over the study

area was rated as moderate.

The Tawny Eagle, which is EN regionally and under NEM:BA, favours open savanna

woodland but is also capable of colonizing treeless areas where pylons can support nest

structures (Roberts VII 2013). Although large trees and pylons are not present in the

immediate study area, the likelihood of this species foraging over the study area was

rated as moderate.

The Steppe Eagle, which does not have a national threatened or Protected status, has

been listed as globally EN. This is because within its European range, the Steppe Eagle

has undergone extremely rapid population declines as a result of the conversion of

steppes to agricultural land, combined with their direct persecution and mortality on power

lines and wind turbines (BirdLife International 2016). Steppe Eagles preferably inhabit

open savanna woodland where they prey primarily on termites but also Red-billed Quelea

nestlings. Considering, however, that there is no SABAP record for this species from QDS

2527BD or pentad 2515_2750, the presence of this species in the study area was rated

as moderate.



The globally and regionally VU Secretarybird inhabits a diversity of grasslands and

savanna where breeding birds typically nest on flat-topped Acacia trees. In situ vegetation

conditions could support Secretarybird foraging and possibly breeding, but disturbance

from increasing human settlement in the region could be problematic. Given this, and that

there is no SABAP record for this species from QDS 2527BD or pentad 2515_2750, the

presence of this species in the study area was rated as moderate.

The regionally VU Lanner Falcon favours open grassland or woodland in the vicinity of

cliff or electricity pylon breeding sites (Roberts VII 2013). Although cliffs and pylons are

absent /limited, small birds and other suitable prey for Lanner Falcons are not limited in

the study area. Given that this species was in fact recorded in pentad 2515_2750 during

March 2016 (SABAP 2 2016), the likelihood of Lanner Falcons foraging over the study

area was rated as moderate.

The globally and nationally NT Red-footed Falcon is considered highly likely to occur in

the study area. It favours open semi-arid and arid savannas, and preys mainly on insects,

especially termites and grasshoppers (Roberts VII 2013).

The regionally NT European Roller overwinters in South Africa primarily in dry wooded

savanna and bushy plains, and is known to forage in agricultural habitats including fallow

lands. Although there is no SABAP record for this species from QDS 2527BD or pentad

2515_2750, the presence of this species in the study area was rated as high.

The regionally NT Yellow-throated Sandgrouse favours short grassy plains and cultivated

fields where grass seeds can be found. The movements of these birds are not well

understood; some populations are resident while others are nomadic (Roberts VII 2013).

The sporadic occurrence of this species on site was, therefore, rated with a moderate

likelihood at best.

The regionally NT Abdim‟s Stork inhabits grassland, savanna woodland and cultivated

fields where it preys on mainly insects (especially orthoptera), army worms, and small

vertebrates (Roberts VII 2013). Although Abdim‟s Stork does not breed in South Africa,

these birds require large trees or cliffs for roosting at night. As such, it is unlikely that this

species would roost on site, but it may occasionally forage in the study area. Given that

this species was recorded in pentad 2515_2750 during 2011 (SABAP 2 2016), it was

rated with a conservative moderate LoO.

The regionally NT Marabou Stork favours semi-arid areas where populations are

concentrated in game reserves where carrion is readily available. Marabou Storks are

primarily scavengers, which may frequent rubbish dumps, but also catch small vertebrate

and insect prey. Nests are constructed in tall trees often near water, and birds roost

communally at traditional sites (Roberts VII 2013). Although Marabous are unlikely to

roost or nest on site, individuals may occasionally forage in the study area and, therefore,

this species was rated with a conservative moderate LoO.



8.2.3. Reptiles

Approximately 62 reptile species are considered highly likely or likely to occur at least

occasionally in the study area (Appendix 13.4). Of these, the ubiquitous Speckled Rock Skink,

Common Dwarf Gecko, and Cape/Transvaal Gecko were encountered on site (Figure 8-10).

Regionally occurring rupicolous reptiles (e.g. the Southern Rock Agama, Common and Jone‟s

girdled lizards, Turner‟s and Spotted Dwarf geckos, and Rock Monitor) and wetland-associated

reptile species (e.g. the South African Marsh and Serrated Hinged terrapins, South Eastern and

Western Natal green snakes, and Water Monitor) are unlikely to occur due to the absence of

suitable habitat on site.

Speckled Rock Skink

(Trachylepis punctatissima)

Cape/Transvaal Gecko

(Pachydactylus capensis/affinis)

Figure 8-10 Evidence of reptile species on site

In addition to the fact that many local reptile species are listed as provincial Protected Game

species, two are also listed as nationally Protected or threatened (Table 8-8).

The globally NT Striped Harlequin is a partially fossorial snake species, which is known to

inhabit old termite mounds most often in grassland, and which feeds exclusively on thread

snakes. Although the site is representative of savanna (not grassland), a good number of

active and moribund termitaria were found, and as thread snakes almost certainly occur

on site, the Striped Harlequin Snake was rated with a conservative moderate LoO.

The Southern African Python is listed as a PS under NEM:BA. It typically inhabits

savanna where it favours rocky areas and water. Although there is limited rock cover on

site, there is a nearby wetland, and the area still supports suitable prey (as large as

Impala) for Pythons. This species was, therefore, rated with a moderate LoO.



Table 8-8 Potentially occurring conservation important reptile species

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME RSA LEGAL

STATUS NORTH WEST LEGAL

STATUS

GLOBAL OR

REGIONAL RED LIST STATUS

LoO

QDS SITE

Homoroselaps dorsalis Striped Harlequin Snake

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 1NT 3m 3

Python natalensis Southern African Python PS WA Schedule 5 Section 43 2LC 2 3 Status: 1 = Global; 2 = Regional; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PS = Protected Species; WA = Wild Animal


Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Bates et al. (2014); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); ReptileMAP (2016)

Table 8-9 Potentially occurring conservation important frog species

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS GLOBAL RED LIST

STATUS REGIONAL RED

LIST STATUS

LoO

QDS SITE

Pyxicephalus adspersus Giant Bullfrog PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC (D) NT 2 3 Status: D = Declining; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game


Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Minter et al. (2004); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); FrogMAP (2016); IUCN (2016)



8.2.4. Frogs

Approximately 15 frog species are considered highly likely or likely to occur at least occasionally

in the study area (Appendix 13.5). Apart from the Bushveld Rain Frog, which is a terrestrial-

breeding frog, the remaining listed species are unlikely to breed on site due to the lack of

aquatic / wetland habitat (which is limited to one tiny depression / puddle with ephemeral water).

Rather, most of the listed frog species are likely to be concentrated around the nearby wetland

that is situated on the main access road to the site. This wetland provides shallow, seasonal /

ephemeral water with some emergent grassy vegetation (Figure 8-11), which appears

favourable for breeding by most of the listed frog species, including the African and Giant

bullfrogs (Du Preez & Carruthers 2009). The latter species is the only potentially occurring

threatened frog species (Table 8-9).

The Giant Bullfrog is listed as regionally NT by Minter et al. (2004). For most of the year

bullfrogs are buried in a state of torpor, and are typically active aboveground for a night or

two after heavy rain in November-January. Bullfrog breeding is limited to a few days in the

year and occurs in shallow, standing, seasonal water with emergent grassy vegetation.

Bullfrog foraging appears to be concentrated around their burrows, which may be situated

up to 1km from their breeding site (Yetman & Ferguson 2011). Given this, and that the

nearby wetland is considered potentially suitable for Giant Bullfrog breeding, it is possible

that bullfrogs may forage and even be buried on the proposed development site.

Figure 8-11 Photographs of the nearby wetland where various frog species may breed

8.2.5. Butterflies

Based on the published butterfly distribution maps in Mecenero et al. (2013), approximately 79

butterfly species are considered highly likely to occur in QDS 2527BD, and 71 were rated with a

moderate LoO (including 33 species with marginal distribution ranges). LepiMAP (2016) holds

records for 41 butterfly species from QDS 2527BD (Appendix 13.6), many of which are likely to

occur on, or at least pass through the site. During the brief site visit, only four butterfly species

were encountered, which included the ubiquitous Brown-veined White, Blue Pansy, and Pea

Blue, and the Acacia-associated Silver-spotted Grey (Figure 8-12).



Brown-veined White

(Belenois aurota) Silver-spotted Grey (Crudaria leroma)

Pea Blue

(Lampides boeticus) Blue Pansy

(Junonia oenone oenone) Figure 8-12 Evidence of butterfly species on site

No potentially occurring butterfly species has a known threatened or Protected status. The rare

Marsh Sylph, which was rated with a moderate LoO in QDS 2527BD, is unlikely to occur on site

as its larval food plant Leersia hexandra is not present.

8.2.6. Odonata

Based on the published odonatan distribution maps in Samways (2006), approximately 23

dragonfly and damselfly species are considered highly likely to occur in QDS 2527BD, and 26

were rated with a moderate LoO (Appendix 13.6). During the brief site visit, only one odonatan

species was encountered, which was not suprising given the lack of aquatic / wetland habitat on

site. The dragonfly species on site was the ubiquitous and terrestrial-wandering Pantala (Figure

8-12), which has a Biotic Index score of 0. Samways‟ (2008) Biotic Index is “based on three

criteria: geographical distribution, conservation status and sensitivity to change in habitat. It

ranges from a minimum of 0 to a maximum of 9. A very common, widespread species which is

highly tolerant of human disturbance scores 0. In contrast, a range-restricted, threatened and

sensitive endemic species scores 9.”



Pantala (Pantala flavescens) Figure 8-13 Evidence of odonata species on site

None of the potentially occurring odonatan species has a threatened or Protected status. The

nationally VU Cryptic Spreadwing, which is known from Mosdene Swamps, Naboomspruit in

Limpopo Province, was rated with a low LoO. Although this species inhabits pools and swamps

in hot savanna, these must be accompanied by an abundance of tall grass, reeds and nearby

thick bush. The wetland on the access road to the site does not meet all these criteria.

8.2.7. Scorpions

Approximately eight scorpion species are considered highly likely or likely to occur in the study

area (Appendix 13.8), and numerous scorpion holes were encountered on site (Figure 8-14).

Scorpion species most likely to occur based on their distributions, and observed habitat

conditions (especially substrates and shelter) on site, include the common and highly venomous

Parabuthus mossambicensis, the widespread Uroplectes carinatus, which is found in scrapes

under rocks and surface debris in areas of hard substrate (such as the site). Regionally-

occurring rupiculous scorpion species (e.g. Uroplectes planimanus and Opistophthalmus

pugnax) were rated with a low LoO given the lack of rocky habitat on site. None of the

potentially occurring scorpion species has a threatened or Protected status.

Figure 8-14 Photographs of scorpion burrows on site



9. Areas of Significance

The site significance assessment, which includes a significance map for terrestrial biodiversity

on the site, was based on the findings from the ecological scan, as well as relevant

international, national and provincial planning and other biodiversity conservation initiatives as

described below.

9.1. International Areas of Conservation Significance

The site does not fall into any proclaimed:

Ramsar Site.

World Heritage Site.

Important Bird Area (IBA) – see Figure 9-1.

9.2. National and Regional Areas of Conservation Significance

As inferred earlier in this report, a number of biodiversity features with recognised national or

provincial conservation importance, require consideration.

9.2.1. Protected Areas

Borakalalo Game Reserve is situated approximately 7.5km north-west of the proposed

development site (Figure 9-1). The Reserve encompasses the 800ha Klipvoor Dam on the

Moretele River, and features riparian, broad-leafed and Acacia woodland. The Dam is

renowned for fishing, and the Reserve supports more than 35 mammal and 350 bird species,

including rarities such as the African Finfoot and the White-backed Night Heron.

9.2.2. Terrestrial Priority Areas & Threatened Ecosystems

The Terrestrial Component (Rouget et al. 2004) of the National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment

integrated data on species, habitats and ecological processes to identify areas of greatest

terrestrial biodiversity significance. This resulted in the identification of nine spatial terrestrial

Priority Areas, which represent high concentrations of biodiversity features and/or areas where

there are few options for meeting biodiversity targets. The proposed development site is

situated within the Bushveld-Bankenveld Priority Area (Figure 9-2), which faces the highest

pressure of the nine identified national Priority Areas (NBI 2004).

A list of Threatened Ecosystems within each terrestrial Priority Area was gazetted on 9

December 2011 under the NEM:BA (Act 10 of 2004). The Threatened Ecosystems occupy

9.5% of South Africa, and were selected according to six criteria which included;(1) irreversible

habitat loss,(2) ecosystem degradation,(3) rate of habitat loss,(4) limited habitat extent and

imminent threat,(5) threatened plant species associations, and (6) threatened animal species

associations. The proposed development site is situated within the Vulnerable Springbokvlakte

Thornveld Threatened Ecosystem (Figure 9-2).



The following biodiversity management measures for Threatened Ecosystems are

recommended:

Promote connectivity of natural habitat within and between Threatened Ecosystems.

Prioritise alien vegetation clearance and habitat rehabilitation in Threatened Ecosystems

and in areas important for maintaining ecological processes.

Ensure that ecological processes such as periodic fires or pollination are maintained.

Adopt nature-friendly farming practices such as biological pest control, maintaining strips

of indigenous vegetation between fields, and reducing the use of fertilisers and

pesticides near indigenous vegetation or wetlands.

Promote sustainable land uses that are compatible with maintaining ecosystem

functioning.

9.2.3. Water Resources

A broad spectrum of international, regional and national legislation and guidelines applies to the

protection of wetlands and their biodiversity. The National Water Act (NWA; Act 36 of 1998) is

the principle legal instrument relating to water resource management in South Africa. Under the

NWA, all wetlands and their buffer zones are protected.

The NWA points out that it is:

“the National Government's overall responsibility for and authority over the

nation's water resources and their use, including the equitable allocation of

water for beneficial use, the redistribution of water, and international water

matters.”

According to Chapter 3 of the NWA on the protection of water resources:

“The protection of water resources is fundamentally related to their use,

development, conservation, management and control. Parts 1, 2 and 3 of this

Chapter lay down a series of measures which are together intended to ensure the

comprehensive protection of all water resources.”

9.2.4. Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas

The National Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas project (NFEPA; Driver et al. 2011) provides

strategic spatial priorities for conserving freshwater ecosystems and supporting sustainable use

of water resources in South Africa. Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas (FEPAs) were

identified using a range of criteria dealing with the maintenance of key ecological processes and

the conservation of ecosystem types and species associated with rivers, wetlands and

estuaries. The NFEPA spatial data indicate that the two nearest major drainage lines, i.e. the

Kutswane and Tolwane rivers, have not yet been classified, and there are no wetland FEPAs in

close proximity to the site (Figure 9-3).



9.2.5. North West C-Plan

The North West Conservation or C-Plan is the outcome of systematic conservation planning by

the North West Department of Rural, Environment and Agricultural Development (DREAD

2012), for improved conservation of biodiversity in the province. According to the latest

available C-Plan, the southern “half” of the proposed development site is situated within an

Irreplaceable or Critical Biodiversity Area 1 (CBA1; Figure 9-4). This CBA was likely assigned

because the site is situated within the Springbokvlakte Thornveld Endangered vegetation type

and Vulnerable Threatened Ecosystem. Available satellite imagery and our field surveys have

confirmed, however, that virtually the entire site comprises regenerating previously cultivated

land.



Figure 9-1 Location of the site in relation to Important Bird Areas, and Protected Areas



Figure 9-2 Location of the site relative to regional terrestrial Priority Areas and Threatened Ecosystems



Figure 9-3 Location of the site in relation to regional Freshwater Ecosystem Priority Areas



Figure 9-4 Location of the site in relation to North West CBAs and ESAs



9.3. Local Areas of Conservation Significance

The conservation significance of local biodiversity was rated and mapped based on:

Ecological sensitivity (including renewability/success for rehabilitation);

Level/Extent of disturbance.

Presence of CI species (identified at the vegetation unit/habitat level); and

Conservation value (at a regional, national, provincial and local scale).

Identified habitat units within the study site were ranked into High, Medium-high, Medium,

Medium-low or Low classes in terms of significance. This was undertaken according to a

sensitivity-value analysis (scoring in Table 9-1) and included input based on knowledge of the

area, on the ground investigations and experience when dealing with ecological systems and

processes. A summary overview of scoring the Areas of Local Conservation Significance is

presented in Table 9-1 and illustrated in Figure 9-6.

Table 9-1 Scoring Range for the Areas of Significance

Category Scoring Range

Upper Lower

High 15 11.1

Moderate - High 11 7.1

Moderate 7 3.1

Moderate - Low 3 -0.9

Low -1 -5

Based on our findings and relevant national and provincial biodiversity conservation planning

initiatives, a combined biodiversity significance map for the site was compiled (Figure 9-6),

where:

High rated areas (not on site) include:

ooo The nearby wetland on the main access road to the site - given the national,

provincial and local importance of wetlands (Figure 9-5). On a national scale all

wetlands are Protected. Although the present ecoscan did not entail a wetland

assessment, the nearby wetland appears to be Largely Natural, and its highest-

scoring ecosystem service is probably maintenance of biodiversity including

potential CI faunal species such as the NT Giant Bullfrog.

Moderate-High rated areas (not on site) include:

ooo A recommended 100m buffer around the afore-mentioned wetland, to help buffer it

from increased noise, dust, erosion, sedimentation, faunal mortalities, with

increased traffic resulting from the proposed development.

Moderate rated areas include:

ooo The more significant trees on site that are providing roosting and nesting habitat

for owl and raptor species.

Moderate-Low rated areas include:

ooo The transformed, but in recovery, Acacia open woodland (previously ploughed

areas). This also included the potential artificial drainage system. This area holds



little to no conservation value in terms of wetland functioning and showed no

typical wetland characteristics as per the DWS guidelines.

Low rated areas include:

ooo Infrastructure.

The Areas of Significance map should guide the proposed development where:

Disturbances should preferentially occur in Moderate – Low and Low sensitive areas.

High sensitive areas should be avoided.

Moderate-High sensitive areas should be subject to very limited disturbance and rigorous

mitigation.

Moderate sensitive areas may be disturbed with effective mitigation.

Moderate-Low sensitive areas may be disturbed with minimal mitigation.

Low sensitive areas should be rehabilitated if not developed.

Figure 9-5 Potential wetland areas (Desktop estimate)



Figure 9-6 Areas of biodiversity conservation significance (broad infrastructure included)



10. Impacts & Mitigation

Potential impacts of the proposed project on biodiversity are summarized in Table 11-1, and

briefly discussed below, followed by recommended measures to mitigate these during

relevant phases of the development.

10.1. Impacts

10.1.1. Loss or degradation of the wetland on the access road

Increased traffic on the main access road to the site will cause loss or degradation of the

adjoining wetland due to increased dust, erosion and sedimentation with road upgrading and

maintenance, and increased traffic during all phases of the development. Given the high

conservation importance of wetlands at a national and provincial level, degradation of the

roadside wetland was rated with High significance.

10.1.2. Loss of terrestrial vegetation and faunal habitat

Although the site is situated in the Springbokvlakte Thornveld Endangered vegetation type

and Vulnerable Threatened Ecosystem, construction of the chicken facility is occurring on

an area that is 95% transformed through past agricultural activities. The main concern is that

a number of trees could be lost in the development process, which provide habitat for

roosting and nesting birds including owls and potentially small raptors. Given the small size

and transformed nature of the site, the loss of terrestrial vegetation and faunal habitat was

rated with Medium significance.

10.1.3. Loss of CI or medicinal flora

Observed Protected (Ordinance listed) and potentially occurring conservation important (CI)

(Red listed) or medicinal plant species could be lost as a result of vegetation clearing during

construction, and increased traffic and human harvesting during all phases of the

development. This potential loss of CI flora was rated with Medium significance.

10.1.4. Loss of CI fauna

Of greatest concern is the potentially occurring NT Giant Bullfrog, which could be adversely

affected by increased traffic to the site, loss or degradation of the nearby wetland, earth-

moving activities on site, and possible human harvesting. The potentially occurring NT

Striped Harlequin Snake could be adversely affected by destruction of termitaria especially

during clearing of the construction site. This potential loss of these NT faunal species was

rated with Medium significance.

10.1.5. Introduction and proliferation of alien plant species

From the field investigation, a limited diversity (i.e. species richness and abundance) of alien

flora was evident on site. However, this may change during all phases of the project,



particularly with an expected increase in annual (herbaceous) species. This could occur due

to the importation of alien seeds within construction materials such as building soil, with the

influx of vehicles (seeds within tyre tread) and people as well as fodder (containing invasive

alien plant seeds). Given the Endangered status of the regional Springbokvlakte vegetation

type, this potential impact was rated with High significance in the absence of effective

control measures.

10.1.6. Increased dust and erosion

Clearing of vegetation and earth-moving activities during construction are likely to increase

bare ground, dust and the land's susceptibility to erosion. These impacts are, however, likely

to have a limited and short term impact and were, therefore, rated with Medium significance.

10.1.7. Sensory disturbance of fauna

Sensory disturbance of fauna from dust, noise and light pollution could cause many fauna to

vacate the area, at least temporarily during construction and decommissioning. Animals that

would be most adversely affected include calling and/or secretive nocturnal species. Less

sensitive common species are likely to tolerate low levels of noise and light pollution, and

some species may even benefit - such as bats and frogs, which may forage on insects

attracted to lights.

10.1.8. Environmental contamination

Various contaminants are present in chicken effluent including nutrients, pathogens,

veterinary pharmaceuticals (including inter alia antibiotics), and naturally excreted hormones.

Inappropriate slurry management and improper disposal of carcasses as well as excess

fodder, chemicals (e.g. pesticides) and any other operational waste could cause

contamination / eutrophication of local soils. Considering that the site is not situated

upstream of a major wetland or other water resource, this potential impact was rated with

Medium significance.

10.1.9. Poor / Inappropriate control of animal pests

During operation, substandard animal husbandry / hygiene and waste generation in the form

of chicken effluent and excess fodder could facilitate aggregation and/or breeding of

invertebrate pests such as flies, weevils, ants, termites, cockroaches, fleas, lice, mites, ticks,

etc. Poor waste management and hygiene practices also have the potential to attract

vertebrate pests including rodents (Black Rat, House Mouse), mammalian Carnivores

(Black-backed Jackal, dogs, cats) and birds (Common Myna, Pied Crow, Sacred Ibis).

Proliferation of alien pest species could adversely affect indigenous fauna through

competition, predation and disease transmission, and inappropriate poisoning of pests could

affect non-target predatory and scavenging animals. As a number of threatened or Protected

mammals (e.g. Brown Hyaena and Leopard) and birds (e.g. vultures, Lanner and Red-footed

falcons, and Marabou Stork) may occur at least occasionally in the study area, this potential

impact was rated with High significance.



10.1.10. Disease transmission

Diseases could be transmitted either directly from chickens and their effluent, or indirectly

from an increased prevalence of pests, which could in turn adversely affect the population

dynamics of native fauna in the surrounding area. This potential impact was rated with

Medium significance.

10.1.11. Altered burning

The development could result in an increase or decrease in wild fires in the study area.

Although fires might be unintentionally ignited with carcass burning, for example, it is more

likely that burning will be prohibited for human and infrastructural safety. Lack of fire will

eventually cause local vegetation to become more woody / bush-encroached. This impact

was rated with Medium significance.

10.2. Management and Mitigation Recommendations

Recommended management and mitigation measures are detailed in Table 11-2. With

successful implementation of the recommended measures, the significance of impacts can

be reduced to Low, as highlighted in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1 Summary of impact significance, without and with mitigation


CONSTRUCTION Without mitigation With mitigation


Loss of terrestrial vegetation and faunal habitat Medium Low


Loss of CI fauna Medium Low




OPERATION


Environmental contamination Medium Low

Poor / Inappropriate control of animal pests High Low

Disease transmission Medium Low

Altered burning Medium Low




DECOMMISSIONING




Sensory disturbance of fauna Low Low



11. Concluding Remarks

With the implementation of the mitigation measures suggested in this report, the significance

of impacts on site can be reduced to Low. Based on the information obtained in the site visit

and the information that was available to date, it is NSS‟s opinion that there are no fatal

flaws to the project itself. If the recommended mitigation measures are implemented, NSS

has no objection to the project going forward. Most importantly, the nearby wetland on the

main access road to the site will need to be protected from disturbance.



Table 11-1 Impact Assessment

POTENTIAL IMPACTS MITIGATION STATUS EXTENT DURATION INTENSITY REVERSIBILITY IRREPLACEABILITY PROBABILITY PROBABILITY SIGNIFICANCE CONFIDENCE

RATING SCORE RATING SCORE RATING SCORE RATING RATING RATING SCORE RATING SCORE RATING SCORE

CONSTRUCTION


Increased traffic on the main access road to the site will cause loss or degradation of the adjoining wetland due to increased dust, erosion and sedimentation with road upgrading and construction traffic.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Definite (>90% chance) 1 High 10 High 3

With Neutral Site specific 1 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Low 1 High reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 High 3


Although the site is situated in the Springbokvlakte Thornveld Endangered vegetation type and Vulnerable Threatened Ecosystem, construction of the chicken facility will result in destruction of an already transformed habitat. Of concern is that a number of trees could be lost, which provide habitat for roosting and nesting birds including owls and potentially small raptors.

Without Negative Site specific 1 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Medium 5 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Long term (>15 years) 4 Low 1 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 2 High 3

Loss of CI or medicinal flora

Observed Protected and potentially occurring conservation important (CI) or medicinal plant species could be lost as a result of vegetation clearing and increased traffic and human harvesting.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Medium 5 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Low 1 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2

Loss of CI fauna

Of greatest concern is the potentially occurring NT Giant Bullfrog, which could be adversely affected by increased traffic to the site, loss or degradation of the nearby wetland, earth-moving activities on site, and possible human harvesting. The potentially occurring NT Striped Harlequin Snake could be adversely affected by destruction of termitaria during clearing of the construction site.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Low reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Medium 8 Medium 2

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Low 1 High reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2


From the field investigation, a limited diversity (i.e. species richness and abundance) of alien flora was evident on site. However, this may change during all phases of the project, particularly with an expected increase in annual (herbaceous) species. This could occur due to the importation of alien seeds within construction materials such as building soil, with the influx of vehicles (seeds within tyre tread) and people as well as fodder (containing invasive alien plant seeds).

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Permanent 5 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Definite (>90% chance) 1 High 11 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Low 1 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 2 Medium 2

Increased dust and erosion

Clearing of vegetation and earth-moving activities during construction are likely to increase bare ground, dust and the land's susceptibility to erosion. These impacts are, however, likely to have a limited and short term impact.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Medium 6 Medium 2

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Low 1 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 2 Medium 2

Sensory disturbance of fauna

Sensory disturbance of fauna from dust, noise and light pollution could cause many fauna to vacate the area, at least temporarily during construction. Animals that would be most adversely affected include calling and/or secretive nocturnal species.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Short term (2-5 years) 2 High 8 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Definite (>90% chance) 0,75 Medium 9 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Low 1 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Low 3 Medium 2

OPERATION


Road maintenance and regular traffic on the main access road to the site will cause loss or degradation of the adjoining wetland due to dust, erosion and sedimentation.



Environmental contamination





Various contaminants are present in chicken effluent including nutrients, pathogens, veterinary pharmaceuticals (including inter alia antibiotics), and naturally excreted hormones. Inappropriate slurry management and improper disposal of carcasses as well as excess fodder, chemicals (e.g. pesticides) and any other operational waste could cause contamination / eutrophication of local soils.

Without Negative Site specific 1 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Low reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Medium 7 Low 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Low 1 High reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2


During operation, substandard animal husbandry / hygiene and waste generation in the form of chicken effluent and excess fodder could facilitate aggregation and/or breeding of invertebrate pests. Poor waste management and hygiene practices also have the potential to attract vertebrate pests. Proliferation of alien pest species could adversely affect indigenous fauna through competition, predation and disease transmission, and inappropriate poisoning of pests could affect non-target predatory and scavenging animals.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 High 8 Low reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 High 11 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Medium-low 2 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 3 Medium 2

Disease transmission

Diseases could be transmitted either directly from chickens and their effluent, or indirectly from an increased prevalence of pests, which could in turn adversely affect the population dynamics of native fauna in the surrounding area.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 High 8 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Medium 7 Medium 2

With Negative Site specific 1 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Low 1 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2

Altered burning

The development could result in an increase or decrease in

wild fires in the study area. Although fires might be unintentionally ignited with carcass burning, for example, it is more likely that burning will be prohibited for human and infrastructural safety. Lack of fire will eventually cause local vegetation to become more woody / bush-encroached.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium-low 2 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Medium 6 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Low 1 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 2 Medium 2


An increase in invasive alien flora is likely to be facilitated by the continued influx of vehicles, people and materials (such as fodder containing invasive alien plant seeds), especially where the site is disturbed, and in the absence of any control measures.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Low reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Definite (>90% chance) 1 High 10 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Medium-low 2 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2


CI or medicinal plant species could be lost as a result of human harvesting during operation. Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Medium 5 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Low 1 Moderate reversibility Moderate irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2


Certain fauna are likely to avoid the site with continued noise and light pollution during operation. Less sensitive common species are likely to tolerate low levels of noise and light pollution, and some species may even benefit - such as bats and frogs, which may forage on insects attracted to lights.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium-low 2 Low reversibility Low irreplaceability Definite (>90% chance) 1 Medium 8 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium-low 2 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 4 Medium 2

DECOMMISSIONING


Increased traffic on the main access road to the site during decommissioning will cause loss or degradation of the adjoining wetland due to increased dust, erosion and sedimentation.




If no rehabilitation and monitoring efforts are implemented, Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Long term (>15 years) 4 High 8 Low reversibility Low irreplaceability Definite (>90% chance) 1 High 14 High 3





alien species will continue to increase and spread. With Negative Site specific 1 Long term (>15 years) 4 Medium-low 2 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 4 Medium 2


Possible demolission and landscaping activities during decommissioning are likely to increase bare ground, dust and the land's susceptibility to erosion. These impacts are, however, likely to have a limited and short term impact.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Medium 4 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Medium 6 Medium 2

With Negative Site specific 1 Short term (2-5 years) 2 Low 1 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Probable (25-50% chance) 0,5 Low 2 Medium 2


Sensory disturbance of fauna from noise, dust and light pollution will cause certain remaining fauna to vacate the site, at least temporarily during decommissioning.

Without Negative Local (<2km from site) 2 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Medium-low 2 Moderate reversibility Low irreplaceability Highly probable (50-90% chance) 0,75 Low 4 High 3

With Negative Site specific 1 Temporary (<2 years) 1 Low 1 High reversibility Low irreplaceability Low probability (10-25% chance) 0,25 Low 1 Medium 2



Table 11-2 Mitigation measures

OBJECTIVE / TARGET MITIGATION / MANAGEMENT ACTION MONITORING

METHODOLOGY FREQUENCY RESPONSIBILITY

CONSTRUCTION


Avoid disturbing the wetland (and its buffer).

Establish measures on the access road to reduce dust, erosion and sedimentation

*Design measures to effectively control vehicle access, vehicle speed, dust, stormwater run-off, erosion and sedimentation on the road.

Pre-construction CSIR / Jam Rock Management

*Implement the measures that were designed to control impacts on the road preferably during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least.

During construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew


Avoid unnecessary loss of vegetation and faunal habitats.

Restrict all clearing of vegetation and disturbance of habitat from construction activities to the final infrastructure footprint.

*Ensure that all infrastructure avoids all Very High and High sensitive areas. During design CSIR / Jam Rock Management

*Clearly demarcate or fence in the construction site. Relocate CI plant and animal specimens from the construction footprint, with advice from an appropriate specialist.

Pre-construction CSIR / Jam Rock Management

Maintain the viability of the indigenous seed bank in excavated soil so that this can be used for subsequent re-vegetation of any disturbed areas. No landscaping should be performed around the facilities.

*Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing growing plants should be least.


*Briefly and effectively stockpile topsoil preferably 1-1.5m in height. Natural vegetation must be allowed to recover in areas of disturbance. If recovery is slow, then a seed mix for the area (using indigenous grass species listed within this report) should be sourced and planted.

During construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew, with advice from a Botanist /Horticulturist

Avoid unnecessary loss of indigenous trees and termitaria. *Identify and mark indigenous trees on the ground. Those that are small and cannot be avoided should be transplanted elsewhere on site.

Design / pre-construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew, with advice from an Ecologist


Minimize loss of CI or medicinally important flora, and promote rehabilitation.

Adhere to law and best practice guidelines regarding the displacement of CI and medicinally important floral species.

*Obtain permits to remove CI species. Pre-construction CSIR / Jam Rock Management

*Transplant CI and medicinally important floral specimens from the infrastructure footprint to suitable locations in the surrounding area.

Pre-construction Botanist / horticulturist

*Obtain guidance from a suitably qualified vegetation specialist or horticulturist regarding the collection, propagation/storage and transplantation of plants.

During construction Botanist / horticulturist

Loss of CI fauna

Minimize mortality and displacement of fauna, especially CI species.

Adhere to law and best practice guidelines regarding the displacement of CI faunal species.

*Appoint an appropriate specialist to relocate CI fauna from vegetation, termitaria and soil that is removed from the infrastructure footprint.

Pre-construction Zoologist/Ecologist

Prohibit collection or persecution of fauna. *Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.

Pre-construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew

*Check open trenches for trapped animals (e.g. hedgehogs, reptiles and frogs), and relocate trapped animals with advice from an appropriate specialist.

Daily during construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew, Zoologist

*Prohibit disturbance and persecution (e.g. poaching) of fauna, and introduction of pets and other alien fauna (apart from the production chickens).

All phases Jam Rock Management

*Provide notices and training to inform workers about dangerous animals (e.g. venomous snakes and scorpions) and prohibited activities (e.g. poaching).

All phases Jam Rock Management/ External Ecologist (Advisory Capacity)

*Walk fence lines to remove snares. As regularly as possibly during all phases

Jam Rock Management / Farm Management


Minimize the introduction and spread of invasive alien species during construction.

Regulate / limit access by potential vectors of alien plants. *Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the construction site. Demarcate or fence in the construction area.

Prior to and during construction


*Prohibit the introduction of domestic animals such as dogs and cats.

*Remove any woody alien species that germinate. Pre Construction and continued through the life of the project


*Plant only locally indigenous flora if landscaping needs to be done. All Phases Jam Rock Management / horticulturist

Maintain a tidy construction site. *Keep construction activities neat and tidy. When complete, remove all sand piles and landscape all uneven ground while re-establishing a good topsoil layer.


By law, remove and dispose of Category 1b alien species on site. All Category 2 species that remain on site must require a permit.

*Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible. During construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew


Minimize dust and erosion. Implement effective measures to control dust and erosion. *Limit vehicles, people and materials to the construction site. During construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew





*Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least. During construction

*Revegetate denude areas with locally indigenous flora a.s.a.p. During construction

*Implement erosion protection measures on site. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.

During construction

*Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control measures, such as mulching or periodic wetting.

During construction


Minimize sensory disturbance of fauna.

Time construction activities to minimize sensory disturbance of fauna.

*Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.

During pre-construction and construction planning

Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew

Minimize noise pollution. *Minimize noise to limit its impact on calling and other sensitive fauna (e.g. frogs and Secretarybird). Prior to and throughout construction


Minimize light pollution. *Limit construction activities to day time hours. Throughout construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew

*Minimize or eliminate security and construction lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna. Throughout construction Construction Crew

OPERATION



Maintain measures on the access road to reduce dust, erosion and sedimentation

*Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective. During operation Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager

Environmental contamination

Avoid environmental (including soil) contamination

Ensure that excrement/effluent, carcasses, feed, and other operational waste and hazardous materials are appropriately and effectively contained and disposed of without detriment to the environment.

*Ensure that the facility is designed in accordance with international best practice norms, and with advice from an appropriate specialist, to ensure that there is no environmental contamination from effluent, fodder, carcasses and other waste, and to ensure that there is also effective storm water management.

During design CSIR / Jam Rock Management

During design CSIR / Jam Rock Management/ Agricultural experts

*Adhere to best practice chicken husbandry and waste disposal norms. Throughout operation CSIR / Jam Rock Management/ Agricultural experts

Ensure that there are appropriate control measures in place for any contamination event

*Establish appropriate emergency procedures for accidental contamination of the surroundings. Waste recycling should be incorporated into the facility‟s operations as far as possible. Designate a secured, access restricted, signposted room for the storage of potentially hazardous substances such as herbicides, pesticides dips and medications. All hazardous waste should be disposed of at an appropriate licensed facility for this.

Prior to operation Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager.

*Rehabilitate contaminated areas a.s.a.p. in accordance with advice from appropriate contamination and environmental specialists.

A.s.a.p. following contamination

Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager / External contamination specialists

*Educate workers regarding the handling of hazardous substances and about waste management and emergency procedures with regular training and notices and talks.

At least annually during operation

Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager.


Ensure efficient and effective pest control that does not affect non-target animals.

Prevent, detect and control pest infestations before they become a problem, through frequent and careful cleaning, monitoring and control.

*Ensure that there is effective storm water drainage around the facility. During design, construction and operation

Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager and on-site team.

*Ensure that the facility is sufficiently ventilated to keep floors, bedding, and fodder as dry as possible.

*Prevent and manage unwanted animal access to fodder.

*Check that fan louvers (if installed) work properly, and close fans completely when off.

*Ensure that floors are sloped and slatted to facilitate drainage.

*Screed concrete floors properly to seal all cracks and limit the pooling of effluent and water.

*Effectively maintain and seal all pipes and reservoirs containing slurry, to prevent animals from accessing the effluent.

*Clean floors regularly.

*Clean up excess fodder regularly from under troughs and feed bins.

* Keep areas surrounding the facility free of spilled manure and litter.





*Remove all trash, and sources of feed and water for pests from the outside perimeter of the facilities.

*Keep weeds and gress mowed to 5cm or less immediately around the facilities, to reduce the prevalence of insects.

*Electrocution devices are available to kill flies, while other mechanical devices include traps, sticky tapes or baited traps.

*Control rodents through effective sanitation, rodent proofing and (as humane as possible) extermination.

*Rodenticides are not advised.

*Ensure that measures to control pests are tightly restricted to areas where these are problematic. Pest control measures should be taxon-specific. If necessary, advice should be sought from an appropriate specialist.

Disease transmission

Avoid transmission of diseases to wildlife.

Ensure that pests and other potential vectors are unable to enter areas where they might encounter production animals, carcasses, excrement or bedding, by thoroughly sealing these areas using effective, humane and environmentally-friendly means.

*Maintain appropriate pest control measures. Life of operation particularly at the onset of the rainy season

Farm Manager and Team

*Effectively maintain and seal all pipes and reservoirs containing slurry, to prevent animals from accessing the effluent.

Throughout operation Farm Manager and Team

Altered burning

Avoid fire on site, without prohibiting wild fires in the surrounding natural environment.

Ensure that flammable materials are stored in an appropriate safe house. Ensure that there are appropriate control measures in place for any accidental fires. If artificial burning is considered necessary to reduce risks to human and infrastructure safety from wild fires, a fire management plan should be compiled with input from an appropriate floral specialist, and diligently implemented. Annual wild fires should be prohibited.

*Create safe storage on the premises for flammable materials. If artificial burning is considered necessary, establish and implement a fire management plan with emergency fire procedures.

Prior to, and through operation

CSIR /Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager

*Maintain an effective fire break between the facility and the surrounding natural environment. Prior to, and at least annually during operation


*Educate workers about the fire plan and emergency procedures with regular training and notices. At least annually during operation



Minimize the introduction and spread of invasive alien species during operation.

Regulate / limit access by potential vectors of alien plants. *Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the site.

Throughout operation

Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager

*Prohibit the introduction of domestic animals such as dogs and cats.

*Plant only locally indigenous flora if landscaping needs to be done.

Maintain a neat and tidy production facility. * Employ best practices regarding tilling of soil and weed management. Farm Management/Agricultural experts

* Minimize the accumulation or dispersal of excess fodder on site. Farm Management


*Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible. Alien debris could be donated to a local community.

CSIR /Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager, with advice from a floral specialist


Prohibit harvesting of CI flora. Harvesting of indigenous flora for medicine, fire wood, building materials, and other purposes must be prohibited.

*Educate the personnel prior to operation, and with yearly refresher talks. Prior to and during operation




Limit the effects of light pollution on nocturnal fauna (including numerous insects, bats and hedgehogs).

Minimize essential lighting. *Ensure that all outdoor lights are angled downwards and/or fitted with hoods. *Avoid using metal halide, mercury or other bulbs that emit high UV (blue-white) light that is highly and usually fatally attractive to insects. *Use bulbs that emit warm, long wavelength (yellow-red) light, or use UV filters or glass housings on lamps to filter out UV.

During design, construction and operation


Limit the effects of noise from operational activities on fauna such as carnivores, frogs and Secretarybirds.

Minimize unavoidable noise. *Conduct regular maintenance of machinery and ventilation systems / fans (if any).

Prior to and during operation

Jam Rock Management and Farm Manager/ External Noise Specialists

DECOMMISSIONING








*Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective. Until there is no more project-associated activity on site



Minimize introduction and spread of invasive alien species during decommissioning.


*Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible. Throughout decommissioning until all Category 1b and Category 2 alien species have been effectively removed from the site



Minimize dust and erosion. Implement effective measures to control dust and erosion. *Limit vehicles to the construction site. Throughout decommissioning


*Commence (and preferably complete) decommissioning during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least.

Throughout decommissioning

*Revegetate denude areas with locally indigenous flora a.s.a.p. Throughout decommissioning

*Implement erosion protection measures on site to reduce erosion and sedimentation of the local drainage system. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.


*Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control measures, such as mulching or periodic wetting of the entrance road.




Time demolition / rehabilitation activities to minimize sensory disturbance of fauna.

*Commence (and preferably complete) demolition / rehabilitation during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.


Project and Construction managers

Limit disturbance from noise. * Minimize noise to limit its impact on sensitive fauna. Throughout decommissioning


Limit disturbance from light. *Limit demolition activities to day time hours. Throughout decommissioning


*Minimize or eliminate security and other lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna. Throughout decommissioning




12. References

ACCUWEATHER. 2015. Website: www.accuweather.com. Accessed in March 2015.

AGIS (AGRICULTURAL GEO-REFERENCED INFORMATION SYSTEM). 2010. Website:

www.agis.agric.za. Accessed in 2010.

BARNES K.N. 2000. The Eskom Red Data Book of Birds of South Africa, Lesotho & Swaziland.

Birdlife South Africa, Johannesburg.

BATES, M.F., BRANCH, W.R., BAUER, A.M., BURGER, M., MARAIS, J., ALEXANDER, G.J. &

DE VILLIERS, M.S. 2014. Atlas and Red List of the Reptiles of South Africa, Lesotho and

Swaziland. Strelitzia 32. SANBI, Pretoria.

DAVIS S.D, DROOP S.J.M., GREGERSON P., HENSON L., LEON C.J., VILA-LOBOS J.L.,

SYNGE H. & ZANTOVSKA J. 1986. Plants in Danger: What do we Know? IUCN, Gland.

DRIVER A., MAZE K., LOMBARD A.T., NEL J., ROUGET M. & TURPIE J.K. 2004. South

African National Spatial Biodiversity Assessment Summary Report.

DRIVER, A., Nel, J.L., SNADDON, K., MURRAY, K., ROUX, D.J., HILL L., SWARTZ, E.R.,

MANUEL, J. & FUNKE, N. 2011. Implementation Manual for Freshwater Ecosystem

Priority Areas. Water Research Commission, Pretoria.

DU PREEZ L. & CARRUTHERS V. 2009. A Complete Guide to the Frogs of Southern Africa.

Struik Nature, Cape Town.

DWAF (DEPARTMENT OF WATER AFFAIRS AND FORESTRY). 1999. Resource Directed

Measures for Protection of Water Resources. Volume 4. Wetland Ecosystems. Version

1.0. DWAF, Pretoria.

DWAF. 2005. A practical field procedure for identification and delineation of wetland riparian

areas. DWAF, Pretoria.

DWAF. 2013. Website: http://www.dwaf.gov.za/WAR/systems.html. Accessed in August 2011.

DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND SANITATION (DWS), 2014. A Desktop Assessment of the

Present Ecological State, Ecological Importance and Ecological Sensitivity per Sub

Quaternary Reaches for Secondary Catchments in South Africa. Secondary: B3.

Compiled by RQIS-RDM: http://www.dwa.gov.za/iwqs/rhp/eco/peseismodel.aspx

FRIEDMANN Y. & DALY B. 2004. Red Data Book of the Mammals of South Africa: A

Conservation Assessment. CBSG Southern Africa, Conservation Breeding Specialist

Group (SSC/IUCN), EWT, Johannesburg.

FROGMAP. 2015. Website: http://vmus.adu.org.za. Accessed in March 2015.

GERMISHUIZEN , G. & MEYER, N.L. (EDS.). 2003. Plants of Southern Africa: an annotated

checklist. Strelitzia 17, SANBI, Pretoria

GDARD (GAUTENG DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT).

2011. Gauteng Conservation Plan Version 3.3 (C-Plan 3.3). GDARD, Johannesburg.

GDARD (GAUTENG DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT).

2014. GDARD Requirements for Biodiversity Assessments Version 2. GDARD,

Johannesburg.

HENNING G.A., TERBLANCHE R.F. & BALL J.B. 2009. South African Red Data Book:

Butterflies. SANBI Biodiversity Series 13. SANBI, Pretoria.

http://www.dwa.gov.za/iwqs/rhp/eco/peseismodel.aspx

http://vmus.adu.org.za/



HILTON-TAYLOR, C. 1996. Red Data List of southern African plants. Strelitzia 4. National

Botanical Institute, Pretoria, South Africa.

IUCN. 2013.1. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species Version 2013.1. Website:

www.iucnredlist.org. Accessed in 2013.

KNNCS, 1999. Nomination Proposal for the Drakensberg Park alternatively known as

Ukhahlamba Park to be listed as a World Heritage Site. Kwazulu-Natal Nature

Conservation Service. Amafa Akwazulu Natali - Heritage Kwazulu Natal.

KOTZE, D.C, MARNEWECK, G.C, BATCHELOR, A.L., LINDLEY, D.S. & COLLINS, N.B., 2008.

WET-EcoServices: A technique for rapidly assessing ecosystem services supplied by

wetlands. WRC Report No TT 339/08, Water Research Commission, Pretoria.

LEEMING J. 2003. Scorpions of Southern Africa. Struik Publishers, Cape Town.

LEPIMAP. 2015. Website: http://vmus.adu.org.za. Accessed in March 2015.

MACFARLANE D.M., KOTZE D.C., ELLERY W.N., WALTERS D., KOOPMAN V., GOODMAN

P., GOODMAN P. & GOGE C. 2008. WETLAND TOOLS ASSESSMENT. WRC REPORT

MAMMALMAP. 2015. Website: http://vmus.adu.org.za. Accessed in March 2015.

MEASEY, G.J. 2011. Ensuring a Future for South Africa‟s Frogs: A Strategy for Conservation

Research. SANBI Biodiversity Series 19. SANBI, Pretoria.

MECENERO, S., BALL J.B., EDGE D.A., HAMER M.L., HENNING G.A., KRUGER M.A.,

PRINGLE, E.L., TERBLANCHE R.F. & WILLIAMS M.C. 2013. Conservation Assessment

of Butterflies of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland: Red List and Atlas. Saftronics and

the ADU, University of Cape Town, Cape Town.

MINTER L., BURGER M., HARRISON J.A., BRAACK H.H., BISHOP P.J. & KLOEPFER D.

2004. Atlas and Red Data Book of the Frogs of South Africa, Lesotho and Swaziland.

SI/MAB Series #9. Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC.

MONADJEM A., TAYLOR P.J., COTTERILL F.P.D. & SCHOEMAN M.C. 2010. Bats of

Southern and Central Africa – A Biogeographic and Taxonomic Synthesis. Wits University

Press, Johannesburg.

MUCINA L. & RUTHERFORD M.C. 2006. The Vegetation Map of South Africa, Lesotho and

Swaziland. Strelitzia 19, SANBI, Pretoria.

MUELLER-DOMBOIS, D., and H. ELLENBERG: 1974 Aims and Methods of Vegetation

Ecology. John Wiley and Sons, New York

NBI, (2004). National spatial biodiversity assessment, Strelizia 17, NBI, Kirstenbosch.

NEL, L.J. & DRIVER, A. 2012: National Biodiversity Assessment 2011: Technical Report:

Volume 2: Freshwater Component. CSIR & SANBI, Pretoria.

NEWMAN K. 2002. Newman‟s Birds of Southern Africa. Struik Publishers, Cape Town.

O‟FARRELL P. 2006. Ecosystem Services and Benefits to Farmers. Conservation Farming

Project.

ODONATAMAP. 2015. Website: http://vmus.adu.org.za. Accessed in March 2015.

OLLIS, D., SNADDON, K., JOB, N & MBONA, N. 2013. Wetland Classification using the

recently published Classification Systems for Wetlands: Inland Systems. SANBI, Pretoria.

PFAB M.F. & VICTOR J.E. 2002. Threatened Plants of Gauteng, South Africa. South African

Journal of Botany 68: 370-375.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/






PICKETT S.T.A., OSTFELD R.S., SHACHAK M. & LICKENS G.E. 1997. The Ecological Basis of

Conservation: Heterogeneity, Ecosystems, and Biodiversity. Chapman and Hall. New York.

REPTILEMAP. 2015. Website: http://vmus.adu.org.za. Accessed in March 2015.

ROUGET, M., REYERS, B., JONAS, Z., DESMET, P., DRIVER, A., MAZE, K., EGOH, B.,

COWLING, R.M., MUCINA, L. & RUTHERFORD, M.C. 2004. South African National

Spatial Biodiversity Assessment 2004: Technical Report. Volume 1: Terrestrial

Component. South African National Biodiversity Institute, Pretoria.

SABAP 1 & 2 (FIRST AND SECOND SOUTHERN AFRICAN BIRD ATLAS PROJECTS). 2013.

Website: http://sabap2.adu.org.za. Accessed in 2013.

SABAP 1 & 2 (FIRST AND SECOND SOUTHERN AFRICAN BIRD ATLAS PROJECTS). 2015.

Website: http://sabap2.adu.org.za. Accessed in 2015.

SAMWAYS, M. J. 2008. Dragonflies and Damselflies of South Africa. Pensoft, Sofia, 297 pp.

SAMWAYS, M.J. 2006. National Red List of South African dragonflies (Odonata).

Odonatologica, 35: 341–368.

SCORPIONMAP. 2015. Website: http://vmus.adu.org.za. Accessed in March 2015.

STUART C. & STUART T. 2007. Field Guide to the Mammals of Southern Africa. Struik Nature,

Cape Town.

TOPS (THREATENED OR PROTECTED SPECIES LIST). 2007. National Environmental

Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10, 2004): Publication of lists of Critically

Endangered, Endangered, Vulnerable and Protected Species. February 2007.

von STADEN, L. 2008. Cullen holubii (Burtt Davy) C.H.Stirt. National Assessment: Red List of

South African Plants version 2015.1. Accessed on 2017/02/14

YETMAN C.A. 2012. Conservation Biology of the Giant Bullfrog, Pyxicephalus adspersus

(Tschudi, 1838). PhD thesis. University of Pretoria, Pretoria


http://sabap2.adu.org.za/

http://sabap2.adu.org.za/




13. Appendices

13.1. POSA list for QDS 2527BD

Family ** Species Growth forms

ACANTHACEAE Barleria bolusii Oberm. Herb

ACANTHACEAE Blepharis integrifolia (L.f.) E.Mey. ex Schinz var. integrifolia

Herb

ACANTHACEAE Crabbea angustifolia Nees Herb

ACANTHACEAE Hypoestes forskaolii (Vahl) R.Br. Herb

ACANTHACEAE Justicia flava (Vahl) Vahl Dwarf shrub

ACHARIACEAE Kiggelaria africana L. Shrub, tree

AMARANTHACEAE Achyropsis leptostachya (E.Mey. ex Meisn.) Baker & C.B.Clarke

Herb

AMARANTHACEAE Cyathula lanceolata Schinz Herb

AMARANTHACEAE Hermbstaedtia odorata (Burch.) T.Cooke var. aurantiaca (Suess.) C.C.Towns.

Herb

ANACARDIACEAE Ozoroa paniculosa (Sond.) R.& A.Fern. var. salicina (Sond.) R.& A.Fern.

Shrub, tree

ANACARDIACEAE Searsia pyroides (Burch.) Moffett var. gracilis (Engl.) Moffett

Shrub, tree

APOCYNACEAE Asclepias aurea (Schltr.) Schltr. Herb

APOCYNACEAE Cryptolepis oblongifolia (Meisn.) Schltr. Scrambler

APOCYNACEAE Pachycarpus schinzianus (Schltr.) N.E.Br. Succulent

APOCYNACEAE Raphionacme velutina Schltr. Geophyte

ASPHODELACEAE Bulbine angustifolia Poelln. Geophyte

ASPLENIACEAE Asplenium cordatum (Thunb.) Sw. Geophyte

ASTERACEAE Dicoma anomala Sond. subsp. gerrardii (Harv. ex F.C.Wilson) S.Ortíz & Rodr.Oubiña

Herb

ASTERACEAE Helichrysum argyrosphaerum DC. Herb

ASTERACEAE Helichrysum candolleanum H.Buek Herb

ASTERACEAE Helichrysum cerastioides DC. var. cerastioides Herb

ASTERACEAE Senecio pentactinus Klatt Herb

ASTERACEAE Senecio pleistocephalus S.Moore Climber

ASTERACEAE Senecio serratuloides DC. Herb

ASTERACEAE Vernonia sutherlandii Harv. Herb

CAPPARACEAE Cleome maculata (Sond.) Szyszyl. Herb

CONVOLVULACEAE Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Herb

CONVOLVULACEAE Seddera suffruticosa (Schinz) Hallier f. Dwarf shrub

CYPERACEAE Bulbostylis burchellii (Ficalho & Hiern) C.B.Clarke Cyperoid

DIPSACACEAE Scabiosa columbaria L. Herb

EBENACEAE Euclea undulata Thunb. Shrub, tree

ELATINACEAE Bergia decumbens Planch. ex Harv. Dwarf shrub

EUPHORBIACEAE Acalypha glabrata Thunb. var. pilosa Pax Shrub, tree

EUPHORBIACEAE Croton gratissimus Burch. var. subgratissimus (Prain) Burtt Davy

Shrub, tree

FABACEAE Acacia tortilis (Forssk.) Hayne subsp. heteracantha (Burch.) Brenan

Shrub, tree

FABACEAE Dolichos angustifolius Eckl. & Zeyh. Herb

FABACEAE Eriosema cordatum E.Mey. Herb




FABACEAE Indigofera adenoides Baker f. Creeper

FABACEAE Indigofera frondosa N.E.Br. Shrub

FABACEAE Mundulea sericea (Willd.) A.Chev. subsp. sericea Shrub, tree

FABACEAE Ophrestia oblongifolia (E.Mey.) H.M.L.Forbes var. oblongifolia

Herb

FABACEAE Otoptera burchellii DC. Climber

FABACEAE Rhynchosia confusa Burtt Davy Climber

FABACEAE Rhynchosia monophylla Schltr. Herb

FABACEAE Rhynchosia reptabunda N.E.Br. Climber

FABACEAE Stylosanthes fruticosa (Retz.) Alston Dwarf shrub

FABACEAE Tephrosia longipes Meisn. subsp. longipes var. longipes

Dwarf shrub

FABACEAE * Trifolium repens L. Herb

FABACEAE Xerocladia viridiramis (Burch.) Taub. Shrub

FABACEAE Zornia capensis Pers. subsp. capensis Herb

GISEKIACEAE Gisekia africana (Lour.) Kuntze var. africana Herb

HYACINTHACEAE Dipcadi marlothii Engl. Geophyte

LAMIACEAE Leucas martinicensis (Jacq.) R.Br. Herb

LAMIACEAE Ocimum angustifolium Benth. shrub

LAMIACEAE Plectranthus caninus Roth succulent

LAMIACEAE Teucrium trifidum Retz. Herb

LENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia welwitschii Oliv. Carnivore

LYCOPODIACEAE Lycopodiella cernua (L.) Pic.Serm. Geophyte

MALVACEAE Grewia retinervis Burret Shrub

MALVACEAE Hermannia burkei Burtt Davy Climber

MALVACEAE Hermannia floribunda Harv. Dwarf shrub

MALVACEAE Hermannia stellulata (Harv.) K.Schum. Herb

MALVACEAE Hermannia tomentosa (Turcz.) Schinz ex Engl. Herb

MALVACEAE Waltheria indica L. Herb

MORACEAE Ficus salicifolia Vahl Tree

MYROTHAMNACEAE Myrothamnus flabellifolius Welw. Dwarf shrub

ONAGRACEAE * Oenothera rosea L'Hér. ex Aiton Herb

OROBANCHACEAE Cycnium tubulosum (L.f.) Engl. subsp. tubulosum Herb

PEDALIACEAE Dicerocaryum senecioides (Klotzsch) Abels Herb

POACEAE Bothriochloa insculpta (Hochst. ex A.Rich.) A.Camus

Graminoid

POACEAE Eragrostis chloromelas Steud. Graminoid

POACEAE Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees Graminoid

POACEAE Eragrostis hierniana Rendle Graminoid

POACEAE Eragrostis trichophora Coss. & Durieu Graminoid

PORTULACACEAE Portulaca kermesina N.E.Br. succulent

PROTEACEAE Protea caffra Meisn. subsp. caffra Shrub, tree

RHAMNACEAE Phylica paniculata Willd. Shrub, tree

RUBIACEAE Anthospermum rigidum Eckl. & Zeyh. subsp. pumilum (Sond.) Puff

Dwarf shrub

RUBIACEAE Fadogia homblei De Wild. Herb

RUBIACEAE Otiophora calycophylla (Sond.) Schltr. & K.Schum. subsp. calycophylla

Herb




RUBIACEAE Spermacoce natalensis Hochst. Herb

RUBIACEAE Vangueria parvifolia Sond. Tree

SAPINDACEAE Pappea capensis Eckl. & Zeyh. Shrub, tree

SCROPHULARIACEAE Chaenostoma leve (Hiern) Kornhall Herb

SCROPHULARIACEAE Manulea parviflora Benth. var. parviflora Herb

SCROPHULARIACEAE Melanospermum foliosum (Benth.) Hilliard Herb

SELAGINELLACEAE Selaginella dregei (C.Presl) Hieron. Geophyte

STRYCHNACEAE Strychnos madagascariensis Poir. Shrub, tree



13.2. Mammal list for the study area

FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME

COMMON NAME RSA

LEGAL STATUS

NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS GLOBAL RED LIST STATUS


LoO

QDS SITE

BATHYERGIDAE Mole-rats Cryptomys hottentotus Southern African Mole-rat

LC (S) LC 2 1

BOVIDAE Even-toed antelope Aepyceros melampus Impala

LC (S) LC 1 2

Pelea capreolus Vaal Rhebok

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC (S) NT 3 4

Raphicerus campestris Steenbok


Redunca arundinum Southern Reedbuck


Sylvicapra grimmia Bush Duiker

LC (S) LC 2 1

Tragelaphus angasii Nyala


Tragelaphus scriptus Bushbuck

LC (S) LC 2 4

Tragelaphus strepsiceros Greater Kudu

LC (S) LC 2 1?

CANIDAE Dogs, foxes, jackals & relatives Canis mesomelas Black-backed Jackal

LC (S) LC 2 2

Vulpes chama Cape Fox PS

LC (S) LC 3 3

CERCOPITHECIDAE Baboon & monkeys Cercopithecus pygerythrus

pygerythrus Vervet Monkey

LC (S) LC 2 3

Papio ursinus Chacma Baboon

LC (S) LC 3 4

EMBALLONURIDAE Tomb bats Taphozous mauritianus Mauritian Tomb Bat

LC (U) LC 3 4

ERINACEIDAE Hedgehog Atelerix frontalis (frontalis) Southern African Hedgehog

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC (S) NT 2 4

FELIDAE Cats Caracal caracal Caracal

LC (U) LC 2 2

Felis nigripes Black-footed Cat PS

VU (D) VU 3 4

Felis silvestris Wildcat

LC (D) LC 3 4

Leptailurus serval Serval PS

LC (S) NT 2 4

Panthera pardus Leopard PS PWA Schedule 4 Section 15(1)© NT (D) VU 3 3

GALAGIDAE Bushbabies Galago moholi Moholi Bushbaby

LC (S) LC 2 2

GLIRIDAE Dormice Graphiurus murinus Forest African Dormouse

LC (S) LC 2 3

Graphiurus platyops Flat-headed African Dormouse

LC (U) LC 3 4




COMMON NAME RSA

LEGAL STATUS



LoO

QDS SITE

HERPESTIDAE Meerkat & mongooses Atilax paludinosus Marsh Mongoose

LC (D) LC 2 4

Cynictis penicillata Yellow Mongoose

LC (S) LC 2 2

Helogale parvula Common Dwarf Mongoose

LC (S) LC 3 4

Herpestes sanguineus Slender Mongoose

LC (S) LC 2 2

Ichneumia albicauda White-tailed Mongoose

LC (S) LC 1 4

Mungos mungo Banded Mongoose

LC (S) LC 3 4

Suricata suricatta Meerkat

LC (U) LC 3 4

HIPPOSIDERIDAE Leaf-nosed & related bats Cloeotis percivali Percival's Short-eared Trident Bat

LC (U) EN 3 4

Hipposideros caffer Sundevall's Leaf-nosed Bat

LC (D) LC 3 4

HYAENIDAE Aardwolf & hyenas Hyaena brunnea Brown Hyena PS PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT (D) NT 3 3

Proteles cristata Aardwolf


HYSTRICIDAE Porcupine Hystrix africaeaustralis Cape Porcupine

LC (S) LC 2 2

LEPORIDAE Hares & rabbits Lepus saxatilis Scrub Hare

LC (D) LC 2 1

Pronolagus randensis Jameson's Red Rock Hare

LC (U) LC 2 4

MACROSCELIDIDAE Elephant shrews Elephantulus

brachyrhynchus Short-snouted Elephant Shrew

LC (U) LC 2 2

Elephantulus myurus Eastern Rock Elephant Shrew

LC (S) LC 2 4

MOLOSSIDAE Free-tailed & related bats Tadarida aegyptiaca Egyptian Free-tailed Bat

LC (U) LC 2 2

MURIDAE Gerbils, rock mice, vlei rats & relatives Aethomys ineptus Tete Veld Aethomys

LC (U) LC 2 2

Aethomys namaquensis Namaqua Rock Mouse

LC (S) LC 2 4

Dasymys incomatus African Marsh Rat

LC (U) NT 3 4

Gerbilliscus brantsii Highveld Gerbil

LC (U) LC 2 3

Gerbilliscus leucogaster Bushveld Gerbil

LC (S) LC 2 2

Lemniscomys rosalia Single-Striped Lemniscomys

LC (S) LC 2 2

Mastomys coucha Southern African Mastomys

LC (S) LC 2 2

Otomys angoniensis Angoni Vlei Rat

LC (S) LC 1 4




COMMON NAME RSA

LEGAL STATUS



LoO

QDS SITE

Otomys auratus / irroratus Southern African Vlei Rat

LC (S) LC 2 4

Rhabdomys pumilio Xeric Four-striped Grass Rat

LC (S) LC 3 3

Thallomys paedulcus Acacia Thallomys

LC (U) LC 1 2

MUSTELIDAE Badger, otters, polecat & weasel Aonyx capensis African Clawless Otter

LC (S) NT 2 4

Hydrictis maculicollis Spotted-necked Otter

LC (D) VU 3 4

Ictonyx striatus Striped Polecat

LC (S) LC 3 4

Mellivora capensis Honey Badger

LC (D) LC 3 3

Poecilogale albinucha African Striped Weasel

LC (U) NT 2 3

NESOMYIDAE Climbing & fat mice & relatives Dendromus melanotis Gray African Climbing Mouse

LC (S) LC 3 4

Dendromus mystacalis Chestnut African Climbing Mouse

LC (S) LC 3 4

Mystromys albicaudatus African White-tailed Rat

EN (D) VU 3 4

Saccostomus campestris Southern African Pouched Mouse

LC (S) LC 2 2

Steatomys pratensis Common African Fat Mouse

LC (S) LC 2 2

NYCTERIDAE Slit-faced bats Nycteris thebaica Egyptian Slit-faced Bat

LC (U) LC 3 2

ORYCTEROPODIDAE Aardvark Orycteropus afer Aardvark PS PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC (U) LC 3 4

PEDETIDAE Spring Hare Pedetes capensis South African Spring Hare

LC (U) LC 3 3

PROCAVIIDAE Hyraxes Procavia capensis Rock Hyrax

LC (U) LC 2 4

RHINOLOPHIDAE Horseshoe bats Rhinolophus blasii Blasius's Horseshoe Bat

LC (D) NT 3 4

Rhinolophus clivosus Geoffroy's Horseshoe Bat

LC (U) LC 2 3

Rhinolophus darlingi Darling's Horseshoe Bat

LC (U) LC 3 4

Rhinolophus simulator Bushveld Horseshoe Bat

LC (D) LC 2 3

SCIURIDAE Squirrels Paraxerus cepapi Smith's Bush Squirrel

LC (S) LC 3 3

Xerus inauris South African Ground Squirrel

LC (S) LC 3 4

SORICIDAE Shrews Crocidura cyanea Reddish-gray Musk Shrew

LC (S) LC 2 3

Crocidura fuscomurina Bicolored Musk Shrew

LC (U) LC 2 4




COMMON NAME RSA

LEGAL STATUS



LoO

QDS SITE

Crocidura hirta Lesser Red Musk Shrew

LC (U) LC 1 2

Crocidura mariquensis Swamp Musk Shrew

LC (U) NT 2 4

Crocidura silacea Lesser Gray-brown Musk Shrew

LC (S) LC 3 3

Myosorex varius Forest Shrew

LC (S) LC 3 4

Suncus lixus Greater Dwarf Shrew

LC (U) LC 3 4

SUIDAE Hogs & pigs Phacochoerus africanus Common Warthog

LC (S) LC 2 3 Potamochoerus larvatus (koiropotamus) Bush-pig

LC (S) LC 3 4

THRYONOMYIDAE Cane Rat Thryonomys swinderianus Greater Cane Rat

LC (U) LC 2 4

VESPERTILIONIDAE House, pipistrelle, serotine & related bats Miniopterus natalensis Natal / Shreiber's Long-fingered Bat

LC (U) LC 2 3

Neoromicia capensis Cape Serotine

LC (S) LC 2 2

Pipistrellus rusticus Rusty Pipistrelle

LC (U) LC 3 4

Scotophilus dinganii Yellow-bellied House Bat

LC (U) LC 2 3

Scotophilus viridis Green House Bat

LC (U) LC 3 3

VIVERRIDAE Civet & genets Genetta genetta Common Genet

LC (S) LC 2 3

Genetta maculata Common Large- / Rusty-spotted Genet

LC(U) LC 2 2 Status: D = Declining; EN = Endangered; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game; PS = Protected Species; PWA = Protected Wild Animal; S = Stable; U = Unknown; VU = Vulnerable

Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO): 1 = Present; 2 = High; 3 = Moderate; 4 = Low

Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); IUCN (2016); MammalMAP (2016); SANBI & EWT (2016)



13.3. Bird list for the study area


RSA LEGAL


GLOBAL RED LIST STATUS


LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Apalis thoracica Apalis, Bar-throated

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC LC 1

4

Recurvirostra avosetta Avocet, Pied


4

Turdoides jardineii Babbler, Arrow-marked

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC LC 1 1 2

Turdoides bicolor Babbler, Southern Pied


Tricholaema leucomelas Barbet, Acacia Pied


Lybius torquatus Barbet, Black-collared


Trachyphonus vaillantii Barbet, Crested


Batis molitor Batis, Chinspot


Merops persicus Bee-eater, Blue-cheeked


3

Merops apiaster Bee-eater, European


Merops pusillus Bee-eater, Little


Merops nubicoides Bee-eater, Southern Carmine


3

Merops hirundineus Bee-eater, Swallow-tailed


4

Merops bullockoides Bee-eater, White-fronted


3

Euplectes orix Bishop, Southern Red

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 LC LC 1 1 4

Euplectes capensis Bishop, Yellow


4

Euplectes afer Bishop, Yellow-crowned


Ixobrychus sturmii Bittern, Dwarf


4

Botaurus stellaris Bittern, Eurasian


4

Ixobrychus minutus Bittern, Little


4

Telophorus zeylonus Bokmakierie


2

Laniarius ferrugineus Boubou, Southern


Nilaus afer Brubru


Pycnonotus nigricans Bulbul, African Red-eyed

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 LC LC 1

3

Pycnonotus tricolor Bulbul, Dark-capped


Emberiza capensis Bunting, Cape


Emberiza tahapisi Bunting, Cinnamon-breasted


Emberiza flaviventris Bunting, Golden-breasted


Emberiza impetuani Bunting, Lark-like


3

Malaconotus blanchoti Bush-shrike, Grey-headed


1

Telophorus sulfureopectus Bush-shrike, Orange-breasted


2

Neotis denhami Bustard, Denham‟s VU PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT VU 1

4

Turnix sylvaticus Buttonquail, Common (Kurrichane)


3




RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Buteo vulpinus Buzzard, Common (Steppe )


Pernis apivorus Buzzard, European Honey


4

Buteo rufofuscus Buzzard, Jackal


4

Kaupifalco monogrammicus Buzzard, Lizard


2

Camaroptera brevicaudata Camaroptera, Grey-backed


2

Crithagra atrogularis Canary, Black-throated


Crithagra flaviventris Canary, Yellow


Crithagra mozambicus Canary, Yellow-fronted


Myrmecocichla formicivora Chat, Ant-eating


2

Cercomela familiaris Chat, Familiar

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC LC 1 1 2 Thamnolaea cinnamomeiventris Chat, Mocking Cliff


Cisticola textrix Cisticola, Cloud


3

Cisticola aridulus Cisticola, Desert


Cisticola aberrans Cisticola, Lazy


4

Cisticola tinniens Cisticola, Levaillant‟s


4

Cisticola chiniana Cisticola, Rattling


Cisticola rufilatus Cisticola, Tinkling


3

Cisticola ayresii Cisticola, Wing-snapping


1

Cisticola juncidis Cisticola, Zitting


Fulica cristata Coot, Red-knobbed


Phalacrocorax africanus Cormorant, Reed


Phalacrocorax carbo Cormorant, White-breasted


Centropus burchellii Coucal, Burchell‟s


3

Rhinoptilus chalcopterus Courser, Bronze-winged


3

Cursorius temminckii Courser, Temminck‟s


Crecopsis egregia Crake, African


4

Porzana pusilla Crake, Baillon‟s


4

Amaurornis flavirostris Crake, Black


Crex crex Crake, Corn


4

Porzana porzana Crake, Spotted


4

Anthropoides paradiseus Crane, Blue PS PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) VU NT 1

4

Sylvietta rufescens Crombec, Long-billed


Corvus capensis Crow, Cape


Corvus albus Crow, Pied





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Cuculus gularis Cuckoo, African


3

Cuculus clamosus Cuckoo, Black


Cuculus canorus Cuckoo, Common


3

Chrysococcyx caprius Cuckoo, Diederik


Clamator glandarius Cuckoo, Great Spotted


2

Clamator jacobinus Cuckoo, Jacobin


2

Chrysococcyx klaas Cuckoo, Klaas‟s


3

Clamator levaillantii Cuckoo, Levaillant‟s


3

Cuculus solitarius Cuckoo, Red-chested


Campephaga flava Cuckooshrike, Black


Anhinga rufa Darter, African


Streptopelia capicola Dove, Cape Turtle


Turtur chalcospilos Dove, Emerald-spotted Wood


Streptopelia senegalensis Dove, Laughing


Oena capensis Dove, Namaqua


Streptopelia semitorquata Dove, Red-eyed


Columba livia Dove, Rock


Dicrurus adsimilis Drongo, Fork-tailed


Anas sparsa Duck, African Black


4

Dendrocygna bicolor Duck, Fulvous Whistling


Sarkidiornis melanotos Duck, Knob-billed


4

Oxyura maccoa Duck, Maccoa


4

Thalassornis leuconotus Duck, White-backed


4

Dendrocygna viduata Duck, White-faced Whistling


Anas undulata Duck, Yellow-billed

OG Schedule 3 Section 15(1)(b) LC LC 1 1 4

Haliaeetus vocifer Eagle, African Fish


Aquila spilogaster Eagle, African Hawk


2

Hieraaetus ayresii Eagle, Ayres‟s Hawk


4

Circaetus pectoralis Eagle, Black-chested Snake


2

Hieraaetus pennatus Eagle, Booted


4

Circaetus cinereus Eagle, Brown Snake


2

Lophaetus occipitalis Eagle, Long-crested


4

Polemaetus bellicosus Eagle, Martial EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) VU EN 1

3

Aquila nipalensis Eagle, Steppe

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) EN LC 1

3




RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Aquila rapax Eagle, Tawny EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC EN 1

3

Aquila verreauxii Eagle, Verreauxs'

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC VU 1

4

Aquila wahlbergi Eagle, Wahlberg‟s


Egretta alba Egret, Great


Egretta garzetta Egret, Little


Bubulcus ibis Egret, Western Cattle


Egretta intermedia Egret, Yellow-billed


Eremomela usticollis Eremomela, Burnt-necked


Eremomela scotops Eremomela, Green-capped


4

Eremomela icteropygialis Eremomela, Yellow-bellied


Falco amurensis Falcon, Amur


Falco biarmicus Falcon, Lanner

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC VU 1 1 3

Falco vespertinus Falcon, Red-footed


2

Anomalospiza imberbis Finch, Cuckoo


4

Amadina fasciata Finch, Cut-throat


Amadina erythrocephala Finch, Red-headed


Sporopipes squamifrons Finch, Scaly-feathered


Podica senegalensis Finfoot, African


4

Lagonosticta rubricata Firefinch, African


3

Lagonosticta rhodopareia Firefinch, Jameson‟s


Lagonosticta senegala Firefinch, Red-billed


Lanius collaris Fiscal, Southern (Common)


Phoenicopterus roseus Flamingo, Greater


4

Phoeniconaias minor Flamingo, Lesser


4

Sarothrura rufa Flufftail, Red-chested


4

Terpsiphone viridis Flycatcher, African Paradise


Stenostira scita Flycatcher, Fairy


Sigelus silens Flycatcher, Fiscal


Myioparus plumbeus Flycatcher, Grey Tit-


Bradornis mariquensis Flycatcher, Marico


Bradornis pallidus Flycatcher, Pale


3

Melaenornis pammelaina Flycatcher, Southern Black


Muscicapa striata Flycatcher, Spotted


Peliperdix coqui Francolin, Coqui





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Dendroperdix sephaena Francolin, Crested


Scleroptila levaillantii Francolin, Red-winged

OG Schedule 3 Section 15(1)(b) LC LC 1

4

Scleroptila shelleyi Francolin, Shelley‟s

OG Schedule 3 Section 15(1)(b) LC LC 1

4

Corythaixoides concolor Go-away-bird, Grey


Limosa limosa Godwit, Black-tailed

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT NA 1

4

Alopochen aegyptiacus Goose, Egyptian


Plectropterus gambensis Goose, Spur-winged


Melierax gabar Goshawk, Gabar


Melierax canorus Goshawk, Pale Chanting


Sphenoeacus afer Grassbird, Cape


4

Podiceps nigricollis Grebe, Black-necked


4

Podiceps cristatus Grebe, Great Crested


Tachybaptus ruficollis Grebe, Little


Tringa nebularia Greenshank, Common


4

Numida meleagris Guineafowl, Helmeted

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC LC 1 1 1 Chroicocephalus cirrocephalus Gull, Grey-headed


4

Scopus umbretta Hamerkop


Circus ranivorus Harrier, African Marsh

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC EN 1

4

Circus pygargus Harrier, Montagu‟s


4

Circus macrourus Harrier, Pallid


4

Aviceda cuculoides Hawk, African Cuckoo


4

Polyboroides typus Hawk, African Harrier-


2

Prionops plumatus Helmet-shrike, White-crested


Egretta ardesiaca Heron, Black


4

Nycticorax nycticorax Heron, Black-crowned Night


4

Ardea melanocephala Heron, Black-headed


Ardea goliath Heron, Goliath


4

Butorides striata Heron, Green-backed


Ardea cinerea Heron, Grey


Ardea purpurea Heron, Purple


Ardeola ralloides Heron, Squacco


4

Gorsachius leuconotus Heron, White-backed Night


4

Falco subbuteo Hobby, Eurasian


4

Prodotiscus regulus Honeybird, Brown-backed





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Indicator indicator Honeyguide, Greater


2

Indicator minor Honeyguide, Lesser


3

Upupa africana Hoopoe, African


Tockus nasutus Hornbill, African Grey


Tockus erythrorhynchus Hornbill, Southern Red-billed


Tockus leucomelas Hornbill, Southern Yellow-billed


Threskiornis aethiopicus Ibis, African Sacred


Plegadis falcinellus Ibis, Glossy


4

Bostrychia hagedash Ibis, Hadeda


Vidua funerea Indigobird, Dusky


3

Vidua purpurascens Indigobird, Purple


4

Vidua chalybeata Indigobird, Village


Actophilornis africanus Jacana, African


4

Falco rupicoloides Kestrel, Greater


Falco naumanni Kestrel, Lesser


Falco rupicolus Kestrel, Rock


4

Ispidina picta Kingfisher, African Pygmy


4

Halcyon albiventris Kingfisher, Brown-hooded


Megaceryle maximus Kingfisher, Giant


Halcyon leucocephala Kingfisher, Grey-headed


4

Alcedo semitorquata Kingfisher, Half-collared


4

Alcedo cristata Kingfisher, Malachite


Ceryle rudis Kingfisher, Pied


Halcyon chelicuti Kingfisher, Striped


Halcyon senegalensis Kingfisher, Woodland


Milvus migrans Kite, Black


2

Elanus caeruleus Kite, Black-shouldered


Milvus aegyptius Kite, Yellow-billed


Afrotis afraoides Korhaan, Northern Black


Lophotis ruficrista Korhaan, Red-crested


Eupodotis senegalensis Korhaan, White-bellied


4

Vanellus senegallus Lapwing, African Wattled


Vanellus armatus Lapwing, Blacksmith


Vanellus coronatus Lapwing, Crowned





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Mirafra apiata Lark, Cape Clapper


4

Eremopterix leucotis Lark, Chestnut-backed Sparrow-


Pinarocorys nigricans Lark, Dusky


4

Mirafra fasciolata Lark, Eastern Clapper


3

Certhilauda semitorquata Lark, Eastern Long-billed


3

Calendulauda africanoides Lark, Fawn-coloured


3

Mirafra rufocinnamomea Lark, Flappet


3

Mirafra cheniana Lark, Melodious

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT LC 1

4

Mirafra passerina Lark, Monotonous


2

Spizocorys conirostris Lark, Pink-billed


3

Calandrella cinerea Lark, Red-capped


3

Mirafra africana Lark, Rufous-naped


Calendulauda sabota Lark, Sabota


Macronyx capensis Longclaw, Cape


4

Spermestes cucullatus Mannikin, Bronze


3

Riparia cincta Martin, Banded


3

Riparia paludicola Martin, Brown-throated


3

Delichon urbicum Martin, Common House


Hirundo fuligula Martin, Rock


4

Riparia riparia Martin, Sand


4

Gallinula chloropus Moorhen, Common


4

Urocolius indicus Mousebird, Red-faced


Colius striatus Mousebird, Speckled


Colius colius Mousebird, White-backed


Acridotheres tristis Myna, Common

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a)

1 1 3

Cisticola fulvicapilla Neddicky


Caprimulgus europaeus Nightjar, European


3

Caprimulgus pectoralis Nightjar, Fiery-necked


3

Caprimulgus tristigma Nightjar, Freckled


4

Caprimulgus rufigena Nightjar, Rufous-cheeked


2

Oriolus larvatus Oriole, Black-headed


Oriolus oriolus Oriole, Eurasian Golden


4

Pandion haliaetus Osprey, Western


4

Struthio camelus Ostrich, Common

LC LC 1 1 4




RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Tyto capensis Owl, African Grass


4

Otus senegalensis Owl, African Scops


2

Bubo capensis Owl, Cape Eagle-


4

Asio capensis Owl, Marsh


4

Ptilopsis granti Owl, Southern White-faced


2

Bubo africanus Owl, Spotted Eagle-


1

Bubo lacteus Owl, Verreaux‟s Eagle-


4

Tyto alba Owl, Western Barn


2

Glaucidium perlatum Owlet, Pearl-spotted


Buphagus erythrorynchus Oxpecker, Red-billed


2

Rostratula benghalensis Painted-snipe, Greater


4

Psittacula krameri Parakeet, Rose-ringed


1

4

Poicephalus meyeri Parrot, Meyer‟s


Pelecanus onocrotalus Pelican, Great White


4

Pelecanus rufescens Pelican, Pink-backed


4

Anthoscopus minutus Penduline-tit, Cape


Anthoscopus caroli Penduline-tit, Grey


3

Petronia superciliaris Petronia, Yellow-throated


2

Treron calvus Pigeon, African Green


Columba guinea Pigeon, Speckled


Anthus cinnamomeus Pipit, African


Anthus vaalensis Pipit, Buffy


3

Anthus caffer Pipit, Bushveld


2

Anthus similis Pipit, Long-billed


3

Anthus leucophrys Pipit, Plain-backed


3

Anthus lineiventris Pipit, Striped


4

Anthus trivialis Pipit, Tree


4

Charadrius asiaticus Plover, Caspian


3

Charadrius hiaticula Plover, Common Ringed


4

Charadrius pecuarius Plover, Kittlitz‟s


4

Charadrius tricollaris Plover, Three-banded


Netta erythrophthalma Pochard, Southern


4

Glareola nordmanni Pratincole, Black-winged


4

Prinia flavicans Prinia, Black-chested





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Prinia subflava Prinia, Tawny-flanked


Dryoscopus cubla Puffback, Black-backed


Pytilia melba Pytilia, Green-winged


Ortygospiza atricollis Quail-finch, African


Coturnix coturnix Quail, Common


3

Coturnix delegorguei Quail, Harlequin


3

Quelea quelea Quelea, Red-billed


Rallus caerulescens Rail, African


4

Cossypha caffra Robin-chat, Cape


Cossypha humeralis Robin-chat, White-throated


Cercotrichas paena Robin, Kalahari Scrub


Cercotrichas leucophrys Robin, White-browed Scrub


Coracias garrulus Roller, European


2

Coracias caudatus Roller, Lilac-breasted


Coracias naevius Roller, Purple


2

Philomachus pugnax Ruff


4

Pterocles bicinctus Sandgrouse, Double-banded


4

Pterocles gutturalis Sandgrouse, Yellow-throated


3

Actitis hypoleucos Sandpiper, Common


4

Calidris ferruginea Sandpiper, Curlew

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) NT LC 1

4

Tringa ochropus Sandpiper, Green


1

4

Tringa stagnatilis Sandpiper, Marsh


4

Tringa glareola Sandpiper, Wood


Rhinopomastus cyanomelas Scimitarbill, Common


Sagittarius serpentarius Secretarybird

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) VU VU 1

3

Crithagra gularis Seedeater, Streaky-headed


2

Tadorna cana Shelduck, South African


4

Accipiter badius Shikra


3

Anas smithii Shoveler, Cape


4

Laniarius atrococcineus Shrike, Crimson-breasted


Lanius minor Shrike, Lesser Grey


Corvinella melanoleuca Shrike, Magpie


Lanius collurio Shrike, Red-backed


Eurocephalus anguitimens Shrike, Southern White-crowned





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Gallinago nigripennis Snipe, African


4

Plocepasser mahali Sparrow-weaver, White-browed


Passer melanurus Sparrow, Cape


Passer motitensis Sparrow, Great


Passer domesticus Sparrow, House


1 1 3

Passer diffusus Sparrow, Southern Grey-headed


Accipiter melanoleucus Sparrowhawk, Black


4

Accipiter minullus Sparrowhawk, Little


4

Accipiter ovampensis Sparrowhawk, Ovambo


4

Platalea alba Spoonbill, African


Pternistis natalensis Spurfowl, Natal


Pternistis swainsonii Spurfowl, Swainson‟s


Lamprotornis australis Starling, Burchell‟s


Lamprotornis nitens Starling, Cape Glossy


Lamprotornis bicolor Starling, Pied


3

Onychognathus morio Starling, Red-winged


Cinnyricinclus leucogaster Starling, Violet-backed


Creatophora cinerea Starling, Wattled


Himantopus himantopus Stilt, Black-winged


Calidris minuta Stint, Little


4

Saxicola torquatus Stonechat, African


Ciconia abdimii Stork, Abdim‟s

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC NT 1 1 3

Ciconia nigra Stork, Black


4

Leptoptilos crumeniferus Stork, Marabou


3

Ciconia ciconia Stork, White


Mycteria ibis Stork, Yellow-billed

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC EN 1

4

Chalcomitra amethystina Sunbird, Amethyst


Cinnyris afer Sunbird, Greater Double-collared


Nectarinia famosa Sunbird, Malachite


4

Cinnyris mariquensis Sunbird, Marico


Cinnyris talatala Sunbird, White-bellied


Hirundo rustica Swallow, Barn


Hirundo cucullata Swallow, Greater Striped


Hirundo abyssinica Swallow, Lesser Striped





RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Hirundo dimidiata Swallow, Pearl-breasted


Hirundo semirufa Swallow, Red-breasted


Hirundo spilodera Swallow, South African Cliff


4

Hirundo albigularis Swallow, White-throated


Porphyrio madagascariensis Swamphen, African (Purple)


4

Apus barbatus Swift, African Black


3

Cypsiurus parvus Swift, African Palm


Tachymarptis melba Swift, Alpine


4

Apus apus Swift, Common


2

Apus horus Swift, Horus


3

Apus affinis Swift, Little


Apus caffer Swift, White-rumped


Tchagra senegalus Tchagra, Black-crowned


Tchagra australis Tchagra, Brown-crowned


Anas capensis Teal, Cape


4

Anas hottentota Teal, Hottentot


4

Anas erythrorhyncha Teal, Red-billed


Chlidonias hybrida Tern, Whiskered


Chlidonias leucopterus Tern, White-winged


4

Burhinus capensis Thick-knee, Spotted


Monticola rupestris Thrush, Cape Rock


Psophocichla litsipsirupa Thrush, Groundscraper


Turdus smithi Thrush, Karoo


Turdus libonyanus Thrush, Kurrichane


Turdus olivaceus Thrush, Olive


Monticola brevipes Thrush, Short-toed Rock


Pogoniulus chrysoconus Tinkerbird, Yellow-fronted


Parisoma subcaeruleum Tit-Babbler, Chestnut-vented


Parus cinerascens Tit, Ashy


Parus niger Tit, Southern Black


Gyps coprotheres Vulture, Cape EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) EN EN 1 1 3

Torgos tracheliotos Vulture, Lappet-faced EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) EN EN 1

3

Gyps africanus Vulture, White-backed EN PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) CR CR 1

3

Motacilla aguimp Wagtail, African Pied


4




RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Motacilla capensis Wagtail, Cape


Motacilla flava Wagtail, Western Yellow


4

Acrocephalus baeticatus Warbler, African Reed


4

Calamonastes fasciolatus Warbler, Barred Wren-


2

Sylvia borin Warbler, Garden


4

Acrocephalus arundinaceus Warbler, Great Reed


4

Hippolais icterina Warbler, Icterine


4

Acrocephalus gracilirostris Warbler, Lesser Swamp


Bradypterus baboecala Warbler, Little Rush


4

Acrocephalus palustris Warbler, Marsh


Hippolais olivetorum Warbler, Olive-tree


2

Acrocephalus schoenobaenus Warbler, Sedge


Phylloscopus trochilus Warbler, Willow


3

Estrilda erythronotos Waxbill, Black-faced


Uraeginthus angolensis Waxbill, Blue


Estrilda astrild Waxbill, Common


Amandava subflava Waxbill, Orange-breasted


4

Granatina granatina Waxbill, Violet-eared


Ploceus capensis Weaver, Cape

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 LC LC 1

4

Ploceus intermedius Weaver, Lesser Masked


2

Bubalornis niger Weaver, Red-billed Buffalo


Anaplectes rubriceps Weaver, Red-headed


Ploceus velatus Weaver, Southern Masked


Ploceus cucullatus Weaver, Village


Oenanthe pileata Wheatear, Capped


2

Oenanthe monticola Wheatear, Mountain


4

Zosterops virens White-eye, Cape


Zosterops pallidus White-eye, Orange River


Sylvia communis Whitethroat, Common


3

Vidua paradisaea Whydah, Long-tailed Paradise


Vidua macroura Whydah, Pin-tailed


Vidua regia Whydah, Shaft-tailed


Euplectes progne Widowbird, Long-tailed


Euplectes ardens Widowbird, Red-collared


4




RSA LEGAL




LoO

QDS PENTAD SITE

Euplectes albonotatus Widowbird, White-winged


Phoeniculus purpureus Wood-hoopoe, Green


Dendropicos namaquus Woodpecker, Bearded


Campethera bennettii Woodpecker, Bennett‟s


Dendropicos fuscescens Woodpecker, Cardinal


Campethera abingoni Woodpecker, Golden-tailed


2

Jynx ruficollis Wryneck, Red-throated


4 Status: CR = Critically Endangered; EN = Endangered; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game; PS = Protected Species; VU = Vulnerable; WA = Wild Animal


Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Roberts VII (2013); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); Taylor et al. (2015); SABAP 2 (2016)



13.4. Reptile list for the study area

FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME RSA

LEGAL STATUS

NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS RED LIST STATUS

LoO

QDS SITE

AGAMIDAE Agamas Acanthocercus atricollis atricollis Southern Tree Agama

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) 1LC 2 3

Agama aculeata distanti Distant's Ground Agama


Agama atra Southern Rock Agama


AMPHISBAENIDAE Worm lizards Monopeltis infuscata Dusky Worm Lizard


CHAMAELEONIDAE Chameleons Chamaeleo dilepis dilepis Common Flap-neck Chameleon

PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) 2LC* 2 2

COLUBRIDAE Typical snakes Crotaphopeltis hotamboeia Red-lipped Snake

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 2LC 1 2

Dasypeltis scabra Rhombic Egg-eater


Dispholidus typus typus Boomslang

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 2LC* 2 2

Philothamnus hoplogaster South Eastern Green Snake


Philothamnus natalensis occidentalis Western Natal Green Snake


Philothamnus semivariegatus Spotted Bush Snake


Telescopus semiannulatus semiannulatus Eastern Tiger Snake


Thelotornis capensis capensis Southern Twig Snake


CORDYLIDAE Crag, flat & girdled lizards Cordylus jonesii Jones' Girdled Lizard


Cordylus vittifer Common Girdled Lizard


ELAPIDAE Cobras, mambas & relatives Aspidelaps scutatus scutatus Speckled Shield Cobra


Elapsoidea sundevallii sundevallii Sundevall's Garter Snake


Naja annulifera Snouted Cobra


Naja mossambica Mozambique Spitting Cobra


GEKKONIDAE Geckos Chondrodactylus turneri Turner's Gecko


Hemidactylus mabouia Common Tropical House Gecko


Lygodactylus capensis capensis Common Dwarf Gecko


Lygodactylus (ocellatus) ocellatus Spotted Dwarf Gecko


Pachydactylus affinis Transvaal Gecko


Pachydactylus capensis Cape Gecko


GERRHOSAURIDAE Plated lizards & seps




LEGAL STATUS


LoO

QDS SITE

Gerrhosaurus flavigularis Yellow-throated Plated Lizard


LACERTIDAE Typical lizards Ichnotropis capensis Ornate Rough-scaled Lizard


Meroles squamulosus Common Rough-scaled Lizard


Nucras holubi Holub's Sandveld Lizard


Nucras intertexta Spotted Sandveld Lizard


Nucras lalandii Delalande's Sandveld Lizard


Nucras ornata Ornate Sandveld Lizard


Pedioplanis lineoocellata lineoocellata Spotted Sand Lizard


LAMPROPHIIDAE Lamprophid snakes Aparallactus capensis Black-headed Centipede-eater


Atractaspis bibronii Bibron's Stiletto Snake


Boaedon capensis Brown House Snake


Duberria lutrix lutrix South African Slug-eater


Gonionotophis capensis capensis Common File Snake


Gonionotophis nyassae Black File Snake


Homoroselaps dorsalis Striped Harlequin Snake

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 1NT 3 3

Lamprophis aurora Aurora House Snake


Lycodonomorphus inornatus Olive House Snake


Lycodonomorphus rufulus Brown Water Snake


Lycophidion capense capense Cape Wolf Snake


Prosymna bivittata Two-striped Shovel-snout


Prosymna sundevallii Sundevall's Shovel-snout


Psammophis angolensis Dwarf Sand Snake


Psammophis brevirostris Short-snouted Grass Snake


Psammophis subtaeniatus Western Yellow-bellied Sand Snake


Psammophis trinasalis Fork-marked Sand Snake


Psammophylax tritaeniatus Striped Grass Snake


Pseudaspis cana Mole Snake


LEPTOTYPHLOPIDAE Thread snakes Leptotyphlops distanti Distant's Thread Snake


Leptotyphlops incognitus Incognito Thread Snake


Leptotyphlops scutifrons conjunctus Eastern Thread Snake


Leptotyphlops scutifrons scutifrons Peters' Thread Snake





LEGAL STATUS


LoO

QDS SITE

PELOMEDUSIDAE Terrapins Pelomedusa galeata South African Marsh Terrapin


2 4

Pelusios sinuatus Serrated Hinged Terrapin


PYTHONIDAE Python Python natalensis Southern African Python PS WA Schedule 5 Section 43 2LC 2 3

SCINCIDAE Skinks Acontias occidentalis Western Legless Skink


Afroablepharus wahlbergii Wahlberg's Snake-eyed Skink


Mochlus (sundevallii) sundevallii Sundevall's Writhing Skink


Trachylepis capensis Cape Skink


Trachylepis punctatissima Speckled Rock Skink


Trachylepis varia Variable Skink


TESTUDINIDAE Tortoises Kinixys lobatsiana Lobatse Hinged Tortoise


Kinixys spekii Speke's Hinged Tortoise


Psammobates oculifer Serrated Tent Tortoise


Stigmochelys pardalis Leopard Tortoise


TYPHLOPIDAE Blind snakes Afrotyphlops bibronii Bibron's Blind Snake


Rhinotyphlops lalandei Delalande's Beaked Blind Snake


VARANIDAE Monitors Varanus albigularis albigularis Rock Monitor


Varanus niloticus Water Monitor


VIPERIDAE Adders Bitis arietans arietans Puff Adder


Bitis caudalis Horned Adder WA Schedule 5 Section 43 2LC 3 3

Causus rhombeatus Rhombic Night Adder

WA Schedule 5 Section 43 2LC 3 2 Status: 1 = Global; 2 = Regional; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game; PS = Protected Species; WA = Wild Animal


Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Bates et al. (2014); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); ReptileMAP (2016)



13.5. Frog list for the study area

FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS GLOBAL RED LIST

STATUS REGIONAL RED

LIST STATUS

LoO

QDS SITE

BREVICIPITIDAE Rain frogs

Breviceps adspersus adspersus Bushveld Rain Frog

LC (U)* LC 2 2

BUFONIDAE True toads

Poyntonophrynus fenoulheti Northern Pygmy Toad

LC (U) LC 3 4

Poyntonophrynus vertebralis Southern Pygmy Toad

LC (U) LC 3 4

Schismaderma carens Red Toad

LC (U) LC 1 3

Sclerophrys garmani Olive Toad

LC (U) LC 2 3

Sclerophrys gutturalis Guttural Toad

LC (I) LC 2 2

Sclerophrys poweri Power's Toad

LC (U) LC 3 2

HYPEROLIIDAE Leaf-folding & reed frogs

Kassina senegalensis Bubbling Kassina

LC (U) LC 1 3

MICROHYLIDAE Rubber frogs

Phrynomantis bifasciatus Banded Rubber Frog

LC (U) LC 1 3

PHRYNOBATRACHIDAE Puddle frogs

Phrynobatrachus natalensis Snoring Puddle Frog

LC (S) LC 1 3

PIPIDAE African clawed frogs

Xenopus laevis Common Platanna

LC (I) LC 2 4

PTYCHADENIDAE Grass frogs

Ptychadena anchietae Plain Grass Frog

LC (U) LC 1 3

Ptychadena mossambica Broad-banded Grass Frog

LC (U) LC 3 3

Ptychadena porosissima Striped Grass Frog

LC (U) LC 3 4

PYXICEPHALIDAE Moss, river, sand & stream frogs

Amietia fuscigula Cape River Frog

LC (S) LC 3 4

Amietia quecketti Queckett's River Frog

LC (S) LC 1 4

Cacosternum boettgeri Common Caco

LC (U) LC 1 3

Pyxicephalus adspersus Giant Bullfrog PG Schedule 2 Section 15(1)(a) LC (D) NT 2 3

Pyxicephalus edulis African Bullfrog

LC (U) LC 3 3

Strongylopus fasciatus Striped Stream Frog

LC (U) LC 3 4

Tomopterna cryptotis Tremolo Sand Frog

LC (S) LC 2 3

Tomopterna natalensis Natal Sand Frog

LC (U) LC 2 3

RHACOPHORIDAE Foam Nest Frog

Chiromantis xerampelina Southern Foam Nest Frog

LC (U) LC 3 4 Status: D = Declining; LC = Least Concern; NT = Near Threatened; PG = Protected Game; S = Stable; U = Unknown


Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Minter et al. (2004); NEM:BA ToPS (2015); FrogMAP (2016); IUCN (2016)



13.6. Butterfly list for the study area

FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME NORTH WEST LEGAL STATUS RED LIST STATUS LoO QDS

HESPERIIDAE Sandmen, skippers, sylphs & relatives Abantis tettensis Spotted Velvet Skipper

1LC 2

Borbo fallax False Swift

1LC 3

Borbo holtzi Variable Swift

1LC 3

Caprona pillaana Ragged Skipper

1LC 2

Coeliades forestan forestan Striped Policeman

1LC 3

Coeliades pisistratus Two-pip Policeman

1LC 2

Eretis umbra umbra Small Marbled Elf

1LC End 3

Gegenes niso niso Common Hottentot

1LC 1

Gegenes pumilio gambica Dark Hottentot

1LC 2

Gomalia elma elma Green-marbled Skipper

2

Kedestes barberae barberae Barber's Ranger

1LC 3

Kedestes callicles Pale Ranger

LC 2

Kedestes lepenula Chequered Ranger

1LC 2

Kedestes macomo Macomo Ranger

1LC 3

Kedestes nerva nerva Scarce Ranger

1LC End 3

Leucochitonea levubu White-cloaked Skipper

1LC 2

Metisella malgacha malgacha Grassveld Sylph

1LC End 3

Metisella meninx Marsh Sylph

1LC Rare Habitat Specialist 3

Metisella willemi Netted Sylph

1LC 2

Parosmodes morantii morantii Morant's Orange

1LC 3

Pelopidas mathias Black-banded Swift

1LC 2

Pelopidas thrax White-banded Swift

1LC 3

Platylesches ayresii Peppered Hopper

1LC 2

Platylesches neba Flower-girl Hopper

1LC 2

Sarangesa motozi Elfin Skipper

1LC 2

Sarangesa phidyle Small Elfin

1LC 1

Sarangesa seineri seineri Dark Elfin

1LC 3

Spialia asterodia Star Sandman

1LC 3

Spialia colotes transvaaliae Bushveld Sandman

1LC 2




Spialia delagoae Delagoa Sandman

1LC 2

Spialia depauperata australis Wandering Sandman

1LC 3

Spialia diomus ferax Common Sandman

1LC 1

Spialia dromus Forest Sandman

1LC 3

Spialia mafa mafa Mafa Sandman

1LC 3

Spialia paula Mite Sandman

1LC 3

Spialia spio Mountain Sandman

1LC 2

Tsitana tsita Dismal Sylph

1LC 3

LYCAENIDAE Blues, coppers, opals & relatives Actizera lucida Rayed Blue

1LC 2

Alaena amazoula ochroma Yellow Zulu

1LC 2

Aloeides aranda Aranda Copper

1LC 3

Aloeides damarensis damarensis Damara Copper

1LC 2

Aloeides henningi Henning's Copper

1LC End 3

Aloeides molomo molomo Molomo Copper

1LC End 3

Aloeides taikosama Dusky Copper

1LC 1

Aloeides trimeni trimeni Trimen's Copper

1LC 3

Anthene amarah amarah Black Striped Hairtail

1LC 1

Anthene definita definita Common Hairtail

1LC 2

Anthene dulcis dulcis Mashuna Hairtail

1LC 2

Anthene livida livida Pale Hairtail

1LC 2

Anthene millari Millar's Hairtail

1LC 3

Anthene otacilia otacilia Otacilia Hairtail

1LC 1

Anthene princeps Lebombo Hairtail

1LC 3

Anthene talboti Talbot's Hairtail

1LC 3

Aphnaeus hutchinsonii Hutchinson's Highflier

1LC 3

Axiocerses amanga amanga Bush Scarlet

1LC 2

Axiocerses coalescens Black-tipped Scarlet

1LC 3

Axiocerses tjoane tjoane Eastern Scarlet

1LC 2

Azanus jesous Topaz Babul Blue

1LC 1

Azanus mirza Pale Babul Blue

1LC End 3

Azanus moriqua Black-bordered Babul Blue

1LC 1




Azanus natalensis Natal Babul Blue

1LC 3

Azanus ubaldus Velvet-spotted Babul Blue

1LC 2

Cacyreus marshalli Common Geranium Bronze

1LC 2

Cacyreus virilis Mocker Bronze

1LC 2

Chilades trochylus Grass Jewel

1LC 1

Cigaritis ella Ella's Bar

1LC 1

Cigaritis mozambica Mozambique Bar

1LC 3

Cigaritis natalensis Natal Bar

1LC 2

Cigaritis phanes Silvery Bar

1LC 2

Cnodontes penningtoni Pennington's Buff

1LC 2

Crudaria leroma Silver Spotted Grey

1LC 2

Cupidopsis cissus cissus Common Meadow Blue

1LC 3

Cupidopsis jobates jobates Tailed Meadow Blue

1LC 2

Eicochrysops messapus mahallakoaena Cupreous Blue

1LC 1

Euchrysops barkeri Barker's Smoky Blue

1LC 3

Euchrysops dolorosa Sabie Smoky Blue

1LC 3

Euchrysops malathana Common Smoky Blue

1LC 2

Euchrysops osiris Osiris Smoky Blue

1LC 3

Euchrysops subpallida Ashen Smoky Blue

1LC 3

Hypolycaena philippus philippus Purplebrown Hairstreak

1LC 2

Iolaus alienus alienus Brown-line Sapphire

1LC 3

Iolaus mimosae rhodosense Mimosa Sapphire

1LC 3

Iolaus pallene Saffron Sapphire

1LC 2

Iolaus trimeni Trimen's Sapphire

1LC 1

Lachnocnema bibulus Common Woolly Legs

1LC 2

Lachnocnema durbani D'Urban's Woolly Legs

1LC 3

Lachnocnema laches Southern Pied Woolly Legs

1LC 3

Lampides boeticus Pea Blue

1LC 1

Lepidochrysops glauca Silvery Blue

1LC 2

Lepidochrysops ignota Zulu Blue

1LC End 3

Lepidochrysops patricia Patricia Blue

1LC 2

Lepidochrysops plebeia plebeia Twin-spot Blue

1LC 2




Leptomyrina henningi henningi Henning's Black-eye

1LC 2

Leptotes babaulti Babault's Zebra Blue

1LC End 3

Leptotes brevidentatus Short-toothed Zebra Blue

1LC 3

Leptotes jeanneli Jeannel's Zebra Blue

1LC 3

Leptotes pirithous pirithous Common Zebra Blue

1LC 1

Myrina silenus ficedula Common Fig Tree Blue

1LC 3

Oraidium barberae Dwarf Blue

1LC 3

Pseudonacaduba sichela sichela Dusky Line Blue

1LC 2

Stugeta bowkeri tearei Bowker's Marbled Sapphire

1LC 2

Tarucus sybaris sybaris Dotted Blue

1LC 1

Thestor basutus capeneri Basuto Skolly

1LC 3

Tuxentius calice White Pie

1LC 2

Tuxentius melaena melaena Black Pie

1LC 1

Uranothauma nubifer nubifer Black Heart

1LC 2

Virachola antalus Brown Playboy

1LC 1

Virachola dinochares Apricot Playboy

1LC 2

Zintha hintza hintza Hintza Pierrot

1LC 2

Zizeeria knysna knysna African / Sooty Grass Blue

1LC 2

Zizula hylax Tiny / Gaika Grass Blue

1LC 2

NYMPHALIDAE Acraeas, browns, charaxes & relatives Acraea aglaonice Clear-spotted / Window Acraea

1LC 2

Acraea anemosa Broad-bordered Acraea

1LC 2

Acraea axina Little Acraea

1LC 1

Acraea barberi Barber's Acraea

1LC 3

Acraea caldarena caldarena Black-tipped Acraea

1LC 3

Acraea horta Garden Acraea

1LC 2

Acraea lygus Lygus Acraea

1LC 3

Acraea natalica Natal Acraea

1LC 2

Acraea neobule neobule Wandering Donkey Acraea

1LC 2

Acraea nohara nohara Light Red Acraea

1LC 3

Acraea oncaea Window Acraea

1LC 2

Acraea stenobea Suffused Acraea

1LC 3




Byblia anvatara acheloia Joker

1LC 2

Byblia ilithyia Spotted Joker

1LC 1

Catacroptera cloanthe cloanthe Pirate

1LC 2

Charaxes achaemenes achaemenes Bushveld Charaxes Schedule 7 Section 45 1LC 2

Charaxes brutus natalensis White-barred Charaxes Schedule 7 Section 45 1LC 3

Charaxes candiope Green-veined Charaxes Schedule 7 Section 45 1LC 3

Charaxes jahlusa rex Pearl-spotted Charaxes Schedule 7 Section 45 1LC 2

Charaxes jasius saturnus Foxy Charaxes Schedule 7 Section 45 1LC 1

Charaxes vansoni Van Son's Charaxes Schedule 7 Section 45 1LC 2

Coenyropsis natalii natalii Natal Brown

1LC 1

Danaus chrysippus orientis African Monarch, Plain Tiger

1LC 1

Eurytela dryope angulata Golden Piper

1LC 3

Hamanumida daedalus Guinea-fowl Butterfly

1LC 1

Heteropsis perspicua perspicua Eyed Bush Brown

1LC 2

Hypolimnas misippus Common Diadem

1LC 1

Junonia hierta cebrene Yellow Pansy

1LC 1

Junonia oenone oenone Blue Pansy

1LC 1

Junonia orithya madagascariensis Eyed Pansy

1LC 1

Melanitis leda Twilight Brown

1LC End 3

Neptis saclava marpessa Spotted Sailer

1LC 2

Paternympha narycia Spotted-eye Brown

1LC End 2

Phalanta phalantha aethiopica African Leopard

1LC 2

Physcaeneura panda Dark-webbed Ringlet

1LC 1

Precis antilope Darker Commodore

1LC 3

Precis archesia archesia Garden Commodore

1LC 3

Precis ceryne ceryne Marsh Commodore

1LC 3

Precis octavia sesamus Gaudy Commodore

1LC 3

Stygionympha wichgrafi williami Wichgraf's Hillside Brown

1LC End 3

Telchinia burni Pale-yellow Acraea

1LC 2

Telchinia encedon encedon White-barred Acraea

1LC 2

Telchinia rahira rahira Marsh Acraea

1LC 3

Telchinia serena Dancing Acraea

1LC 1




Vanessa cardui Painted Lady

1LC 1

Ypthima asterope asterope African Ringlet

1LC 2

Ypthima impura paupera Impure Ringlet

1LC 3

PAPILIONIDAE Swallowtails, swordtails & relatives Graphium antheus Large Striped Swordtail

1LC 3

Graphium morania White Lady

1LC 3

Papilio constantinus constantinus Constantine's Swallowtail

1LC 3

Papilio demodocus demodocus Citrus Swallowtail

1LC 1

Papilio nireus lyaeus Green-banded Swallowtail

1LC 2

PIERIDAE Tips, whites & relatives Belenois aurota Brown-veined White

1LC 1

Belenois creona severina African Common White

1LC 2

Belenois gidica abyssinica African Veined White

1LC 3

Belenois zochalia zochalia Forest White

1LC 3

Catopsilia florella African Migrant

1LC 1

Colias electo electo African Clouded Yellow

1LC 2

Colotis annae annae Scarlet Tip

1LC 3

Colotis antevippe gavisa Red Tip

1LC 2

Colotis euippe omphale Smoky Orange Tip

1LC 1

Colotis evagore antigone Small Orange Tip

1LC 2

Colotis evenina evenina Orange Tip

1LC 2

Colotis ione Bushveld Purple Tip

1LC 3

Colotis pallene Bushveld Orange Tip

1LC 2

Colotis regina Queen Purple Tip

1LC 2

Colotis vesta argillaceus Veined Tip

1LC 2

Eurema brigitta brigitta Broad-bordered Grass Yellow

1LC 1

Eurema hecabe solifera Lowveld / Common Grass Yellow

1LC 3

Mylothris agathina agathina Common Dotted Border

1LC 1

Mylothris rueppellii haemus Twin Dotted Border

1LC 2

Pinacopteryx eriphia eriphia Zebra White

1LC 1

Pontia helice helice Common Meadow White

1LC 2

Teracolus agoye agoye Speckled Sulphur Tip

1LC 2




Teracolus agoye bowkeri Speckled Sulphur Tip

1LC 3

Teracolus eris eris Banded Gold Tip

1LC 1

Teracolus subfasciatus Lemon Traveller

1LC 2 Status: 1 = Global; 2 = Regional; End = Endemic; LC = Least Concern

Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO): 1 = Present; 2 = High; 3 = Moderate

Sources: Transvaal Nature Conservation Ordinance (1983); Mecenero et al. (2013); LepiMAP (2016)



13.7. Odonata list for the study area

FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME BIOTIC INDEX SCORE


RSA RED LIST STATUS

LoO QDS

AESHNIDAE Hawkers

Anax ephippiger Vagrant Emperor 2

3

Anax imperator Blue Emperor 1

3

CHLOROCYPHIDAE Jewels

Platycypha caligata Dancing Jewel 2

3

COENAGRIONIDAE Pond damsels

Africallagma glaucum Swamp Bluet 1

2

Africallagma sapphirinum Sapphire Bluet 4

3

Azuragrion nigridorsum Sailing Bluet 3

2

Ceriagrion glabrum Common Citril 0

3

Ischnura senegalensis Tropical / Marsh Bluetail 0

2

Pseudagrion citricola Yellow-faced Sprite 3

3

Pseudagrion hageni Painted Sprite 2 or 5

3

Pseudagrion hamoni Swarthy / Drab Sprite 2

3

Pseudagrion kersteni Powder-faced / Kersten's Sprite 1

3

Pseudagrion massaicum Masai Sprite 1

2

Pseudagrion salisburyense Slate Sprite 1

2

GOMPHIDAE Clubtails

Ceratogomphus pictus Common Thorntail 2

2

Paragomphus cognatus Rock / Boulder Hooktail 1

3

LESTIDAE Spreadwings

Lestes dissimulans Cryptic Spreadwing 5

VU 3

Lestes pallidus Pallid / Pale Spreadwing 2

3

Lestes plagiatus Highland Spreadwing 2

2

LIBELLULIDAE Skimmers

Acisoma panorpoides Grizzled Pintail 2

3

Brachythemis leucosticta Southern Banded Groundling 2

2

Crocothemis erythraea Broad Scarlet 0

2

Crocothemis sanguinolenta Little Scarlet 3

2

Diplacodes lefebvrii Black Percher 3

3

Nesciothemis farinosa Eastern Blacktail / Black-tailed Skimmer 1

2



FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME BIOTIC INDEX SCORE


RSA RED LIST STATUS

LoO QDS

Orthetrum chrysostigma Epaulet Skimmer 2

2

Orthetrum icteromelas Spectacled Skimmer 2

3

Orthetrum trinacria Long Skimmer 1

3

Palpopleura jucunda Yellow-veined Widow 2

2

Palpopleura lucia Lucia Widow 2

2

Palpopleura portia Portia Widow 2

3

Pantala flavescens Wandering Glider / Pantala 0

2

Rhyothemis semihyalina Phantom Flutterer 1

3

Sympetrum fonscolombii Red-veined Darter / Nomad 0

2

Tholymis tillarga Twister 3

3

Tramea basilaris Keyhole Glider 0

2

Tramea limbata Ferruginous / Voyaging Glider 0

2

Trithemis annulata Violet Dropwing 1

2

Trithemis arteriosa Red-veined Dropwing 0

2

Trithemis donaldsoni Denim Dropwing 4

3

Trithemis dorsalis Highland / Round-hook Dropwing 0

3

Trithemis furva Navy Dropwing 0

3

Trithemis kirbyi Orange-winged / Kirby's Dropwing 0

2

Trithemis stictica Jaunty Dropwing 1

2

Zygonyx natalensis Blue / Scuffed Cascader 2

3

Zygonyx torridus Ringed Cascader 2

3

MACROMIIDAE Cruisers

Phyllomacromia picta Darting Cruiser 2

3

PLATYCNEMIDIDAE Featherlegs

Elattoneura glauca Common Threadtail 1

2

SYNLESTIDAE Malachites

Chlorolestes fasciatus Mountain Malachite 4

3 Status: VU = Vulnerable


Sources: Samways (2006); Samways (2008)



13.8. Scorpion list for the study area

LoO

FAMILY & SCIENTIFIC NAME QDS SITE

BUTHIDAE (Fat-tailed scorpions)

Parabuthus mossambicensis 2 2

Parabuthus transvaalicus 2 4

Pseudolychas pegleri 3 3

Uroplectes carinatus 2 2

Uroplectes olivaceus 3 3

Uroplectes planimanus 3 4

Uroplectes triangulifer 2 3

Uroplectes vittatus 2 2

HORMURIDAE (Flat rock scorpions)

Cheloctonus jonesii 3 4

SCORPIONIDAE (Burrowing scorpions)

Opistophthalmus carinatus 2 3

Opistophthalmus glabrifrons 2 2

Opistophthalmus pugnax 3 4

Likelihood of Occurrence (LoO): 2 = High; 3 = Moderate; 4 = Low

Sources: Leeming (2003); ScorpionMAP (2016)

13.9. Main CVs

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: SUSAN ABELL (neé BRADLEY) Position: Senior Ecologist and Co-Owner of Natural Scientific

Services Date of Birth: 29 March 1976 Nationality: South African Languages: English (mother tongue), Afrikaans

EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

MSc Resource Conservation Biology (Ecology) (2000 – 2001) B Sc Hons University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg (1999) B Sc University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg (1998)

KEY QUALIFICATIONS

Environmental Impact Assessment:

Compiled numerous Environmental Impact Assessments, Scoping Reports and Environmental Management Programmes as required by the Environment Conservation Act (Act No. 73 of 1989) and the National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998) .

Specialist Assessments:



Over 14 years performing ecological and vegetation surveys within Southern Africa. Expertises

are strong in the Savanna and Grasslands within Gauteng, North West, Limpopo, Mpumalanga,

KwaZulu Natal, Lesotho and Botswana. Further experience within the Karoid Shrub, Kalahari

and Fynbos Areas.

GIS Mapping, Database management, GIS Modelling undertaken within specialist projects

Strategic / Spatial Planning:

Co-ordinated and managed strategic spatial planning projects in Gauteng, North West Province

and Mpumalanga including the:

State of Environment Reporting

Gauteng Agricultural Potential Atlas (GAPA)

North West Biodiversity Site Inventory and Database Development Atlas

Tshwane Macro Open Space Policy

Biodiversity Database for Optimum Collieries (BHP Billiton)

Conference Presentations:

Undertaken numerous presentations at conferences (SAAB; IAIA)

Educational Training:

Education training for organisations such as Wits University and Induction Training in Biodiversity

Conservation for Mining Operations

EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE

Member & Senior Ecologist: Natural Scientific Services. Johannesburg (November 2004-Present)

Project management and administration

Project management and compilation of biodiversity assessments within savanna, karoid, fynbos and grassland systems including:

Ecological assessments Vegetation/Habitat assessments; Red Data Scans; Ecological Screening, Opinions & Statements; Wetland Assessments.

Ecological Sensitivity Mapping;

Project management and compilation of Biodiversity Management & Action Plans (BMAPS);

Reserve Management Plans (examples below): Blyde River Reserve Strategic Management Plan Monate Reserve Management Plan

Alien Invasive Management Plans;

Project Management for Rehabilitation and Land-Use Plans;

Management and specialist input into Green Star Rating Projects (Ecological Component);

Environmental Impact Assessments and Scoping Reports;

Project management and compilation of a number of Environmental Impact Control Reports (EICR) for waste management projects;

Compilation of Conceptual Closure Plans for a number of mining operations;



Tender and proposal compilation;

Marketing;

Liaison with clients and government officials; and

Involvement in Specific GIS-related projects (examples below): Blyde Strategic Management Plan Visual Assessment for Natalspruit Hospital Biodiversity Database – Optimum Collieries

Project Manager: Strategic Environmental Focus (SEF) (November 2003-October

2004) Project management and administration

Project Management of and input into Ecological Assessments

Tender and proposal compilation

Marketing

Liaison with clients and government officials

Involvement in GIS-related projects. Tshwane Open Space Project Numerous State of the Environment Reports

Environmental Manager: SEF, Pretoria (April 2001- November 2003)

Project management and administration

Compilation of environmental assessments and scoping reports including:

Tourism & Recreational developments

Residential developments

Commercial and industrial developments

Liaison with government officials

Management and input into GIS-related projects: Gauteng Agricultural Potential Atlas (GAPA ) Gauteng Open Space Plan (GOSP) North West Biodiversity Database Development

Ecological Assessments / vegetation surveys / opinions/ Red Data Scans for various industries – mining, industrial, business, residential and sampling

Sensitivity mapping

University of the Witwatersrand (Wits) 1999 – 2001

Teaching Assistant:

Mammalian surveys within Wits Rural Facility, Mpumalanga

Vegetation sampling for SAFARI 2000- Kruger National Park Scientific Paper: Koedoe Journal 44/1 2001

Vegetation sampling Nylsvley Nature Reserve (2000)

Monitoring and growth experiments (1998-1999) Electron and Transmission microscopy

MEMBERSHIPS IN PROFESSIONAL SOCIETY

South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions (Pr.Sci.Nat) Botanical Society of South Africa International Association for Impact Assessment (IAIA)

PAPERS PUBLISHED

Koedoe Journal 44/1 2001 Proceedings: Microscopy Society of South Africa, 1999

PAPERS PRESENTED



Proceedings of the Microscopy Society of Southern Africa, 1999 Population dynamics and regeneration ecology of Acacia nilotica and Acacia tortilis in Nylsvley

Nature Reserve, SAAB Conference 2000 Tools for Cooperative Governance: North West Biodiversity Site Inventory And Database

Development, IAIA Conference 2003

CURRICULUM VITAE

Name: CAROLINE ANGELA LöTTER (YETMAN) Firm: Natural Scientific Services CC Position: Terrestrial Ecologist Date of Birth: 6 November 1979 Nationality: South African, British Language: English, Afrikaans

KEY EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

PhD Zoology (2012). Conservation biology of the Giant Bullfrog, Pyxicephalus adspersus. (University of Pretoria).

MSc African Mammalogy (2002). Effects of body size on the activity budgets of African browsing ruminants. (University of Pretoria).

BSc Honours Zoology (2001). Terrain ruggedness and forage patch use by African browsing ungulates. (University of Pretoria).

BSc Ecology (2000). (University of Pretoria).

KEY EXPERIENCE

Specialist Assessments International Experience

o Terrestrial faunal assessments in Sierra Leone (2011 & 2012). o Terrestrial faunal assessment in Lesotho (2012).

Local Experience o Biodiversity Management Plans in Gauteng Province (2014-present). o Terrestrial faunal assessments in the Free State, Gauteng, Kwa-Zulu Natal, Limpopo,

Mpumalanga, Northern Cape and North-West provinces (2011-present). o Long-term bat monitoring for wind farm developments in the Western, Eastern, Northern

Cape and Kwa-Zulu Natal provinces (2012-2013). o Giant Bullfrog assessments in Gauteng, Limpopo, Mpumalanga and North-West

provinces (2004-2011).

Research

Analysis of acoustic bat data using AnalookW (2013).

Species distribution modelling in MaxEnt (2008-2013).

Geographic Information Systems (in ArcView and ArcGIS) (2001-2013).

DNA sequencing and analysis (2003-2011).

Histology (2003-2011).

Amphibian and mammal radio- and spool-tracking (2003-2010).

Amphibian and mammal mark-recapture (2001-2010).

Extensive data analysis in Statistica (2001-2013).

Vegetation sampling (1999-2001).

Cricket behavioural studies (1999-2001).



Applied Conservation

Biodiversity Management Plans for large gold mines in Gauteng Province (2014-present).

Monitoring and mitigating impacts on bats at wind farms in South Africa, NSS (2012-2013).

Giant Bullfrog conservation in South Africa, Endangered Wildlife Trust (2004-2007).

Captive animal care at the National Zoological Gardens (1993-1998).

Lecturing

Third year Animal Physiology (2007).

First year Amphibian Practicals (2007-2012).

Giant Bullfrogs (2003-2012).

KEY EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE

Natural Scientific Services, Johannesburg (November 2011 – present)

Project Management o Biodiversity Management Plans in Gauteng Province (2014-present). o Biodiversity Assessments in Gauteng and Mpumalanga provinces (2012-present). o Long-term bat monitoring studies in the Western and Northern Cape provinces (2012-

2013).

Field work, data analysis and report writing o Terrestrial faunal assessments in Sierra Leone, Lesotho, and South Africa (2011-

present). o Long-term bat monitoring for wind farm developments in the Western, Eastern, Northern

Cape and Kwa-Zulu Natal provinces (2012-2013).

Exclusive Books, Woodlands Boulevard, Pretoria (2008-2011)

Night-staff management and book sales.

University of Pretoria, Pretoria (1999-2011)

Government Environmental Inspectorate exam invigilation and marking (2009-2011).

Lecturing (2007-2011).

Academic Programme Organizer for Dartmouth College, U.S.A. (2003-2007).

Editorial Assistant for The Kruger Experience (2005) by Du Toit.

Research Assistant for behavioural and evolution studies on crickets (1999-2001).

Endangered Wildlife Trust, Johannesburg (2004-2008)

Project Executant of the Giant Bullfrog Project.

Biodiversity Foundation of Africa, Zimbabwe (December 2001)

Insect and amphibian collecting expedition on the Barotse Floodplain, Zambia.

National Zoological Gardens, Pretoria (1993-1998)

Public Educator.

Assistant Nature Conservator.

Junior Nature Conservator.



MEMBERSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES

International Association for Impact Assessment: 2014-present.

Gauteng and Northern Regions Bat Interest Group: 2014-present.

South African Council for Natural Scientific Professions: 2008-present.

Herpetological Association of Africa: 2004-present.

Zoological Society of Southern Africa: 2003-present.

PUBLICATIONS

Yetman, C.A., Verburgt, L. & S.D. Laurence (2015). Geographical distributions Pyxicephalidae

Pyxicephalus adspersus Tschudi, 1838 Giant Bullfrog. African Herp News 62: 50-53.

Scott, E., Visser, J.D., Yetman, C.A. & Oliver, L. (2013). Revalidation of Pyxicephalus angusticeps Parry,

1982 (Anura: Natatanura: Pyxicephalidae), a bullfrog endemic to the lowlands of eastern Africa.

Zootaxa 3599: 201–228.

Verburgt, L. & Yetman, C.A. (2012). Geographical Distributions: Amphibia: Anura: Pyxicephalidae:

Pyxicephalus adspersus Tchudi, 1838 Giant Bullfrog. African Herp News 57: 18-20.

Yetman, C.A., P. Mokonoto & J.W.H. Ferguson (2012). Conservation implications of the age/size

distribution of Giant Bullfrogs (Pyxicephalus adspersus) at three peri-urban breeding sites.

Herpetological Journal 22: 23-32.

Yetman, C.A., P. Mokonoto & J.W.H. Ferguson (2012). Conservation implications of the age/size

distribution of Giant Bullfrogs (Pyxicephalus adspersus) at three peri-urban breeding sites.

Herpetological Journal 22: 23-32.

Yetman, C.A. & J.W.H. Ferguson (2011). Conservation implications of spatial habitat use by adult Giant

Bullfrogs (Pyxicephalus adspersus). Journal of Herpetology 45: 56-62.

Yetman, C.A. & J.W.H. Ferguson (2011). Spawning and non-breeding activity of adult Giant Bullfrogs

(Pyxicephalus adspersus). African Journal of Herpetology 60: 13-29.

Bateman, P.W., J.W.H. Ferguson & C.A. Yetman (2006). Courtship and copulation, but not ejaculates,

reduce the longevity of female field crickets (Gryllus bimaculatus). Journal of Zoology, London 268:

341-346.

Du Toit, J.T. & C.A. Yetman (2005). Effects of body size on the diurnal activity budgets of African

browsing ruminants. Oecologia 143: 317-325.

AWARDS

2010-2013: Podium positions for various 10km, 21km, 42km and +50km road and trail-running races in

Gauteng, Mpumalanga, Limpopo and North-West provinces.

2012: PhD, Academic Honorary Colours, University of Pretoria.

2009: Best PhD Student Presentation, AGM, Dept. of Zoology & Entomology, University of

Pretoria.



2005: Nominated: Science & Technology Category, Shoprite Checkers SABC 2 Woman of the

Year.

2003: Best Student Presentation, Conference, Zoological Society of Southern Africa.

2003: MSc, Academic Honorary Colours, University of Pretoria.

OTHER TRAINING

Permaculture (2016).

First Aid (2013).

Comrades Marathon (2012 & 2013)

Climbing and Fall Arrest at height (2012).

Basic 4x4ing (2010).

Snake handling (2008).

CONFERENCES

2014 & 2015: Annual Oppenheimer De Beers Group Diamond Route Research Conference,

Johannesburg, Gauteng.

2013: Annual Symposium of the Zoological Society of Southern Africa, Tshipise, Limpopo

13.10. NEMBA Requirements

Requirements of Appendix 6 – GN R982 Addressed in

This Report

1. (1) A specialist report prepared in terms of these Regulations must contain

a) details of

i. the specialist who prepared the report; and

ii. the expertise of that specialist to compile a specialist report including a

curriculum vitae;

Yes

b) a declaration that the specialist is independent in a form as may be specified

by the competent authority;

Yes

c) an indication of the scope of, and the purpose for which, the report was

prepared;

Yes

d) the date and season of the site investigation and the relevance of the season

to the outcome of the assessment;

Yes

e) a description of the methodology adopted in preparing the report or carrying

out the specialised process;

Yes

f) the specific identified sensitivity of the site related to the activity and its

associated structures and infrastructure;

Yes

g) an identification of any areas to be avoided, including buffers; Yes

h) a map superimposing the activity including the associated structures and

infrastructure on the environmental sensitivities of the site including areas to beavoided, including

buffers;

Yes

i) a description of any assumptions made and any uncertainties or gaps in

knowledge;

Yes

j) a description of the findings and potential implications of such findings on the

impact of the proposed activity, including identified alternatives on the

Yes



Requirements of Appendix 6 – GN R982 Addressed in

This Report

environment;

k) any mitigation measures for inclusion in the EMPr; Yes

l) any conditions for inclusion in the environmental authorisation; Yes

m) any monitoring requirements for inclusion in the EMPr or environmental

authorisation;

Yes

n) a reasoned opinion

i.as to whether the proposed activity or portions thereof should be

authorised; and

ii. if the opinion is that the proposed activity or portions thereof should be

authorised, any avoidance, management and mitigation measures

that should be included in the EMPr, and where applicable, the

closure plan;

Yes

o) a description of any consultation process that was undertaken during the

course of preparing the specialist report;

No consultation

process conducted

for a broad level

Ecoscan

p) a summary and copies of any comments received during any consultation

process and where applicable all responses thereto; and

As above

q) any other information requested by the competent authority. Yes

HERITAGE IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR A PROPOSED

CHICKEN BROILER FACILITY ON PORTION 40 OF THE FARM

JONATHAN 175-JQ, NORTH WEST, ODI 1 MAGISTERIAL

DISTRICT, NORTH WEST PROVINCE

Required under Section 38 (8) of the National Heritage Resources Act (No. 25 of 1999).

SAHRA Case ID: 10049

Report for:

CSIR – Environmental Management Services P.O. Box 320, Stellenbosch, 7599

Tel: 021 888 2432 Email: [email protected]

On behalf of:

Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd

Dr Jayson Orton ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd

6A Scarborough Road, Muizenberg, 7945 Tel: (021) 788 8425 | 083 272 3225


Jaco van der Walt Heritage Contracts Archaeological Consulting 37 Olienhout Street, Modimolle, 0510 Tel: 082 373 8491 Email: [email protected]

24 November 2016

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd | Reg. no.: 2013/220482/07 ii

Specialist declaration I, Jayson Orton, as the appointed independent specialist, in terms of the 2014 EIA Regulations, hereby declare that I:

I act as the independent specialist in this application;

I perform the work relating to the application in an objective manner, even if this results in views

and findings that are not favourable to the applicant;

regard the information contained in this report as it relates to my specialist input/study to be true

and correct, and do not have and will not have any financial interest in the undertaking of the

activity, other than remuneration for work performed in terms of the NEMA, the Environmental

Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014 and any specific environmental management Act;

I declare that there are no circumstances that may compromise my objectivity in performing such

work;

I have expertise in conducting the specialist report relevant to this application, including knowledge

of the Act, Regulations and any guidelines that have relevance to the proposed activity;

I will comply with the Act, Regulations and all other applicable legislation;

I have no, and will not engage in, conflicting interests in the undertaking of the activity;

I have no vested interest in the proposed activity proceeding;

I undertake to disclose to the applicant and the competent authority all material information in my

possession that reasonably has or may have the potential of influencing - any decision to be taken

with respect to the application by the competent authority; and - the objectivity of any report,

plan or document to be prepared by myself for submission to the competent authority;

I have ensured that information containing all relevant facts in respect of the specialist input/study

was distributed or made available to interested and affected parties and the public and that

participation by interested and affected parties was facilitated in such a manner that all interested

and affected parties were provided with a reasonable opportunity to participate and to provide

comments on the specialist input/study;

I have ensured that the comments of all interested and affected parties on the specialist

input/study were considered, recorded and submitted to the competent authority in respect of the

application;

all the particulars furnished by me in this specialist input/study are true and correct; and

I realise that a false declaration is an offence in terms of regulation 48 and is punishable in terms of

section 24F of the Act.

Name of Specialist: ____Jayson Orton______________________ Signature of the specialist: _______________________________ Date: ________24 November 2016________________________

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd | Reg. no.: 2013/220482/07 iii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd was appointed by the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) to conduct an assessment of the potential impacts to heritage resources that might occur through the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ in North West Province. The site is 9.1689 ha in extent and is located at S 25.2670° E 27.8836°. The project would include three hen houses, two storage facilities, a house/office and staff quarters. The site is located in a rural area that lacks any sort of large scale development. Much land has been ploughed in recent decades, although at present most is unused because of drought conditions. The study area is flat and covered in thorn bushes. Open areas between the bushes tended to be sandy. Archaeological visibility was good between the thorn bushes but not all of the site could be accessed due to dense clumps of bush. The survey revealed a number of relatively recent features including two small informal cemeteries containing three graves each. One features many cement bricks likely to have been reused from a ruin constructed of the same materials and thought to date to no earlier than the 1950s. This suggests the graves to be much more recent. The other three graves are packed with stones and may be older. Although their ages are uncertain, following the precautionary principle both cemeteries are regarded as heritage resources. Human remains are, in any event, important. The only other heritage resource present was a very low density and widespread scatter of stone artefacts, possible dating to the Middle Stone Age. These are not significant. No fossils were seen and the chances of important fossils occurring are deemed to be very small. Trace fossils, fossil pollens and spores and very rare dinosaur bones are known from the region. The original proposal would have impacted on at least one of the two cemeteries. Once their locations became known the proposal was redesigned in order to avoid impacts. As such, and provided that the graves are clearly fenced off during construction, no significant impacts to heritage resources are expected. It is recommended that the proposed chicken broiler facility should be authorised but subject to the following conditions which should be incorporated into the Environmental Authorisation:


No construction work should occur within 10 m of any of the graves; and


ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd | Reg. no.: 2013/220482/07 iv

Glossary

Background scatter: Artefacts whose spatial position is conditioned more by natural forces than by human agency Hominid: a group consisting of all modern and extinct great apes (i.e. gorillas, chimpanzees, orangutans and humans) and their ancestors. Later Stone Age: Period of the Stone Age extending over the last approximately 20 000 years. Middle Stone Age: Period of the Stone Age extending approximately between 200 000 and 20 000 years ago.

Abbreviations

APHP: Association of Professional Heritage Practitioners ASAPA: Association of Southern African Professional Archaeologists BAR: Basic Assessment Report CRM: Cultural Resources Management GPS: global positioning system HIA: Heritage Impact Assessment LSA: Later Stone Age

MSA: Middle Stone Age NEMA: National Environmental Management Act (No. 107 of 1998) NHRA: National Heritage Resources Act (No. 25) of 1999 READ: North West Department of Rural Environment and Agricultural Development SAHRA: South African Heritage Resources Agency SAHRIS: South African Heritage Resources Information System

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd | Reg. no.: 2013/220482/07 v

Compliance with Appendix 6 of the 2014 EIA Regulations

Addressed in the Specialist Report

1. (1) A specialist report prepared in terms of these Regulations must contain- a) details of-

i. the specialist who prepared the report; and ii. the expertise of that specialist to compile a specialist report including a

curriculum vitae;

Section 1.4 & Appendix 1

b) a declaration that the specialist is independent in a form as may be specified by the competent authority;

Page ii

c) an indication of the scope of, and the purpose for which, the report was prepared;

Section 1.3

d) the date and season of the site investigation and the relevance of the season to the outcome of the assessment;

Section 3.2

e) a description of the methodology adopted in preparing the report or carrying out the specialised process;

Section 3

f) the specific identified sensitivity of the site related to the activity and its associated structures and infrastructure;

Section 1.1.1

g) an identification of any areas to be avoided, including buffers; Section 7.1.2

h) a map superimposing the activity including the associated structures and infrastructure on the environmental sensitivities of the site including areas to be avoided, including buffers;

Section 6 (Figure 5)

i) a description of any assumptions made and any uncertainties or gaps in knowledge;

Section 3.5

j) a description of the findings and potential implications of such findings on the impact of the proposed activity, including identified alternatives on the environment;

Sections 6 & 7

k) any mitigation measures for inclusion in the EMPr; Sections 7 & 13

l) any conditions for inclusion in the environmental authorisation; Sections 7 & 13

m) any monitoring requirements for inclusion in the EMPr or environmental authorisation;

Section 9

n) a reasoned opinion- i. as to whether the proposed activity or portions thereof should be

authorised; and ii. if the opinion is that the proposed activity or portions thereof should be

authorised, any avoidance, management and mitigation measures that should be included in the EMPr, and where applicable, the closure plan;

Section 13

o) a description of any consultation process that was undertaken during the course of preparing the specialist report;

n/a (see Section 3.6)

p) a summary and copies of any comments received during any consultation process and where applicable all responses thereto; and

n/a (see Section 3.6)

q) any other information requested by the competent authority. n/a

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd | Reg. no.: 2013/220482/07 vi

Contents

Specialist declaration ..................................................................................................................... ii

Glossary ........................................................................................................................................ iv

Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................... iv

Compliance with Appendix 6 of the 2014 EIA Regulations ............................................................... v

1. INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 1

1.1. Project description.................................................................................................................... 2

1.1.1. Aspects of the project relevant to the heritage study ................................................. 2

1.2. Terms of reference ................................................................................................................... 3

1.3. Scope and purpose of the report ............................................................................................. 3

1.4. The authors ............................................................................................................................... 4

2. HERITAGE LEGISLATION .............................................................................................................. 4

3. METHODS................................................................................................................................... 5

3.1. Literature survey and information sources .............................................................................. 5

3.2. Field survey ............................................................................................................................... 5

3.3. Impact assessment ................................................................................................................... 6

3.4. Grading ..................................................................................................................................... 6

3.5. Assumptions and limitations .................................................................................................... 7

3.6. Consultation processes undertaken ......................................................................................... 7

4. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTEXT ........................................................................................ 7

4.1. Site context ............................................................................................................................... 7

4.2. Site description ......................................................................................................................... 8

5. HERITAGE CONTEXT .................................................................................................................... 8

5.1. Archaeological aspects ............................................................................................................. 9

5.2. Historical aspects and the built environment .......................................................................... 9

6. FINDINGS OF THE HERITAGE STUDY .......................................................................................... 10

6.1. Palaeontology ......................................................................................................................... 11

6.2. Archaeology ............................................................................................................................ 11

6.3. Graves ..................................................................................................................................... 12

6.4. Cultural landscape .................................................................................................................. 13

6.5. Statement of significance ....................................................................................................... 16

6.6. Summary of heritage indicators and provisional grading ...................................................... 17

7. IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............................................................................................................... 17

7.1. Direct Impacts ......................................................................................................................... 17

7.1.1. Palaeontology ............................................................................................................. 17

7.1.2. Archaeology................................................................................................................ 17

7.1.3. Graves ......................................................................................................................... 18

7.1.4. Cumulative Impacts .................................................................................................... 18

8. LEGISLATIVE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 21

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME INPUTS .......................................................... 21

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd | Reg. no.: 2013/220482/07 vii

10. EVALUATION OF IMPACTS RELATIVE TO SUSTAINABLE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC BENEFITS ....... 21

11. CONCLUSIONS ........................................................................................................................ 21

12. RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................................................................. 21

13. REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................... 22

14. APPENDIX 1 – Curriculum Vitae ............................................................................................... 23

15. APPENDIX 2 – Palaeontological study ...................................................................................... 27

1

1. INTRODUCTION ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd was appointed by the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) to conduct an assessment of the potential impacts to heritage resources that might occur through the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ in North West Province (Figures 1 & 2). The site is 9.1689 ha in extent and is located at S 25.2670° E 27.8836°.

Figure 1: Map showing the location of the site (red shaded polygon). The boxed area is enlarged in Figure 2.

2527BB & BD (Mapping information supplied by Chief Directorate: National Geo-Spatial Information. Website: wwwi.ngi.gov.za)

N

Macgabetlwane

Dikgophaneng

Jericho

Legonyane

Fafung

Ga-Habedi

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 km

2

Figure 2: Enlarged map showing the location of the site (red shaded polygon). 1.1. Project description The proposed chicken broiler facility would include the following components:

Three chicken broiler houses of 20 m by 130 m each;

An access road;

A storage building of 60 m by 40 m;

A storage building of 60 m by 10 m; and

A farm house and office of 40 m by 40 m. The farm has an existing borehole and has the capacity to store 10 000 L of water. Figure 3 shows the proposed layout of the facilities on the property. It should be noted that this layout is a revised layout because the original layout would have impacted on graves discovered on the property.

1.1.1. Aspects of the project relevant to the heritage study All aspects of the proposed development are relevant since excavations for foundations may impact on archaeological and/or palaeontological remains, while the above-ground aspects create potential visual (contextual) impacts to the cultural landscape and any significant heritage sites that might be visually sensitive.

3

1.2. Terms of reference ASHA Consulting was asked to produce a heritage impact assessment that would meet the requirements of the South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA) who had requested that a Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) be submitted to them for comment. When SAHRA was notified of the proposed development, they responded on 21st September 2016 with a comment that requested submission of an HIA that included assessments of archaeological resources, palaeontological resources, and any other heritage resources that might be impacted by the proposed development.

Figure 3: Aerial view of the study area showing the spatial layout of the proposed facilities. Turquoise polygon = house / office, orange = storage facilities, green = workers’ accommodation, yellow = hen houses. 1.3. Scope and purpose of the report An HIA is a means of identifying any significant heritage resources before development begins so that these can be managed in such a way as to allow the development to proceed (if appropriate) without undue impacts to the fragile heritage of South Africa. This HIA report aims to fulfil the requirements of the heritage authorities such that a comment can be issued for consideration by North West Department of Rural Environment and Agricultural Development (READ) who will review the Basic Assessment Report (BAR) and grant or withhold authorisation. The HIA report will outline any management and/or mitigation requirements that will need to be complied with from a heritage point of view and that should be included in the conditions of authorisation should this be granted.

4

1.4. The authors Dr Jayson Orton has an MA (UCT, 2004) and a D.Phil (Oxford, UK, 2013), both in archaeology, and has been conducting Heritage Impact Assessments and archaeological specialist studies in the Western Cape and Northern Cape provinces of South Africa since 2004 (Please see curriculum vitae included as Appendix 1). He has also conducted research on aspects of the Later Stone Age in these provinces and published widely on the topic. He is an accredited heritage practitioner with the

Association of Professional Heritage Practitioners (APHP) and also holds archaeological

accreditation with the Association of Southern African Professional Archaeologists (ASAPA) CRM section (Member #233) as follows:

Principal Investigator: Stone Age, Shell Middens & Grave Relocation; and

Field Director: Colonial Period & Rock Art. Jaco van der Walt conducted the fieldwork and necessary background research. He has an MA in Archaeology (Wits, 2012) and has worked in the heritage field since 2001 across much of southern Africa (Please see curriculum vitae included in Appendix 1). He has carried out and published research on Iron Age sites and is an accredited heritage practitioner with the Association of Southern African Professional Archaeologists (ASAPA) CRM section (Member #159) as follows:

Field Director: Iron Age, Shell Middens & Grave Relocation; and

Field Supervisor: Colonial Period, Stone Age & Grave Relocation. In addition a palaeontological specialist study was commissioned. This was carried out by Dr John Almond and is appended to this report.

2. HERITAGE LEGISLATION The National Heritage Resources Act (NHRA) No. 25 of 1999 protects a variety of heritage resources as follows:

Section 34: structures older than 60 years;

Section 35: palaeontological, prehistoric and historical material (including ruins) more than 100 years old;

Section 36: graves and human remains older than 60 years and located outside of a formal cemetery administered by a local authority; and

Section 37: public monuments and memorials. Following Section 2, the definitions applicable to the above protections are as follows:

Structures: “any building, works, device or other facility made by people and which is fixed to land, and includes any fixtures, fittings and equipment associated therewith”;

Palaeontological material: “any fossilised remains or fossil trace of animals or plants which lived in the geological past, other than fossil fuels or fossiliferous rock intended for industrial use, and any site which contains such fossilised remains or trace”;

Archaeological material: a) “material remains resulting from human activity which are in a state of disuse and are in or on land and which are older than 100 years, including artefacts, human and hominid remains and artificial features and structures”; b) “rock art, being any form of painting, engraving or other graphic representation on a fixed rock surface or loose

5

rock or stone, which was executed by human agency and which is older than 100 years, including any area within 10m of such representation”; c) “wrecks, being any vessel or aircraft, or any part thereof, which was wrecked in South Africa, whether on land, in the internal waters, the territorial waters or in the maritime culture zone of the Republic, as defined respectively in sections 3, 4 and 6 of the Maritime Zones Act, 1994 (Act No. 15 of 1994), and any cargo, debris or artefacts found or associated therewith, which is older than 60 years or which SAHRA considers to be worthy of conservation”; and d) “features, structures and artefacts associated with military history which are older than 75 years and the sites on which they are found”;

Grave: “means a place of interment and includes the contents, headstone or other marker of such a place and any other structure on or associated with such place”; and

Public monuments and memorials: “all monuments and memorials a) “erected on land belonging to any branch of central, provincial or local government, or on land belonging to any organisation funded by or established in terms of the legislation of such a branch of government”; or b) “which were paid for by public subscription, government funds, or a public-spirited or military organisation, and are on land belonging to any private individual.”

While landscapes with cultural significance do not have a dedicated Section in the NHRA, they are protected under the definition of the National Estate (Section 3). Section 3(2)(c) and (d) list “historical settlements and townscapes” and “landscapes and natural features of cultural significance” as part of the National Estate. Furthermore, Section 3(3) describes the reasons a place or object may have cultural heritage value; some of these speak directly to cultural landscapes. Section 38 (2a) states that if there is reason to believe that heritage resources will be affected then an impact assessment report must be submitted. This report fulfils that requirement. Under the National Environmental Management Act (No. 107 of 1998; NEMA), as amended, the project is subject to a BAR. SAHRA is required to provide comment on the proposed project in order to facilitate final decision making by the North West READ.

3. METHODS 3.1. Literature survey and information sources A survey of available literature was carried out to assess the general heritage context into which the development would be set. This literature included published material, unpublished commercial reports and online material, including reports sourced from the South African Heritage Resources Information System (SAHRIS) and site records on the Wits Archaeological Database. The 1:50 000 map and historical aerial images were sourced from the Chief Directorate: National Geo-Spatial Information. The overlay function in Google Earth was used to locate the site on the historical aerial imagery. 3.2. Field survey The site was subjected to a detailed foot survey by Jaco van der Walt on 21 October 2016. This was at the end of the dry winter season and meant that ground visibility was good, although dense stands of thorn bush prevented comprehensive coverage. During the survey the positions of finds

6

were recorded on a hand-held GPS receiver set to the WGS84 datum. Photographs were taken at times in order to capture representative samples of both the affected heritage and the landscape setting of the proposed development.

Figure 4: Aerial view of the study area (blue polygon) showing the walk-paths on the site (black dashed lines). 3.3. Impact assessment For consistency, the impact assessment was conducted through application of a scale supplied by the CSIR. 3.4. Grading Section 7 of the NHRA provides for the grading of heritage resources into those of National (Grade 1), Provincial (Grade 2) and Local (Grade 3) significance. Grading is intended to allow for the identification of the appropriate level of management for any given heritage resource. Grade 1 and 2 resources are intended to be managed by the national and provincial heritage resources authorities, while Grade 3 resources would be managed by the relevant local planning authority. These bodies are responsible for grading, but anyone may make recommendations for grading. It is intended under S.7(2) that the various provincial authorities formulate a system for the further detailed grading of heritage resources of local significance but this is generally yet to happen. SAHRA (2007) has formulated its own system for use in provinces where it has commenting authority. In this system sites of high local significance are given Grade IIIA (with the implication that site should be preserved in its entirety) and Grade IIIB (with the implication that part of the site could be mitigated and part preserved as appropriate) while sites of lesser significance are referred to as having ‘General Protection’ and rated with an A (high/medium significance, requires mitigation), B (medium significance, requires recording) or C (low significance, requires no further action).

7

3.5. Assumptions and limitations The study is carried out at the surface only and hence any completely buried archaeological sites will not be readily located. Similarly, it is not always possible to determine the depth of archaeological material visible at the surface. Bedrock was absent from the surface of the site which meant that the palaeontological assessment had to be based exclusively on desktop work. The SAHRIS database reflects a number of projects located to the east and southeast but all are more than 15 km away. The majority have no HIA reports attached to them which meant that background information for this project was extremely limited. 3.6. Consultation processes undertaken The NHRA requires consultation as part of an HIA but, since the present study falls within the context of a BAR which includes a public participation process (PPP), no dedicated consultation was undertaken as part of the HIA. Interested and affected parties will have the opportunity to comment on the heritage aspects of the project during the PPP.

4. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONTEXT 4.1. Site context The site lies in a rural area which lacks any sort of large-scale development (Figure 5). The nearest villages are located some 3.5 km to the east and northeast. Only occasional small structures, presumably houses, are scattered on the surrounding farm portions and the access roads tend to be small and relatively informal.

8

Figure 5: Aerial view of the broader area around the site (blue polygon) showing the lack of large-scale development aside from the two villages to the east and northeast. 4.2. Site description The site is flat and lacks any sort of landscape feature (e.g. rock outcrops, pans, drainage lines). Although much of the area, including the entire study area, has been ploughed and cultivated in the past, the protracted drought has meant that with the lack of agriculture the thorn bush cover was quite extensive at the time of the field inspection. The sandy areas bear minimal grass cover because of the drought and a few scattered larger trees occur in places. Figures 6 and 7 show two views of the site.

Figure 6: View of the site showing an area with less bush cover. The very flat and sandy nature of the general area is evident.

Figure 7: View of the study area showing a patch of dense thorn bushes.

5. HERITAGE CONTEXT

9

This section of the report contains the desktop study and establishes what is already known about heritage resources in the vicinity of the study area. What was found during the field survey as presented below may then be compared with what is already known in order to gain an improved understanding of the significance of the newly reported resources. Note that the palaeontological background can be found within the appended palaeontological specialist study. 5.1. Archaeological aspects The area has seen very little archaeological work carried out and, as such, little background information is on record. The only CRM report relevant here is that by Van Schalkwyk (2013) who examined substation locations and a power line servitude passing through the Winterveldt agricultural holdings area some 20 km to the southeast of the present study area. He found no archaeological heritage resources but did report some graveyards. Stone Age occupation is likely to be ephemeral in the study area because of the lack of landscape foci, but, broadly-speaking, Stone Age artefacts could be expected almost anywhere. Iron Age settlement is well-known from the wider area (e.g. Coetzee & Küsel 2008), although the study area and immediate surrounds are unlikely to have been suitable for settlement because of the general lack of stone material with which to build. Iron Age settlement in the broader area would fall into two periods known as the Early Iron Age (approximately AD 400 to AD 1025) and Late Iron Age (approximately AD 1025 to AD 1830). To the south of the study area, towards Pretoria, many Iron Age sites (more than 127) are on record (Bergh 1999). Approximately 25 km to the south east of the study area is the well known Tswaing Crater where Sotho and Tswana speaking communities produced salt by filtering, boiling and evaporating lake water during AD 1200 – 1830. At the beginning of the nineteenth century, the predominant black tribe in the area north of Pretoria towards the study area was the Manala-Ndebele, the Kgatla were also present in this area According to the most recent archaeological cultural distribution sequences by Huffman (2007), the study area falls on the boundary of the distribution area of various cultural groupings originating out of both the Urewe Tradition (eastern stream of migration) and the Kalundu Tradition (western stream of migration). The facies that may be present are:

Urewe Tradition: Moloko Branch – Icon facies AD 1300 - 1500 (Late Iron Age)

Madikwe facies AD 1500-1700 (Late Iron Age)

Blackburn Branch- Uitkomst facies AD 1650-1820 (Late Iron Age)

Rooiberg facies AD 1650-1750 (Late Iron Age)

Kwale branch- Mzonjani facies AD 450 – 750 (Early Iron Age)

Kalunda Tradition: Benfica sub-branch – Bambata facies AD 150-650 (Early Iron Age)

Happy Rest sub-branch – Diamant facies AD 750-1000 (Early Iron Age)

Eiland facies AD 1000-1300 (Middle Iron Age) 5.2. Historical aspects and the built environment The area is part of the land that was once incorporated within the homeland state of Bophutatswana. It is very rural and generally lacks historical development. Bophutatswana was a

10

so-called ‘black home land state’ that was formed in 1977 and continued an independent existence (officially recognised only by South Africa) until 1994.

6. FINDINGS OF THE HERITAGE STUDY This section describes the heritage resources and other features recorded in the study area during the course of the project. They are listed in Table 1 and their locations mapped in Figure 5. The archaeological material is not located or mapped as it was very thinly spread across the area. Table 1: List of sites recorded during the survey. Most appear to be less than 60 years of age and are thus not considered to be heritage resources. Label Co-ordinates Description Significance

n/a n/a Widespread but very low density scatter of stone artefacts located throughout the study area. There was no focus and their age was indeterminate; they are more than likely from the Middle Stone Age.

Very low

Cemetery 1 S25° 15' 56.5344” E27° 53' 02.0723"

This is the location of three graves that are aligned east to west. The graves are marked by a cement brick outline and are fenced in. The cement bricks are possibly sourced from the bricks from the ruin and would therefore post-date this feature.

High (although may not be a heritage resource)

Cemetery 2 S 25° 15' 57.1032" E27° 53' 00.4453"

The site consists of three graves that are aligned east to west. Based on size of the graves, the graves are of two adults and a child. The graves are marked by elongated stone cairns.

High (although may not be a heritage resource)

Shack S25° 15' 57.8626" E27° 52' 58.4542"

This is a recently built structure of corrugated iron. Although an older more permanent structure must have been present, all that is left is a cement slab indicating the position of the structure.

n/a

Ruin S25° 15' 55.3988" E27° 53' 01.6069"

This is the remains of a rectangular structure of unknown purpose. The feature is constructed from cement bricks and measures approximately 8 x 6 meters.

n/a

11

Figure 5: Aerial view of the study area showing the locations of the various finds. 6.1. Palaeontology The archaeological field study reported a flat, sandy land surface devoid of bedrock exposure (see Figure 6). This lack of bedrock has meant that geological and palaeontological knowledge in this area stems largely from analysis of borehole data. Almond (2016:1) reports that the study area overlies the Irrigasie Formation which is comprised of “reddish-brown, readily-weathered mudrocks with subordinate sandstones and minor conglomerates”. The kinds of fossils known to occur in the area are primarily trace fossils, while fossil pollens and spores and very rare dinosaur bones have also been reported. No fossils were seen during the archaeological survey. 6.2. Archaeology The survey showed that a very low density scatter of Stone Age artefacts was present throughout the general area. There was no focus to these artefacts and no ‘site’ could be delineated; the artefacts can be ascribed to background scatter. Figure 6 shows a few of these artefacts. Most were made from quartzite and some displayed cobble cortex indicating that they were made from river cobbles. Because of their very widespread distribution and very low density, these finds are of minimal heritage significance.

12

Figure 6: Stone artefacts of quartz (far left) and quartzite. The two in the middle have cobble cortex. Scale in cm. A ruined structure was located along the north-eastern boundary of the property. It was made from cement bricks (Figure 7). It is almost certainly less than 100 years of age and thus is not considered to be a heritage resource. It probably dates to the 1950s because historical aerial photography reveals that the area seemed unaltered in 1948-50 (the earliest available series), but by 1961 a number of ‘bright spots’ had appeared on the landscape. These spots indicate higher reflectivity from areas cleared of vegetation. One of these spots corresponds with the ruin. Another corresponds with the cement slab noted alongside the corrugated iron shack (Table 1).

Figure 7: View of the cement brick ruin along the north-eastern boundary of the study area. 6.3. Graves Two small informal cemeteries were located on the property. Each had three graves in it. The graves of the first were surrounded by cement bricks that were no doubt obtained from a nearby ruined structure made with the same bricks and located some 35 m away to the northwest (see above). The graves are surrounded by a wire fence and aligned east-west (Figure 8). Because the ruin is relatively recent, the graves are also necessarily recent and must post-date the collapse of the brick structure. These graves are very likely less than 60 years of age and would thus not be regarded as heritage resources in terms of the NHRA (see Section 2 above).

13

Figure 8: View of ‘Cemetery 1’ showing the three graves surrounded by a wire fence. The second cemetery also has three graves in it. These graves are covered by stone mounds and are not enclosed by any fence (Figure 9). Two graves appear to be full (i.e. adult) size, while the third is far smaller and is likely that of a child. Larger stones have been placed at the head and foot of each grave. They are aligned east-west. These three graves are very likely older and perhaps completely unrelated to those in ‘Cemetery 1’.

Figure 9: View of ‘Cemetery 2’ with the smaller grave at far left beneath a thorn bush. 6.4. Cultural landscape A survey of historical aerial photography reveals that the landscape on the site was little used during the mid-twentieth century (Figure 10). However, the wider region does show evidence of occupation with small cultivated lands and (presumably stone-built) structures in the south and north respectively (Figure 11).

14

Figure 10: Aerial photograph dating to 1948-1950 (Job 218, strip 30, photograph 1205) showing the study area to be entirely undeveloped. There is no sign of any settlement or other disturbance of the natural vegetation patterns. The study area is outlined in blue.

Figure 11: Comparative aerial photographs dating to 1948-1950 (Job 218, strip 30, photograph 1205) and 2016. Cultivated lands (yellow arrows) and structures are visible (red arrow). The study area is outlined in blue. By 1961 there was evidence of cultivation very close to the study area as well as activity on site (Figure 12). Bright spots in the vicinity of the cement brick ruin and cement slab show that structures were likely in place and in use by that time. In the broader area there is quite a bit of agricultural activity (Figure 13). The study area is outlined in blue.

15

Figure 12: Aerial photograph dating to 1961 (Job 453, strip 6, photograph 6233) showing signs of activity on the ground as ‘bright spots’ where the vegetation has been disturbed. The study area is outlined in blue.

Figure 13: Comparative aerial photographs dating to 1961 (Job 453, strip 6, photograph 6233) and 2016. It is notable that cultivation has commenced in the vicinity. The study area is outlined in blue. By 1974 the entire property had been cultivated and the prominent ‘bright spot’ is still evident around the location of the cement slab (Figure 14). In general the surrounding area shows evidence of far more cultivation than before and houses are visible in places (Figure 15). This evidence shows that a weakly developed agricultural landscape has been developed in the area but it is characterised only by very low grade landscape modification (ploughing) with none of the more

16

prominent types of features that characterise some agricultural landscapes (like farm complexes, tree lines, dams and farm roads). 6.5. Statement of significance Section 38(3)(b) of the NHRA requires an assessment of the significance of all heritage resources. In terms of Section 2(vi), ‘‘cultural significance’’ means aesthetic, architectural, historical, scientific, social, spiritual, linguistic or technological value or significance. The archaeological resources are deemed to have very low cultural significance for their scientific value. Graves are deemed to have high cultural significance for their social value, although it is noted here that the graves present on the site may, in fact, not be heritage resources. Nevertheless, prudence suggests that they should be treated as heritage just to be safe. In any case, human remains should always be regarded as sensitive. The cultural landscape is of low cultural significance for its aesthetic, historical and social values.

Figure 14: Aerial photograph dating to 1974 (Job 729, strip 4, photograph 121) and 2016. The study area is outlined in blue.

17

Figure 15: Comparative aerial photographs dating to 1974 (Job 729, strip 4, photograph 121) and 2016. The study area is outlined in blue. 6.6. Summary of heritage indicators and provisional grading The archaeological resources are of very low significance and can be rated as ‘General Protection C’. They comprise of a low density, widespread scatter throughout the area. Although it is uncertain whether the graves are in fact old enough to be considered heritage, it is prudent to regard them as important. The one set (‘Cemetery 2’) may well be older than 60 years. The graves are assigned a provisional grading of IIIA.

7. IMPACT ASSESSMENT Impacts to heritage resources are possible mainly during the construction phase with a far reduced chance of impacts occurring during the operation phase. No decommissioning phase is envisaged for this project. 7.1. Direct Impacts 7.1.1. Palaeontology Impacts to palaeontological material would occur during the construction phase only. They would be direct impacts in which the fossils would be moved from their original positions and possibly destroyed. Because of the very small likelihood of fossils actually being present, the potential impact significance is also regarded as being very low. There are no fatal flaws and no mitigation or management measures are required. The impacts are assessed in Table 2. 7.1.2. Archaeology Impacts to archaeological material would occur during the construction phase only. They would be direct impacts in which the artefacts would be moved from their original positions (although

18

already out of place from ploughing) and possibly damaged or destroyed. Because the artefacts are of very low heritage significance, the potential impact significance is also regarded as being very low. There are no fatal flaws and no mitigation or management measures are required. The impacts are assessed in Table 2. 7.1.3. Graves Because the graves were potentially under threat from the original layout, a new layout was devised so as to avoid both sets of graves. As such, no impacts to the graves are expected during construction, although there is always the slight chance that they could be damaged in error. There are no fatal flaws but it will be necessary to demarcate the graves during construction and alert all personnel to their existence such that they can be adequately protected. It is also recommended that the proponent consider installing permanent fencing in order to properly mark and protect the graves in perpetuity. No construction work should occur within 10 m of the graves. The significance of the potential construction phase impacts before mitigation is rated as low because the chances of impacts, given the proposed layout, are small, while with mitigation in the form of complete avoidance the impact significance is reduced to very low. The impacts are assessed in Table 2. There is also a small chance that the graves could be damaged during the operation phase of the project during some other activity taking place on the site. However, with proper demarcation of the graves as suggested above, this impact is highly unlikely. The impact significance would again be very low after mitigation. Further to the above, there is also a small chance that further marked or unmarked graves could lie concealed in the thorn bushes on the site. There is no way to predict and impacts would have to be dealt with on a case by case basis as or if they occur. 7.1.4. Cumulative Impacts Cumulative impact are unlikely to occur because of the lack of other similar developments in the area. However, there is the potential for further agricultural-related development and the potential cumulative impact significance from such activities on palaeontological resources, archaeological resources and graves is regarded as being very low with mitigation in all three cases (Table 3).

Table 2: Impact assessment summary table – Construction Phase and Operation Phase direct impacts.

Asp

ect

/ Im

pa

ct p

ath

way

Nat

ure

of

po

ten

tia

l im

pa

ct/r

isk

Stat

us

Spat

ial E

xte

nt

Du

rati

on

Co

nse

qu

en

ce

Pro

bab

ility

Re

vers

ibili

ty o

f im

pac

t

Irre

pla

ceab

ility

of

rece

ivin

g

en

viro

nm

en

t/re

sou

rce

Po

ten

tial

mit

igat

ion

me

asu

res

Significance of impact/risk = consequence x probability

Ran

kin

g o

f im

pa

ct/r

isk

Co

nfi

de

nce

leve

l

Wit

ho

ut

mit

igat

ion

/man

age

me

nt

Wit

h m

itig

atio

n

/man

age

me

nt

(re

sid

ual

risk

/im

pac

t)

CONSTRUCTION PHASE & OPERATION PHASE

Clearing of land and

construction of

facilities

Destruction of palaeontologic

al material Negative Site Permanent Slight

Very unlikely

Non-reversible

High None Very low Very low 5 High

Destruction of archaeological

artefacts Negative Site Permanent Slight Likely

Non-reversible


Destruction of graves

Negative Site Permanent Substantial Very

unlikely Non-

reversible High Avoid Low Very low 5 High

20

Table 3: Impact assessment summary table – Cumulative impacts

Asp

ect

/ Im

pa

ct p

ath

way

Nat

ure

of

po

ten

tia

l im

pa

ct/r

isk

Stat

us

Spat

ial E

xte

nt

Du

rati

on

Co

nse

qu

en

ce

Pro

bab

ility

Re

vers

ibili

ty o

f im

pac

t

Irre

pla

ceab

ility

of

rece

ivin

g

en

viro

nm

en

t/re

sou

rce

Po

ten

tial

mit

igat

ion

me

asu

res

Significance of impact/risk = consequence x

probability

Ran

kin

g o

f im

pa

ct/r

isk

Co

nfi

de

nce

leve

l

Wit

ho

ut

mit

igat

ion

/man

age

me

nt

Wit

h m

itig

atio

n

/man

age

me

nt

(re

sid

ual

risk

/im

pac

t)

CONSTRUCTION PHASE & OPERATION PHASE

Clearing of land and

construction of

facilities

Destruction of palaeontologic

al material Negative Site Permanent Slight

Very unlikely

Non-reversible


Destruction of archaeological

artefacts Negative Site Permanent Slight Likely

Non-reversible


Destruction of graves

Negative Site Permanent Severe Very

unlikely Non-

reversible High Avoid Low Very low 5 High

21

8. LEGISLATIVE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS There are no specific permit requirements related to this project, since all potentially significant impacts have been averted through the redesign of the facility. However, should the need to move the graves arise in the future then it would be necessary to research the graves in order to try to establish the names of the deceased. The required consultation process would then need to be followed in advance of application for a permit to remove the graves.

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME INPUTS

It should be ensured that both sets of graves are clearly demarcated and fenced off during the construction period and that all workers on site are made aware of their existence. Monitoring would involve ensuring that the graves remain undamaged throughout the duration of the construction phase of the project. It should be ensured that if any substantial archaeological or palaeontological remains are uncovered during development they are immediately protected in situ and reported to SAHRA so that appropriate action can be taken.

10. EVALUATION OF IMPACTS RELATIVE TO SUSTAINABLE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC BENEFITS

Section 38(3)(d) requires an evaluation of the impacts on heritage resources relative to the

sustainable social and economic benefits to be derived from the development. No significant heritage impacts are expected for this project and the provision of employment to those who will run the facility is regarded as far more important than any archaeological heritage resources that might be disturbed.

11. CONCLUSIONS The only significant finds were the two small informal cemeteries. One of them is unlikely to be a heritage resource based on its probable young age, while the age of the other is less easy to determine. Nevertheless, following the precautionary principle, they are both regarded as heritage resources and the development proposal was redesigned around them. As such, no significant impacts to heritage resources are expected. There are no fatal flaws and the project should be allowed to proceed.

12. RECOMMENDATIONS It is recommended that the proposed chicken broiler facility should be authorised but subject to the following conditions which should be incorporated into the Environmental Authorisation:

22


No construction work should occur within 10 m of any of the graves; and


13. REFERENCES Bergh, J.S. 1999. Geskiedenisatlas vir Suid Afrika: die vier noordelike provinsies. Edited by J.S.

Bergh. 1999. Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik Uitgewers. Cotzee, F.P. & Küsel, U.S. 2008. Phase 2 Archaeological Assessment of Late Iron Age Structures on

the Farm Ledig 909 JQ (Quality Vacation Club and Golf Course), North West Province. Unpublished report prepared for Chand Environmental Consultants. Pretoria: UNISA.

Huffman, T.N. 2007. Handbook to the Iron Age: the Archaeology of Pre-Colonial Farming Societies

in Southern Africa. University of KwaZulu-Natal Press, Scotsville. SAHRA. 2007. Minimum Standards: archaeological and palaeontological components of impact

assessment reports. Document produced by the South African Heritage Resources Agency, May 2007.

Van Schalkwyk, J. 2014. Basic heritage assessment report for the proposed construction of the 132

kV Dipompong and Tswaing Substations and overhead power lines. Unpublished report prepared for Envirolution Consulting. Monument Park: J van Schalkwyk.

Winter, S. & Oberholzer, B. 2013. Heritage and Scenic Resources: Inventory and Policy Framework

for the Western Cape. Report prepared for the Provincial Government of the Western Cape Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning. Sarah Winter Heritage Planner, and Bernard Oberholzer Landscape Architect / Environmental Planner, in association with Setplan.

23

14. APPENDIX 1 – Curriculum Vitae

Curriculum Vitae

Jayson David John Orton

ARCHAEOLOGIST AND HERITAGE CONSULTANT

Contact Details and personal information:

Address: 6A Scarborough Road, Muizenberg, 7945 Telephone: (021) 788 8425 Cell Phone: 083 272 3225 Email: [email protected] Birth date and place: 22 June 1976, Cape Town, South Africa Citizenship: South African ID no: 760622 522 4085 Driver’s License: Code 08 Marital Status: Married to Carol Orton Languages spoken: English and Afrikaans

Education:

SA College High School Matric 1994 University of Cape Town B.A. (Archaeology, Environmental & Geographical Science) 1997 University of Cape Town B.A. (Honours) (Archaeology)* 1998 University of Cape Town M.A. (Archaeology) 2004 University of Oxford D.Phil. (Archaeology) 2013 *Frank Schweitzer memorial book prize for an outstanding student and the degree in the First Class.

Employment History:

Spatial Archaeology Research Unit, UCT Research assistant Jan 1996 – Dec 1998 Department of Archaeology, UCT Field archaeologist Jan 1998 – Dec 1998 UCT Archaeology Contracts Office Field archaeologist Jan 1999 – May 2004 UCT Archaeology Contracts Office Heritage & archaeological consultant Jun 2004 – May 2012 School of Archaeology, University of Oxford Undergraduate Tutor Oct 2008 – Dec 2008

ACO Associates cc Associate, Heritage & archaeological consultant

Jan 2011 – Dec 2013

ASHA Consulting (Pty) Ltd Director, Heritage & archaeological consultant

Jan 2014 –

Memberships and affiliations:

South African Archaeological Society Council member 2004 – Assoc. Southern African Professional Archaeologists (ASAPA) member 2006 – ASAPA Cultural Resources Management Section member 2007 – UCT Department of Archaeology Research Associate 2013 – Heritage Western Cape APM Committee member 2013 – UNISA Department of Archaeology and Anthropology Research Fellow 2014 – Fish Hoek Valley Historical Association 2014 –

24

Professional Accreditation:

ASAPA membership number: 233, CRM Section member Principal Investigator: Coastal shell middens (awarded 2007) Stone Age archaeology (awarded 2007) Grave relocation (awarded 2014) Field Director: Rock art (awarded 2007)

Colonial period archaeology (awarded 2007)

Fieldwork and project experience:

Extensive fieldwork as both Field Director and Principle Investigator throughout the Western and Northern Cape, and also in the western parts of the Free State and Eastern Cape as follows: Phase 1 surveys and impact assessments: Project types

o Notification of Intent to Develop applications (for Heritage Western Cape) o Heritage Impact Assessments (largely in the Environmental Impact Assessment or Basic Assessment

context under NEMA and Section 38(8) of the NHRA, but also self-standing assessments under Section 38(1) of the NHRA)

o Archaeological specialist studies o Phase 1 test excavations in historical and prehistoric sites o Archaeological research projects

Development types o Mining and borrow pits o Roads (new and upgrades) o Residential, commercial and industrial development o Dams and pipe lines o Power lines and substations o Renewable energy facilities (wind energy, solar energy and hydro-electric facilities)

Phase 2 mitigation and research excavations: ESA open sites

o Duinefontein, Gouda MSA rock shelters

o Fish Hoek, Yzerfontein, Cederberg, Namaqualand MSA open sites

o Swartland, Bushmanland, Namaqualand LSA rock shelters

o Cederberg, Namaqualand, Bushmanland LSA open sites (inland)

o Swartland, Franschhoek, Namaqualand, Bushmanland LSA coastal shell middens

o Melkbosstrand, Yzerfontein, Saldanha Bay, Paternoster, Dwarskersbos, Infanta, Knysna, Namaqualand LSA burials

o Melkbosstrand, Saldanha Bay, Namaqualand, Knysna Historical sites

o Franschhoek (farmstead and well), Waterfront (fort, dump and well), Noordhoek (cottage), variety of small excavations in central Cape Town and surrounding suburbs

Historic burial grounds o Green Point (Prestwich Street), V&A Waterfront (Marina Residential), Paarl

25

CV Jaco van der Walt

PERSONAL PARTICULARS:

NAME: Jaco van der Walt MARITAL STATUS: Married with two dependants DATE OF BIRTH : 1977-11-04 Work Address 37 Olienhout Street, Modimolle, 0510 E-MAIL: [email protected] MOBILE: +27 82 373 8491 FAX: +27 86 691 6461

SYNOPSIS

Jaco has been actively involved as a professional archaeologist within the heritage management field in southern Africa for the past 17 years. Jaco acted as council member for the Association of Southern African Professional Archaeologists (ASAPA Member #159) in the Cultural Resource Management (CRM) portfolio for two years (2011 – 2012). He is well respected in his field and published in peer reviewed journals and presented his findings on various national and international conferences.

ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS:

Date of matriculation: 1995 Particulars of degrees/diplomas and/or other qualifications:

Name of University or Institution: University of Pretoria Degree obtained : BA Major subjects : Archaeology

Cultural Heritage Tourism Year of graduation : 2001 Name of University or Institution: University of the Witwatersrand Degree obtained : BA [Honours] Major subjects : Archaeology Year of graduation : 2002 Name of University or Institution : University of the Witwatersrand Degree Obtained :BA [Masters] Major subject :Archaeology Year of Graduation :2012

EMPLOYMENT HISTORY:

2011 – Present: Owner - Heritage Contracts and Archaeological Consulting CC. 2007 – 2010 : CRM Archaeologist, Managed the Heritage Contracts Unit at the University of the Witwatersrand. 2005 - 2007: CRM Archaeologist, Director of Matakoma Heritage Consultants 2004: Technical Assistant, Department of Anatomy University of Pretoria 2003: Archaeologist, Mapungubwe World Heritage Site 2001 - 2002: CRM Archaeologists, For R & R Cultural Resource Consultants, Polokwane 2000: Museum Assistant, Fort Klapperkop. Countries of work experience include: Republic of South Africa, Botswana, Zimbabwe, Mozambique, Tanzania, The Democratic Republic of the Congo,

Lesotho and Zambia.

26

MEMBERSHIP OF PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS:

o Association of Southern African Professional Archaeologists. Member number 159

Accreditation: Field Director Iron Age Archaeology Field Supervisor – Colonial Period Archaeology, Stone Age Archaeology and Grave

Relocation o Accredited CRM Archaeologist with SAHRA o Accredited CRM Archaeologist with AMAFA o Co-opted council member for the CRM Section of the Association of Southern African Association Professional

Archaeologists (2011 – 2012)

REFERENCES:

1. Prof Marlize Lombard Senior Lecturer, University of Johannesburg, South Africa E-mail: [email protected]

2. Prof TN Huffman Department of Archaeology Tel: (011) 717 6040 University of the Witwatersrand

3. Alex Schoeman University of the Witwatersrand E-mail: [email protected]

27

15. APPENDIX 2 – Palaeontological study

John E. Almond (2016) Natura Viva cc 1

RECOMMENDED EXEMPTION FROM FURTHER PALAEONTOLOGICAL STUDIES:

Proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm

Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West Province

John E. Almond PhD (Cantab.)

Natura Viva cc,

PO Box 12410 Mill Street,

Cape Town 8010, RSA

[email protected]

November 2016

1. OUTLINE OF THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT

See the Heritage Impact Assessment for details.

2. GEOLOGICAL BACKGROUND

The study area for the proposed chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-

JQ, situated some 40 km NNE of Brits, North West Province, lies within the Springbok Flats Basin

of Karoo age in a region that is characterised by very low relief. Surface exposure of the Karoo

Supergroup bedrocks within this basin is correspondingly very poor, with most geological data

derived from borehole cores (Walraven 1981, Roberts 1992, Johnson et al. 2006). Satellite images

of the study area on Farm Jonathan 175- JQ feature flat-lying, ploughed terrain at c. 1050 m amsl

between the drainage systems of the Tolwane River in the west and the Kutswane River in the

east. Field photos show low-relief terrain mantled with sandy soils and no bedrock exposure.

The bedrocks beneath the study area are assigned to the Irrigasie Formation of ill-defined

Permo-Triassic age. This succession is of probable meandering fluvial and/or lacustrine origin and

is characterised by reddish-brown, readily-weathered mudrocks with subordinate sandstones and

minor conglomerates. Reddish hues of the sediments indicate arid, oxidising palaeoclimates during

deposition.

3. PALAEONTOLOGICAL HERITAGE

The only well-established fossil remains from the Irrigasie Formation comprise undescribed trace

fossils that are responsible for the extensive bioturbation (biogenic sediment mixing) seen

throughout the succession (Johnson et al. 2006). Palynomorphs (pollens and spores) within the

northern Karoo basins of the RSA have been treated by MacRae (1988). A couple of isolated

dinosaur remains – including possible prosauropods / sauropods such as “Euskelesaurus” and

Gigantoscelus - have been reported from the Triassic, and possibly Early Jurassic, portion of the

Springbok Flats Basin (Dingle et al. 1983 Fig. 37, pp. 68-69 after Haughton 1924, Du Toit 1954)

but these are likely to be very rare.


Figure 1: Extract from 1: 250 000 geological map sheet 2526 Rustenburg (Council for Geoscience, Pretoria) showing the approximate location of the study area for the chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, c. 40 km NNE of Brits, North West Province (black triangle). The area is underlain by fluvial and / or lacustrine sediments of the Irrigasie Formation (Karoo Supergroup) of Permo-Triassic age (P-TR, pale green).

4. CONCLUSIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS

The proposed study area is small and mantled with disturbed soils, with no bedrock exposure.

Construction of the proposed chicken broiler facility is unlikely to involve substantial excavations of

fresh (i.e. unweathered) bedrock. The only fossils recorded from the broader region are ill-defined

trace fossils, microfossils and very rare dinosaur remains. It is concluded that the area is of low

palaeontological sensitivity and the proposed development is unlikely to have significant impacts

on local palaeontological heritage resources.

It is therefore recommended that, pending the discovery of significant new fossils remains

(e.g. dinosaur bones, teeth) before or during construction, exemption from further specialist

palaeontological studies and mitigation be granted for the proposed chicken broiler facility

on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, Brits, North West Province.

Should any substantial fossil remains (e.g. dinosaur bones and teeth) be encountered during

excavation, however, these should be safeguarded, preferably in situ, and reported by the ECO to

SAHRA, i.e. The South African Heritage Resources Authority, as soon as possible (SAHRA

Contact details: Dr Ragna Redelstorff. 111 Harrington Street, Cape Town 8001. P.O. Box 4637,

Cape Town 8000. Tel: 021 202 8651. Fax: 021 202 4509. Email: [email protected]) so that

5 km

N


appropriate action can be taken by a professional palaeontologist, at the developer’s expense.

Mitigation would normally involve the scientific recording and judicious sampling or collection of

fossil material as well as associated geological data (e.g. stratigraphy, sedimentology, taphonomy)

by a professional palaeontologist.

5. KEY REFERENCES

DINGLE, R.V., SIESSER, W.G. & NEWTON, A.R. 1983. Mesozoic and Tertiary geology of

southern Africa. viii + 375 pp. Balkema, Rotterdam.

DU TOIT, A. 1954. The geology of South Africa. xii + 611pp, 41 pls. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh.

HAUGHTON, S.H. 1924. The fauna and stratigraphy of the Stormberg Series. Annals of the South

African Museum 12, 323-495.

JOHNSON, M.R., VAN VUUREN, C.J., VISSER, J.N.J., COLE, D.I., WICKENS, H. DE V.,

CHRISTIE, A.D.M., ROBERTS, D.L. & BRANDL, G. 2006a. Sedimentary rocks of the Karoo

Supergroup. In: Johnson. M.R., Anhaeusser, C.R. & Thomas, R.J. (eds.) The geology of South

Africa, pp. 461-499. Geological Society of South Africa, Johannesburg & the Council for

Geoscience, Pretoria.

MACRAE, C.S. 1988. Palynostratigraphic correlation between the lower Karoo Sequence of the

Waterberg and Pafuri coal-bearing basins and the Hammanskraal macrofossil locality, Republic of

South Africa. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of South Africa 75, 217 pp.

ROBERTS, D.L. 1992. The Springbok Flats Basin - a preliminary report. Unpublished Report of

the Geological Survey of South Africa 1992-0197, 23 pp. Council for Geoscience, Pretoria.

WALRAVEN, F. 1981. The geology of the Rustenburg area. Explanation to 1: 250 000 geology

sheet 2526 Rustenburg, 37 pp. Council for Geoscience, Pretoria.

6. QUALIFICATIONS & EXPERIENCE OF THE AUTHOR

Dr John Almond has an Honours Degree in Natural Sciences (Zoology) as well as a PhD in

Palaeontology from the University of Cambridge, UK. He has been awarded post-doctoral

research fellowships at Cambridge University and in Germany, and has carried out

palaeontological research in Europe, North America, the Middle East as well as North and South

Africa. For eight years he was a scientific officer (palaeontologist) for the Geological Survey /

Council for Geoscience in the RSA. His current palaeontological research focuses on fossil record

of the Precambrian - Cambrian boundary and the Cape Supergroup of South Africa. He has

recently written palaeontological reviews for several 1: 250 000 geological maps published by the

Council for Geoscience and has contributed educational material on fossils and evolution for new

school textbooks in the RSA.

Since 2002 Dr Almond has also carried out palaeontological impact assessments for developments

and conservation areas in the Western, Eastern and Northern Cape, Mpumalanga, Limpopo,

Gauteng, Free State and Northwest Province under the aegis of his Cape Town-based company

Natura Viva cc. He has been a long-standing member of the Archaeology, Palaeontology and


Meteorites Committee for Heritage Western Cape (HWC) and an advisor on palaeontological

conservation and management issues for the Palaeontological Society of South Africa (PSSA),

HWC and SAHRA. He is currently compiling technical reports on the provincial palaeontological

heritage of Western, Northern and Eastern Cape for SAHRA and HWC. Dr Almond is an

accredited member of PSSA and APHP (Association of Professional Heritage Practitioners –

Western Cape).

Declaration of Independence

I, John E. Almond, declare that I am an independent consultant and have no business, financial,

personal or other interest in the proposed development project, application or appeal in respect of

which I was appointed other than fair remuneration for work performed in connection with the

activity, application or appeal. There are no circumstances that compromise the objectivity of my

performing such work.

Dr John E. Almond,

Palaeontologist, Natura Viva cc



Appendix H, Page 1



Appendix H, Page 2

Nature of the Potential Impact/Risk

Status Spatial Extent

Duration Intensity Probability

Significance of

Impact/Risk (Without

Mitigation)

Reversibility Irreplaceability Confidence

level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk

be Mitigated/ Managed?

Potential Mitigation Measures

Significance of Residual Impact/Risk

(With Mitigation)

CONSTRUCTION PHASE


Negative Local Long term Medium Definite High Moderate Moderate 3 Yes Yes Design measures to effectively control vehicle access, vehicle speed, dust, stormwater run-off, erosion and sedimentation on the road.


Low


Negative Site-specific

Long term High Highly probable

High Low Low 3 No Yes Ensure that all infrastructure avoids all Very High and High sensitive areas



Low

Loss of CI or medicinal flora Negative Local Long term Medium Probable Medium Moderate Low 3 Yes Yes Obtain permits to remove CI species Transplant CI and medicinally important floral

specimens from the infrastructure footprint to suitable locations in the surrounding area.


Low

Loss of CI fauna Negative Local Long term Medium Low probable

Medium Low Moderate 2 Yes Yes Appoint an appropriate specialist to relocate CI fauna from vegetation, termitaria and soil that is removed from the infrastructure footprint.





Low

Introduction & proliferation of alien spp.

Negative Local Long term Medium Definite High Low Low 3 Yes Yes Regulate / limit access by potential vectors of alien plants.

Maintain a tidy construction site By law, remove and dispose of Category 1b alien

species on site. All Category 2 species that remain on site must require a permit.

Low

Increase in dust and erosion degrading habitat integrity

Negative Local Long term Medium-low

Highly probable

Medium Moderate Low 2 No Yes Limit vehicles, people and materials to the construction site



Implement erosion protection measures on site to

Low



Appendix H, Page 3




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

reduce erosion and sedimentation of downstream areas. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.

Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control measures, such as mulching or periodic

Sensory disturbances Negative Local Long term Medium-low

Highly probable

Medium Low Low 3 No Yes Time construction activities to minimize sensory disturbance of fauna.

Limit disturbance from noise. Limit disturbance from light.

Low

Destruction of graves Negative Site-specific

Permanent Medium Probable Low Low High 5 Yes Yes The two graveyards should be fenced off clearly and pointed out to all construction workers and other staff on site to ensure that impacts to them are avoided;


Very low


Negative Site-Specific

Permanent Medium-low

Definite Very low Low High 5 No No If any archaeological material, palaeontological material or human burials are uncovered during the course of development then work in the immediate area should be halted. The find would need to be reported to the heritage authorities and may require inspection by an appropriate specialist. Such heritage is the property of the state and may require excavation and curation in an approved institution.

Very low




Probable Very low Low High 5 No No If any archaeological material, palaeontological material or human burials are uncovered during the course of development then work in the immediate area should be halted. The find would need to be reported to the heritage authorities and may require inspection by an appropriate specialist. Such heritage is the property of the state and may require excavation and curation in an approved institution.

Very low


Negative Local Short term Medium-low

Highly probable

Medium Moderate Low 2 No Yes Ensure that cleared (excavated) areas and unpaved surfaces are sprayed with water (obtained from an approved source) to minimise dust generation.






Noise should also be minimised throughout construction to limit the impact on sensitive fauna such as owls and large terrestrial birds.


Low



Appendix H, Page 4




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

Potential spillage or discharge of construction waste water

Negative Local Short term Medium Probable Low High High 3 Yes Yes Ensure that adequate containment structures are provided for the storage of construction materials on site.


Very Low

Pollution of the surrounding water and ground as a result of generation of building rubble and waste scrap material

negative Local Short term Medium Probable High High High 3 Yes Yes Ensure that adequate containment structures are provided for the storage of construction materials on site.


Low


Positive Local Long term Medium Probable Medium High High 3 No Ye Enhance the use of local labour and local skills as far as reasonably possible.




High



Probable Low High High 3 Yes Yes No specific mitigation measures are required other than standard construction site housekeeping and dust suppression. These are included below:

- The contractor(s) should maintain good housekeeping on site to avoid litter and minimise waste.

- Litter and rubble should be timeously removed from the construction site and disposed at a licenced waste disposal facility.

- The project developer should demarcate construction boundaries and minimise areas of surface disturbance.

- Appropriate plans should be in place to minimise fire hazards and dust generation.


Low



Probable Medium Moderate High 3 No Yes Limit construction activities to day time hours Low


Negative Site-specific

Short term Low Improbable Medium High High 3 Yes Yes Ensure that a skilled and competent Contractor is appointed during the construction phase. The Contractor must be evaluated during the tender/appointment process in terms of safety standards.



A Construction Site Manager or Safety Supervisor should be appointed, in conjunction with the project

Medium



Appendix H, Page 5




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

manager, to monitor all safety aspects during the construction phase. This could be the same person that is assigned to co-ordinate the construction traffic.




Negative Local Short term Medium-Low

Probable Low Moderate Low 3 Yes Yes During the construction phase, suitable parking areas should be created and designated for construction trucks and vehicles.

A construction supervisor should be appointed to co-ordinate construction traffic during the construction phase (by drawing up a traffic plan prior to construction).

Road barricading should be undertaken where required and road safety signs should be adequately installed at strategic points

Low

OPERATION PHASE


Negative Local Long term Medium Definite High Moderate Moderate 3 Yes Yes Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective

Environmental contamination Negative Regional Long term Medium Highly probable

Medium Low Moderate 1 No Yes Ensure that the facility is designed in accordance with international best practice norms, and with advice from an appropriate specialist, to ensure that there is no environmental contamination from effluent, fodder, carcasses and other waste, and to ensure that there is also effective storm water management

Adhere to best practice chicken husbandry and waste disposal norms

Establish appropriate emergency procedures for accidental contamination of the surroundings. Waste recycling should be incorporated into the facility’s operations as far as possible. Designate a secured, access restricted, signposted room for the storage of potentially hazardous substances such as herbicides, pesticides dips and medications. All hazardous waste should be disposed of at an appropriate licensed facility for this.

Rehabilitate contaminated areas a.s.a.p. in accordance with advice from appropriate contamination and environmental specialists


Low


Negative Local Long term Medium Highly probable

Medium Low Low 3 Yes Yes Ensure that there is effective storm water drainage around the facility


Prevent and manage unwanted animal access to fodder.

Check that fan louvers (if installed) work properly,

Low



Appendix H, Page 6




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

and close fans completely when off. Ensure that floors are sloped and slatted to facilitate

drainage. Screed concrete floors properly to seal all cracks and

limit the pooling of effluent and water.

Disease transmission Negative Local Long term High Probable Medium Moderate Low 2 Yes Yes Maintain appropriate pest control measures Effectively maintain and seal all pipes and reservoirs

containing slurry, to prevent animals from accessing the effluent.

Low

Altered burning Negative Local Long term Medium Definite High Moderate Low 3 Yes Yes Create safe storage on the premises for flammable materials. If artificial burning is considered necessary, establish and implement a fire management plan with emergency fire procedures

Maintain an effective fire break between the development area and the surrounding natural environment (especially the ridge to the north, where the fire-dependent Highveld Blue butterfly may occur)

Educate workers about the plan and emergency procedures with regular training and notices

Medium

Introduction & proliferation of alien species

Negative Local Long term Medium Definite High Low Moderate 3 Yes Yes Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the site



Employ best practices regarding tilling of soil and weed management

Minimize the accumulation or dispersal of excess fodder on site.

Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible. Alien debris could be donated to a local community

Low


Definite Medium Low Low 3 Yes Yes Minimize essential lighting. Ensure that all outdoor lights are angled downwards

and/or fitted with hoods. Avoid using metal halide, mercury or other bulbs

that emit high UV (blue-white) light that is highly and usually fatally attractive to insects.


Low




Very low




Definite Very low Low High 5 No No If any archaeological material, palaeontological material or human burials are uncovered during the course of development then work in the immediate area should be halted. The find would need to be reported to the heritage authorities and may require inspection by an appropriate specialist. Such

Very low



Appendix H, Page 7




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

heritage is the property of the state and may require excavation and curation in an approved institution.





Very low

Emissions into the atmosphere as a result of staff vehicles.


Highly probable

Medium Moderate Low 2 No Yes Efficient movement of traffic through the entrance and exit in order to reduce congestion and vehicle emissions.

Ensure that the facility is operated in such a manner whereby potential odours are minimised.

Low

Improved service delivery with regards pork products

Positive Local Long term Medium Probable Medium High High 3 No Yes Ensure that the proposed infrastructure is maintained appropriately to ensure that all facilities and infrastructure operate within its design capacity to deliver as the market requires.

High


Positive Local Long term Medium Probable Medium High High 3 No Yes Enhance the use of local labour and local skills as far as reasonably possible. Where the required skills do not occur locally, and where appropriate and applicable, ensure that relevant local individuals are trained


High

Night lighting of the development on the nightscape of the surrounding landscape

Negative Local Long term Medium Highly probable

Low Moderate Low 3 Yes

No

No specific mitigation measures are recommended as it is assumed that night lighting of the proposed storage facility will be planned in such a manner so as to minimize light pollution such as glare and light spill (light trespass) by:

Using light fixtures that shield the light and focus illumination on the ground (or only where light is required).



Where possible, using timer switches or motion detectors to control lighting in areas that are not occupied continuously (if permissible and in line with minimum security requirements).

Switching off lights when not in use in line with safety and security.

Low

Potential noise impact from operations and road transportation of products

Negative Site specific

Short term Medium-low

Probable Medium Moderate High 3 No Yes It is recommended that the drivers of the vehicles be discouraged from using air brakes at night.

Limit the effects of noise associated disturbances from chickens and operational activities on sensitive fauna such as owls and medium-large mammals (especially carnivores), potentially occurring hedgehogs and large terrestrial birds such as Korhaans and Secretarybirds.

Low



Appendix H, Page 8




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

Atmospheric pollution due to fumes, smoke from fires


improbable Medium Moderate High 3 Yes

Yes

Portable fire extinguishers and fire water hydrants (i.e. appropriate fire-fighting equipment) should be provided at the terminal as required. Mobile fire-fighting equipment should be provided at the berths as a safety precaution during the vessel offloading process. It should be noted that the products planned to be stored at the terminal have high flash points and low volatility. As a result, fires are unlikely, unsustainable, and can be extinguished with basic fire water and portable fire extinguishers.

Low

Minor accidents to the public and moderate accidents to operational staff

Negative Local Long term Medium-low

Improbable Medium Moderate High 3 Yes Yes An Emergency Plan should be compiled in order to deal with potential spillages and fires. Records of practices should be kept on site.



Low

DECOMMISSIONING PHASE


Negative Local Long term Medium Definite High Moderate Moderate 3 Yes Yes Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective

Introduction & proliferation of alien spp. - Competition and change in structure

Negative Local Long term High Definite High Low Low 3 Yes Yes Remove Category species using mechanical methods and minimize soil disturbance as far as possible.

Low


Highly probable

Low Moderate Low 3 Yes Yes Commence (and preferably complete) demolition / rehabilitation during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.

Minimize noise to limit its impact on sensitive fauna such as owls, korhaans and Secretarybirds

Limit demolition activities to day time hours

Minimize or eliminate security and other lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna

Implement environmentally-friendly dust control measures (e.g. mulching and wetting) where and when dust is problematic

Rehabilitate contaminated areas a.s.a.p. in accordance with advice from appropriate specialists. Implement the selected control measure(s) where dust is problematic. Revegetate denude areas with locally indigenous flora a.s.a.p.

Low




Very low




Definite Very low Low High 5 No No If any archaeological material, palaeontological material or human burials are uncovered during the course of development then work in the immediate area should be halted. The find would need to be reported to the heritage authorities and may require inspection by an appropriate specialist. Such

Very low



Appendix H, Page 9




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)

heritage is the property of the state and may require excavation and curation in an approved institution.





Very low

Discharge of contaminated stormwater into the surrounding environment

Negative Local Long term High Highly probable

Medium Moderate High 3 Yes Yes The appointed Contractor should compile a Method Statement for Stormwater Management during the decommissioning phase.


Low

Pollution of the surrounding environment as a result of the handling, temporary storage and disposal of solid waste

Negative Local Short term Medium Probable Medium High High 3 Yes Yes General waste (i.e. building rubble, demolition waste, discarded concrete, bricks, tiles, wood, glass, plastic, metal, excavated material, packaging material, paper and domestic waste etc.) and hazardous waste (i.e. empty tins, paint and paint cleaning liquids, oils, fuel spillages and chemicals etc.) generated during the decommissioning phase should be stored temporarily on site in suitable (and correctly labelled) waste collection bins and skips (or similar). Waste collection bins and skips should be covered with suitable material, where appropriate.

Should the on-site storage of general waste and hazardous waste exceed 100 m3 and 80 m3 respectively, then the National Norms and Standards for the Storage of Waste (published on 29 November 2013 under GN 926) must be adhered to.




Low

Emissions from decommissioning vehicles and generation of dust


Highly probable

Medium Moderate Low 2 No Yes Ensure that cleared (excavated) areas and unpaved surfaces are sprayed with water (obtained from an approved source) to minimise dust generation.



Low

Noise generation from demolition activities

Negative Site specific

Short term Medium-low

Probable Medium Moderate High 3 No Yes A method statement, including detailed procedures, must be drawn up prior to any decommissioning of existing tanks.

Low



Appendix H, Page 10




Significance of


Mitigation)


level

Can the Impact/Risk

be Avoided?

Can the Impact/Risk




(With Mitigation)





Appendix I, Page 1

Appendix I1: Proof of the placement of the relevant advertisements and notices _____________________ 2

Appendix I2: Proof that the key stakeholder received written notification of the proposed activities ____________________________________________________________________ 7

Appendix I3: Comments Received from I&AP _________________________________________________ 17

Appendix I4: Proof that the Authorities and Organs of State received written notification and draft reports of the proposed activities. __________________________________________ 25

Appendix I5: A list of registered Interested and Affected Parties _________________________________ 26

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 2

Appendix I1: Proof of the placement of the relevant advertisements and notices

Proof of newspaper advertisement

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 3

Contents of Newspaper Advertisement

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 4

Proof of Site Notice

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 5

Contents of the Site Notice

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 6

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 7

Appendix I2: Proof that the key stakeholder received written notification of the proposed activities

Email to I&AP

From: Reinett Mogotshi Date: 25/08/2016 14:44 Subject:

Notification of Release of BID Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-JQ, Brits, North West.

Bc: [email protected]; [email protected]; tnemarude@en... Attachments:

BID_final.pdf; I&APs Cover Letter_Draft_ENGLISH.pdf; Register I&APs_Disclosure of interest_ENGLISH.docx

Good day, You are hereby notified about the release of the Background Information Document (BID) for the Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-JQ, Brits, North West. Please find attached the BID, which has been released for 30 day review, and the Registration/ Comment Form. Please return or before 26 September 2016. Should the contents of this project not pertain to you, kindly forward the documents to the person in your department that is affected. Additionally, please forward their contact details to the CSIR Project Manager or ask the affected party to contact the CSIR Project Manager. Should you wish to be registered or de-registered from receiving any further information during the Basic Assessment and Public Participation Process, kindly contact the CSIR Project Manager. Correspondence in this regard should preferably be via a hard copy, i.e. Email, Fax or Letter. Contact via: Ms. Reinett Mogotshi Email: [email protected] Tel: 021 888 2432 Fax: 021 888 2473 Postal: PO Box 320

Stellenbosch 7599 South Africa

Regards, CSIR Project Manager Ms. Reinett Mogotshi


A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 8

Delivery Report

[email protected] Transferred

Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44

BC: [email protected]


Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45


[email protected] Transfer Delayed

Transfer Delayed 25/08/2016 14:44

Transferred 25/08/2016 15:05



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45


[email protected] Undelivered 421 service unavailable


Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 9




Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45


[email protected] Undelivered

550 5.1.1 <[email protected]>: Recipient address rejected: undeliverable address: host 10.145.142.11[10.145.142.11] said: 550 No such recipient (in reply to RCPT TO command)

Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45

Undeliverable 25/08/2016 14:45




Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45





Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44


A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 10



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45

Undeliverable 25/08/2016 14:45




Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:44



Transferred 25/08/2016 14:45


Attachments: User: 3,System: 2

BID_final.pdf 826 KB (846369 Bytes) 23/08/2016 10:20

I&APs Cover Letter_Draft_ENGLISH.pdf 336 KB (344168 Bytes) 25/08/2016 14:35

Register I&APs_Disclosure of interest_ENGLISH.docx 147 KB (150980 Bytes) 23/08/2016 16:36

MESSAGE 4 KB (4667 Bytes) 25/08/2016 14:44

TEXT.htm 5 KB (5948 Bytes) 25/08/2016 14:44

Send Options:

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 11

Letter to I&AP

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 12

Proof of Postage

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 13

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 14

Attendance register for the community meeting was held on the 29th of April 2017 at Mankgekgetha Primary School in Jonathan.

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 15

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 16

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 17

Appendix I3: Comments Received from I&AP From: "Ogopoleng Kgathea" <[email protected]> To: "Reinett Mogotshi" <[email protected]> Date: 25/08/2016 15:42 Subject:

Re: Notification of Release of BID Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-JQ, Brits, North West.

Cc: "Happy Mokone" <[email protected]>

Good afternoon We really appreciate for the info and we are hoping for more in future. Kind regards Secretary: Enterprise Development Ogopoleng

TEL: 018 387 7965 Cell: 073 1708 695 Fax: 086 260 4952 Email: [email protected] "putting people first"


A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 18

From: "Motlhabane Mosiane" <[email protected]> To: "Reinett Mogotshi" <[email protected]> Date: 25/08/2016 15:42 Subject:

Re: Notification of Release of BID Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-JQ, Brits, North West.

Cc: "Natasha Higgitt" <[email protected]>

Greetings, Thank you for notifying NWPHRA of the proposed development. Please note that SAHRA does not accept emailed, posted, hardcopy or website links as official submissions. Please create a case on the South African Heritage Resources Information System (SAHRIS) and upload all documents (i.e. the Scoping report and all appendices) to the case file. Step-by-step tutorial videos on the SAHRIS homepage (http://sahra.org.za/sahris/) will show you how to complete this. Please inform Ms Natasha Higgitt :Heritage Officer: Archaeology, Palaeontology and Meteorites Unit of SAHRA when this has been completed and She will attend to the case.her contact details outlined as follows :TEL: +27 21 462 4502 | FAX: +27 21 462 4509 EMAIL: [email protected] I hope you will find the above in order, Kind Regards, Motlhabane Mosiane Provincial Coordinator:North West PHRA Tel:018 388 2826 E-mail:[email protected]

http://sahra.org.za/sahris/

tel:+27214624502

tel:+27214624509

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 19

From: "Victoria Bota (HO)" <[email protected]> To: 'Reinett Mogotshi' <[email protected]> Date: 25/08/2016 16:25 Subject:

RE: Notification of Release of BID Basic Assessment for the proposed development of a chicken broiler facility on Portion 40 of the Farm Jonathan 175-JQ, Brits, North West.

Good day Reinett SANRAL will not be affected by the proposed activity as no National Road is affected. Please note that should a National Road be affected in the future, permission will have to be obtained from SANRAL. Please remove SANRAL from the distribution list for this project. Thank you Kind regards

Ms Victoria Bota Environmental Co-ordinator Tel: 012 844 8031 Cell:061 647 5212 Fax:012 348 1512 Email: [email protected]

Northern Region 38 Ida Street Menlo Park Pretoria SANRAL Fraud Hotline: 0800204558

One thing I ask of the LORD, this is what I seek: that I may dwell in the house of the LORD all the days of my life...


A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 20

From: Carmen Barends <[email protected]> To: <[email protected]> Date: 29/08/2016 11:21 Subject: Chicken Broiler Facility

Good day Reinett, Please could I register as an I&A party for the above Project and if possible obtain the Background Information Document for the Project? Thank you. Kind Regards, Carmen Barends Regional Content Researcher Private Projects Leads 2 Business (www.L2B.co.za) Tel: 033 343 1130 or 0860 836337 (0860 TENDER) Fax: 033 343 5882 This e-mail is for the intended addressee only. If you have received it in error, please notify the sender by e-mail. Dissemination or copying is prohibited unless permitted by the sender, and then only by the intended addressee. Whilst reasonable measures are used to guard against the transmission of malicious code, no liability is accepted for its transmission. If this e-mail is not related to the business of Cedrus Internet Solutions (Pty) Ltd, it is sent by the above mentioned in their individual capacity and not on behalf of Cedrus Internet Solutions (Pty) Ltd. Please note that any views expressed in this email may be those of the originator and do not necessarily reflect those of Cedrus Internet

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 21

Comments received during a community meeting

From: Vincent Maseko <[email protected]>

To:

Karabo Mashabela <[email protected]>, Reinett Mogotshi

<rmogotshi@c...

Date: 02/05/2017 17:15

Subject: Re: BAr for public participation

Attachments: Jonathan Att.pdf

Good day Please see attached is the attendance register for the meeting held on the 29th of April 2017 at Mankgekgetha Primary School in Jonathan. The meeting was attended was attended by just above 50 members of the community. I Vincent Maseko was able to briefly go through the BAR (Basic Assessment Report) for the proposed poultry business. The news was met with excitement by most members of the community especially the ones who knew me from previous projects as my father was the founder and chairman of the Jonathan Farming Cooperative. Others however like Mr. Sidney Makhathini had objections which were not welcomed by other members of the community. Here are some objections and questions asked by attendants. Objections: 1. How come this type of project is available for the Maseko Family and not the community as a whole? -> (answer): This is a privately funded and founded project and I Vincent Maseko am not a member of the Cooperative, CPA, Local Authority or represent any political movement. The project will be privately funded and managed. 2. Why is it being announced in the meeting? -> (answer): First to alert the members of Jonathan of this opportunity coming their way and the need of skills that will be required during the erection and operation of the project. And how the members of the community can gain or get involved. 3. When will it start? -> (answer): As soon as the Environmental Impact Assessment has been completed and funding secured. Hopefully towards the end of the year or early next year after all systems would have been put in place. 4. Can you keep us posted? -> (answer): Yes, follow up announcements will be made during quarterly meetings held by the community. Thanking you in advance Vincent Maseko 073 142 7536

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 22

Comments and Response Trail

ISSUES RAISED COMMENTATOR DATE RESPONSE

We really appreciate for the info and we are hoping for more in future.

Secretary:Enterprise Development Ogopoleng Kgathea

25/08/2016 Thank you for your comment, Noted.

Thank you for notifying NWPHRA of the proposed development. Please note that SAHRA does not accept emailed, posted, hardcopy or website links as official submissions. Please create a case on the South African Heritage Resources Information System (SAHRIS) and upload all documents (i.e. the Scoping report and all appendices) to the case file. Step-by-step tutorial videos on the SAHRIS homepage (http://sahra.org.za/sahris/) will show you how to complete this. Please inform Ms Natasha Higgitt :Heritage Officer: Archaeology, Palaeontology and Meteorites Unit of SAHRA when this has been completed and She will attend to the case.her contact details outlined as follows :TEL: +27 21 462 4502 | FAX: +27 21 462 4509 EMAIL: [email protected] I hope you will find the above in order.

Motlhabane Mosiane Provincial Coordinator:North West PHRA

25/08/2016 Thank you for your comment. The Draft Basic Assessment Report shall be uploaded on the SAHRIS website.

SANRAL will not be affected by the proposed activity as no National Road is affected. Please note that should a National Road be affected in the future, permission will have to be obtained from SANRAL. Please remove SANRAL from the distribution list for this project. Thank you

Ms Victoria Bota SANRAL Environmental Co-ordinator

25/08/2016 Thank you for your comment. Please note that SANRAL has been removed from the distribution list for this project.

Please could I register as an I&AP for the above Project and if possible obtain the Background Information Document for the Project?

Carmen Barends Regional Content Researcher Private Projects Leads 2 Business (www.L2B.co.za)

29/08/2016 Noted, you have been registered as an interested and Affected Party.

I like to raise issue of criminal activity as an concern in the running of the project. Trees removal that may hamper the erection of broiler

Phillip Maseko Manager

26/07/2016 Thank you for your comment, the proposed development shall ensure minimal removal of trees

http://sahra.org.za/sahris/

tel:+27214624502

tel:+27214624509

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 23


facilities. Jamrock (Post) from the site. Furthermore a security fence shall be erected on site as a means to address criminal activities issues.

The following questions were raised at the community meeting regarding the proposed development 1. How come this type of project is available for the Maseko Family and not the community as a whole? 2. Why is it being announced in the meeting? 3. When will it start? 4. Can you keep us posted?

Comments received from the community (Community Meeting)

29/04/2017 Thank you for your comments, 1. Response by applicant: This is a privately funded and founded project and I Vincent Maseko, am not a member of the Cooperative, CPA, Local Authority or represent any political movement. The project will be privately funded and managed 2. Response by applicant: First to alert the members of Jonathan of this opportunity coming their way and the need of skills that will be required during the erection and operation of the project. And how the members of the community can gain or get involved. Response by the EAP: In addition to the response by the applicant, this project is announced at the community meeting as part of the public participation process required as part of the Basic Assessment process. This is to ensure that the members of the community are aware of the project and are given an opportunity to raise any issues that they may have. 3. Response by applicant: As soon as the Environmental Impact Assessment has been completed and funding secured. Hopefully towards the end of the year or early next year after all systems would have been put in place. 4. Response by applicant: Yes, follow up announcements will be made during quarterly meetings held by the community.

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 24


Response by the EAP: Noted, the Draft Basic Assessment Report shall be made available for review at Puo-Phaa Secondary School as well as to the chairman of the community.

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 25

Appendix I4: Proof that the Authorities and Organs of State received written notification and draft reports of the proposed activities.

NOT AVAILABLE FOR INCLUSION AT THIS STAGE

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 26

Appendix I5: A list of registered Interested and Affected Parties

Company/organization Name Postal

NATIONAL, PROVINCIAL AND LOCAL

Department of Environmental Affairs- National Mmatlala Rabothata Fedsure Building, Private Bag X447, 315 Pretorius Street, Pretoria, 0002

Department of Environmental Affairs- National Sibusisiwe Hlela Fedsure Building, Private Bag X447, 315 Pretorius Street,Pretoria 0002

Department of Environmental Affairs- National Takalani Nemarude Fedsure Building, Private Bag X447, 315 Pretorius Street, Pretoria 0002

Department of Rural Development and Land Reform Bonginkosi Zulu Fedsure Building, Private Bag X447, 315 Pretorius Street, Pretoria 0002

Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Mashudu Marubini Private Bag X138, Pretoria, 0001

National Department of Mineral Resources Kgauta Mokoena Private Bag X59, Arcadia 0007

National Department of Water Affairs Ms Ndileka K mohapi Private Bag X313,Pretoria, 0001

National Department of Water Affairs Namisha Muthraparsad Private Bag X313,Pretoria, 0001

NW READ Rhuleni Mathebula Private Bag X2039,Mmabatho,2739

NW READ Malefyane Mosadi Private Bag X2039,Mmabatho,2739

Moretele Local Municipality Amogelang Sefara Private Bag X367, Makapanstad, North West, 0404

Moretele Local Municipality Municipal Manager Private Bag X367, Makapanstad, North West, 0404

Bojanala Platinum District Municipality Goitsimosimo Tau P O Box 1993, Rustenburg,0300

LANDOWNERS & NEIGHBOURS

Community Chairman- Plot 260 Jonathan Mr Ngema Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0270

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 46 Jonathan Jan Maseko Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0271

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix I, Page 27

Company/organization Name Postal

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan Mathews Mlangeni Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0272

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 41 Jonathan David Maseko Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0273

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 274 Jonathan Boysee Masango Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0274

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan Joshua Mlangeni Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0275

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 61 Jonathan Edwin Lelaka Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0276

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 35 Jonathan Senza Ngozo Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0277

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 46 Jonathan Alfred Ngobese Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0278

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 46 Jonathan Madoda Maseko Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0279

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan Sbongseni Mlangeni Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0280

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 35 Jonathan Mndeni Ngozo Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0281

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 232 Jonathan Bongane Radebe Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0282

Ward Councillor Mr. Mosetlhe P O Box 1962, Hammanskraal, 0400

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 48 Jonathan Ntomfuthi Mlangeni Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0284

Neighbouring Landowner- Plot 35 Jonathan Caiphus Ngozo Private Bag X1031 Bethanie, 0285

OTHER

North West Parks & Tourism Board Andrew Mvundle

NW Parks Board Bird Sanctuary Sampie van der Merwe

South African National Parks (SANParks) Dr. Howard Hendriks PO Box 787, Pretoria, 0001

Council for Geoscience Dr Stewart Foya Private Bag x112, Pretoria 0001

South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA) Marie South PO Box 4637, Cape Town, 8000

Endangered Wildlife Trust (EWT) Stephanie Aken

AgriLand Anneliza Collett Private Bag X120, Pretoria 0001

Client Vincent Maseko P O Box 60382, Karen Park, 0118

Department of Agriculture Forestry and Fisheries Thembi N Private Bag X120, Pretoria, 001

Leads 2 Business Carmen Barends

EMPr - Appendix J, Page 1

E N V I R O N M E N T A L M A N A G E M E N T P R O G R A M M E Bas ic Assessment for the proposed deve lopment o f a ch icken bro i le r fac i l i t y on Por t ion 40 o f the

Farm Jonathan 175- JQ, Br i t s , Nor th W es t : DRAFT BASIC ASSESSMENT REPORT

Appendix J, Page 1

1 INTRODUCTION 3

1.1 Purpose of the Environmental Management Programme 3

1.2 Contents of the EMPr 3

1.3 Environmental Assessment Practitioner 5

1.4 Description of applicable legislation and policies 6 1.4.1 National Environmental Management Act 6 1.4.2 Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations 7 1.4.3 National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998) 7 1.4.4 National Environmental Management Waste Act (NEM:WA) GNR 921, 29 November 2013 7 1.4.5 National Heritage Resources Act 25 of 1999 7 1.4.6 National Environmental Management Biodiversity Act 10 of 2004 7

2 THE APPROACH TO THE EMPR 7

3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 8

3.1 Farm Manager and Team 8

3.2 The Contractor 8

3.3 Environmental Control Officer 8

4 THE PROJECT DESCRIPTION 9

5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 16

6 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION/ ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS PLAN 46

7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & REPORTING/ AUDITING 46



Appendix J, Page 2

Table 1-1: Compliance with Appendix 4 of Government Notice Regulation 326 of 7 April 2017 and Section 24N of the National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1998. ____________________ 4

Table 5-1: Impact management plan for the proposed Design and Planning Phase ______________________ 16

Table 5-2: Impact management plan for the proposed Construction Phase ____________________________ 19

Table 5-3: Impact management plan for the proposed Operational Phase _____________________________ 31

Table 5-4: Impact management plan for the proposed Decommissioning Phase ________________________ 40

Figure 1: Map showing areas of conservation concerns as identified by (NSS, 2016) _____________________ 11

Figure 2: The biodiversity map of the proposed development site ___________________________________ 12

Figure 3: Aerial view of the property showing the locations of the identified finds in relation to the proposed development areas. Red symbols are heritage resources within the proposed development site. _________________________________________________________________ 13

Figure 4: Site layout of the proposed development site (as supplied by the Project Proponent) ____________ 14

Figure 5: Layout of the proposed development with sensitivities ____________________________________ 15



Appendix J, Page 3

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the Environmental Management Programme Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd is a producer of broiler chickens that are raised with strict considerations for chickens and the environment. It is located in Brits, North West Province. The Enterprise proposes to develop three chicken broiler houses with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit and farm house. The size of each chicken house will be 20m x 130m, with the capacity to breed 40 000 chickens per cycle. The farm is 9.2 hectares and is situated on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ. Furthermore the farm has an existing borehole with the capacity to store 10 000 L of water. This Draft Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) is prepared as part of the requirements of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulations (December 2017, as amended) promulgated under the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (Act 107 of 1998, as amended). The purpose of this Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) is to ensure “good environmental practice‟ by taking a holistic approach to the management and mitigation of environmental impacts during the construction, operation and decommissioning phase of the proposed chicken broiler. This EMPr therefore sets out the methods by which proper environmental controls are to be implemented by the broiler’s management. The Draft EMPr is to be submitted to the North West Department of Rural, Environment and Agricultural Development as part of the Application for Environmental Authorisation. This EMPr is considered as a document that can be updated as new information becomes available during the construction, operational and operational phases, if applicable, of the proposed development. Mitigations measure need to be implemented as addressed in this EMPr, except where they are not applicable, and additional measures should be considered when necessary. The EMPr identifies the following:

Construction and Operation activities that will impact on the environment; Specifications with which the broiler’s management shall comply in order to protect the

environment from the identified impacts; and Actions that shall be taken in the event of non-compliance.

This EMPr incorporates management plans for the design, construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the project, which consist of the following components:

Impact: The potential positive or negative impact of the development that needs to be enhanced, mitigated or eliminated.

Objectives: The objectives necessary in order to meet the goal; these take into account the findings of the specialist studies.

Mitigation/Management Actions: The actions needed to achieve the objectives, taking into consideration factors such as responsibility, methods, frequency, resources required and prioritisation.

Monitoring: The key monitoring actions required to check whether the objectives are being achieved, taking into consideration responsibility, frequency, methods and reporting.

1.2 Contents of the EMPr This EMPr specifies the management actions necessary to ensure minimal environmental impacts, as well as procedures for monitoring these impacts associated with the proposed activity. In terms of legal compliance, this EMPr aims to satisfy appendix 4 of Government Notice Regulation 326 of 7 April 2017, presented in Table 1-1 below.



Appendix J, Page 4

Table 1-1: Compliance with Appendix 4 of Government Notice Regulation 326 of 7 April 2017 and Section 24N of the National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1998.

Requirements according to Appendix 4 of GNR 326 of 7 April 2017 Section

(1) An EMPr must comply with section 24N of the Act and include- a) details of -

(i) the EAP who prepared the EMPr; and (ii) the expertise of that EAP to prepare an EMPr, including a curriculum

vitae;

Section 1.3

Appendix I

b) a detailed description of the aspects of the activity that are covered by the EMPr as identified by the project description;

Section 2

c) a map at an appropriate scale which superimposes the proposed activity, its associated structures, and infrastructure on the environmental sensitivities of the preferred site, indicating any areas that any areas that should be avoided, including buffers;

Section 2, Figure 2-1, 2-2, 2-3

d) a description of the impact management objectives, including management statements, identifying the impacts and risks that need to be avoided, managed and mitigated as identified through the environmental impact assessment process for all phases of the development including-

Section 4

(i) planning and design; Section 4

(ii) pre-construction activities; Section 4

(iii) construction activities; Section 4

(iv) rehabilitation of the environment after construction and where applicable post closure; and

Section 4

(v) where relevant, operation activities; Section 4

e) a description and identification of impact management outcomes required for the aspects contemplated in paragraph (d);

Section 4

f) a description of proposed impact management actions, identifying the manner in which the impact management objectives and outcomes contemplated in paragraphs (d) and (e) will be achieved, and must, where applicable, include actions to – i. avoid, modify, remedy, control or stop any action, activity or process which causes pollution or environmental degradation;

Section 4

ii. comply with any prescribed environmental management standards or practices;

Section 4

iii. comply with any applicable provisions of the Act regarding closure, where applicable; and

N/A

iv. comply with any provisions of the Act regarding financial provisions for rehabilitation, where applicable;

N/A

g) the method of monitoring the implementation of the impact management actions contemplated in paragraph (f);

Section 4

h) frequency of monitoring the implementation of the impact management actions contemplated in paragraph (f);

Section 4

i) an indication of the persons who will be responsible for the implementation of the impact management actions;

Section 4

j) the time periods within which the impact management actions contemplated in paragraph (f) must be implemented;

Section 4

k) the mechanism for monitoring compliance with the impact management actions contemplated in paragraph (f);

Section 4

l) a program for reporting on compliance, taking into account the requirements as Section 4



Appendix J, Page 5

Requirements according to Appendix 4 of GNR 326 of 7 April 2017 Section

prescribed by the Regulations;

m) an environmental awareness plan describing the manner in which- (i) the applicant intends to inform his or her employees of any environmental risk which may result from their work; and (ii) risks must be dealt with in order to avoid pollution or the degradation of the environment; and

Section 4

n) any specific information that may be required by the competent authority. N/A

1.3 Environmental Assessment Practitioner The Environmental Management Services (EMS) falls under the Specialist Services (SS) group within the Implementation Unit (IU) of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR). The CSIR is amongst the largest multi-disciplinary research and development organizations in Africa, which undertakes applied research and development for implementation across the continent, as well as providing consulting services to industry, government and international agencies. It has been one of the leading organisations in South Africa contributing to the development and implementation of environmental assessment and management methodologies and sustainability science. The EMS vision is to assist in ensuring the sustainability of projects or plans in terms of environmental and social criteria, by providing a range of environmental services that extend across the project and planning life cycles. This group has over 20 years of experience in environmental management practices and research methodologies, as well as in conducting environmental assessment and management studies in over 15 countries in Africa, in particular in southern and West Africa, and elsewhere in the world. The EMS group links closely with wider CSIR expertise in areas such as resource mapping, biodiversity assessment, socio-economic assessments, strategic infrastructure development studies, environmental screening studies, natural resource management, etc. The group has also prepared guidelines such as the Integrated Management Series and Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment for the Western Cape provincial government. Reinett Mogotshi- Reinett holds a BSc degree in Environmental Sciences as well as BSc (Hons) in Environmental Management and Analysis from the University of Pretoria. She has two years’ experience in the environmental management field. Prior to joining EMS Group of the CSIR, she worked as an Environmental Science Intern in the Environmental management section of the city of Tshwane, where she reviewed Basic Assessment and Scoping and Environmental Reports. Reinett is currently one of the project managers of the Special Needs and Skills Development Programme of the CSIR. Reinett is a member of the IAIAsa. Minnelise Levendal – Minnelise is a Senior EAP in the EMS group of the CSIR and holds a Master’s degree in Biological Science (Botany) from the Stellenbosch University. She has 16 years of experience in Environmental Management (which includes ten years working as an EAP). Before she joined the CSIR she was employed at the Western Cape Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning (DEA&DP) for five years where she assessed EIAs, BAs and EMPs. Minnelise is currently managing various EIAs for wind and solar renewable energy projects in South Africa. She was the CSIR project manager for the 100 MW Ubuntu Wind Energy Facility near Jeffreys Bay (Environmental Authorisation granted in June 2012), as well as the 50 MW Banna Ba Pifhu Wind Energy Facility proposed by WKN Windcurrent near Humansdorp in the Eastern Cape (Environmental Authorisation granted in July 2014). She was the project manager of ten BAs for wind



Appendix J, Page 6

monitoring masts in South Africa as part of the National Wind Atlas Project of the Department of Energy. Environmental Authorisation from the DEA for all the ten masts was obtained in 2010. This Environmental Management Programme that has been compiled in fulfilment of the requirements of the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations (2017). This EMPr describe the activities that are proposed, and prescribe the management, mitigation and monitoring measures that must be implemented to ensure that potential negative environmental or socio-economic impacts that may be associated with the development are avoided or mitigated correctly, and to ensure that positive impacts of the proposed development are promoted where possible. This document also intended to ensure that the principles of Environmental Management specified in the National Environmental Management Act are promoted during the different phases of the proposed development of a broiler.

1.4 Description of applicable legislation and policies

1.4.1 National Environmental Management Act

The National Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (Act 107 of 1998 as amended) is the primary piece of environmental legislation in South Africa, and establishes principles for decision-making on matters affecting the environment, and establishes a framework for integrating good environmental management into all development activities. Section 2 of NEMA states the principles of environmental management that must be applied through the Republic of South Africa. The key principles that are relevant to the proposed project include:

Environmental management must place people and their needs at the forefront, and serve their physical, psychological, developmental, cultural and social interests equitably.

Development must be socially, environmentally and economically sustainable. Environmental management must be integrated & take into account the effects of decisions

on all aspects of the environment & all people in the environment by pursuing the best practical environmental option.

Equitable access to environmental resources, benefits and services to meet basic human needs and ensure human well-being must be pursued.

The environment is held in public trust for the people, the beneficial use of environmental resources must serve the public interest and the environment must be protected as the people’s common heritage.

The participation of all interested and affected parties in environmental governance must be promoted, and all people must have the opportunity to develop the understanding. Skills and capacity necessary for achieving equitable and effective participation and participation by vulnerable and disadvantaged persons must be ensured.

The social, economic and environmental impacts of activities, including disadvantages and benefits must be considered, assessed and evaluated. Decisions must be appropriate in the light of such consideration and assessment.

The polluter must pay for the cost of remedying pollution, environmental degradation and adverse health effects.

Sensitive, vulnerable, highly dynamic or stressed ecosystems, such as coastal shores, estuaries, wetlands, and similar systems require specific attention in management and planning procedures, especially where they are subject to significant human resource usage and development pressure.

In terms of Section 28 of NEMA “Every person who causes, has caused, or may cause significant pollution or degradation of the environment must take reasonable measures to prevent such pollution or degradation



Appendix J, Page 7

from occurring, continuing or recurring, or, in so far as such harm cannot reasonably be avoided or stopped, to minimise and rectify such pollution or degradation of the environment.” The principles of environmental management and the Duty of Care as stated in NEMA must be observed on site, during all phases of the proposed development of a bridge.

1.4.2 Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations

The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations of 2017 (GN No. R324, 325 and- 327 of April 2017), published under NEMA, list those activities that may have a potentially detrimental impact on the environment, and which require environmental authorisation before those listed activities can be undertaken.

1.4.3 National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998)

In terms of the National Water Act (Act 36 of 1998), there are eleven types of “water use” that require authorisation from the Department of Water & Sanitation (DWS) before the water use activities commences. Given the nature of the project, the type of water use in terms of Section 21 of the National Water Act that is relevant to the proposed project is: Section 21(i) – altering the beds, banks, course or characteristics of a watercourse. Authorisation for a Water Use Licence Application is required from the DWS in order to undertake the above activity. An application for Water Use Authorisation will be lodged with the DWS.

1.4.4 National Environmental Management Waste Act (NEM:WA) GNR 921, 29 November 2013

In terms of the National Environmental Management Waste Act (Act 59 of 2008) the proposed project does not trigger a Waste Management License under the National Environmental Management: Waste Act (NEMWA Regulations published in GNR 921 on the 29 November 2013 Government Gazette No 37083).

1.4.5 National Heritage Resources Act 25 of 1999

In terms of the National Heritage Resources Act (Act 25 of 1999) an application for Heritage Resources review was submitted to SAHRA (Case ID: 97840) in terms of the National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No. 25 of 1999) as amended.

1.4.6 National Environmental Management Biodiversity Act 10 of 2004

The National Environmental Management Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No. 10 of 2004) as amended (NEMBA) including all the pertinent legislation published in terms of this act was considered in compiling this EMPr. This included the determination and assessment of the fauna and flora prevailing in the proposed project and the handling thereof in terms of NEMBA.

2 THE APPROACH TO THE EMPR

A typical EMPr takes the planning and design, construction and operational phases of a project into account. The EMPr is based largely on the findings and recommendations of the BA process. However, the EMPr is considered a “live” document and must be updated with additional information or actions during the lifetime of the project if and when needed.



Appendix J, Page 8

The EMPr follows an approach of identifying an over-arching goal and objectives, accompanied by management actions that are aimed at achieving these objectives. The management actions are presented in a table format in order to show the links between the goal and associated objectives, actions, responsibilities, monitoring requirements and targets. The management plans for the Design and Layout, Construction and Operational phases consist of the following components:

Description of the activity taking place; The potential impacts associated with that activity; The appropriate mitigation measures; The responsible party; and Monitoring Frequency.

3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

For the purposes of the EMPr, the generic roles that need to be defined are those of the: Farm Manager and Team; The Contractor; and Environmental Control Officer.

Note: The specific titles for these functions will vary from project to project. The intent of this section is to give a generic outline of what these roles typically require.

3.1 Farm Manager and Team The manager of the Jam Rock farm and the team. The farm manager is responsible to oversee construction, operational and decommissioning aspects of the chicken broiler to make sure that the EMPr is implemented and the conditions of Environmental Authorisation are adhere to throughout the project lifecycle. He will also be responsible for rehabilitation of disturbed areas during construction.

3.2 The Contractor The person or company appointed to undertake construction or decommissioning of the chicken broiler. For the purposes of this EMPr, “Contractor” may also refer to the person undertaking any of the proposed activities whether awarded a contract or not. The contractor will be responsible for the overall construction and decommissioning activities on site and compliance with all conditions of authorization as well as drafting the method statement that is aimed to protect environmental resources, minimise pollution and to rehabilitate disturbed areas and its implementation thereof.

3.3 Environmental Control Officer It can either be an internal staff member of the Engineer / Contractor assigned to the project. The Environmental Control Officer will be part of the project staff and will advise the Engineer on all environmental matters relating to the works, in terms of this EMPr. The environmental officer will also be responsible for monitoring construction activities on site to also ensure that all the recommendations of the EMPr are adhere to during construction phase. He/she will also be responsible for the implementation of the EMPr on site.



Appendix J, Page 9

4 THE PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Jam Rock (Pty) Ltd is a producer of broiler chickens that are raised with strict considerations for chickens and the environment. It is located in Brits, North West Province. The Enterprise proposes to develop three chicken broiler houses with associated infrastructure including a road, storage unit and farm house. The size of each chicken house will be 20m x 130m, with the capacity to breed 40 000 chickens per cycle. The farm is 9.2 hectares and is situated on Portion 40 of the farm Jonathan 175-JQ. Furthermore the farm has an existing borehole with the capacity to store 10 000 L of water. The proposed infrastructure of the chicken broiler will entail the following:

3x chicken houses (130m x 20m) 6m access road Workers quarter (80mx 40m) Storage unit (60m x 40m) Home and office (40m x 40m) Used bedding area (20m x 60m)

Listed Activities The development triggers listed activities in terms of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

Regulations, Government Regulations (GNR) 324 and 327 of April 2017 promulgate under the National

Environmental Management Act (NEMA) (Act no 107 of 1998). In terms of these Regulations, a Basic

Assessment (BA) should be undertaken for the proposed project.

In terms of the amended NEMA EIA Regulations published in GNR 324, 325, 326 and 327 on the 7 April 2017

Government Gazette Number 40772, a BA process is required as the project triggers the following listed

activities (detailed in Table 1 below).



Appendix J, Page 10

Relevant notice:

Activity No (s) (in terms

of the relevant notice)

Description of each listed activity as per the Government Notice

GN. R 327, 7 April 2017

5. (ii) and (iv) The development and related operation of facilities or infrastructure for the concentration of (ii) more than 5 000 poultry per facility situated outside an urban area, excluding chicks younger than 20 days and (iv) more than 25000 chicks younger than 20 days per facility situated outside an urban area.

GN. R 327, 7 April 2017

27 The clearance of an area of 1 hectare or more, but less than 20 hectares of indigenous vegetation, except where such clearance of indigenous vegetation is required for- i) the undertaking of a linear activity; or ii) maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance management plan.

GN. R 324, 7 April 2017

12(h)(iv) The clearance of 300 square metres or more of indigenous vegetation except where such clearance of indigenous vegetation is required for maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with the maintenance purposes undertaken in accordance with a maintenance plan in North West within critical biodiversity areas identified in in systematic biodiversity plans adopted by the competent authority.

E N V I R O N M E N T A L M A N A G E M E N T P R O G R A M M E Bas ic Assessment for the proposed deve lopment o f a ch icken bro i le r fac i l i t y on Por t ion 40 o f the Fa rm Jona than 175- JQ, Br i t s , Nor th W es t :


Appendix J, Page 11

Figure 1: Map showing areas of conservation concerns as identified by (NSS, 2016)



Appendix J, Page 12

Figure 2: The biodiversity map of the proposed development site



Appendix J, Page 13

Figure 3: Aerial view of the property showing the locations of the identified finds in relation to the proposed development areas. Red symbols are heritage resources within

the proposed development site.



Appendix J, Page 14

Figure 4: Site layout of the proposed development site (as supplied by the Project Proponent)



Appendix J, Page 15

Figure 5: Layout of the proposed development with sensitivities



Appendix J, Page 16

5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

As part of environmental management and enhancement, an identification and description of impact management objectives must be developed, inclusive of the proposed methods and effective management and mitigation measures required during the design, construction and operational phases of the proposed chicken broiler. The table below lists potential impacts and mitigation measures recommended for the proposed chicken broiler facility at the different phases.

Table 5-1: Impact management plan for the proposed Design and Planning Phase

Impact Management/Mitigation Measures Methodology Monitoring Frequency

Responsibility

BIODIVERSITY IMPACTS






Restrict all clearing of vegetation and disturbance of habitat from construction activities to the final infrastructure footprint.

Ensure that all infrastructure avoids all Very High and High sensitive areas.

During design CSIR, Farm Manager and Team

Clearly demarcate or fence in the construction site. Relocate CI plant and animal specimens from the construction footprint, with advice from an appropriate specialist

Pre-construction Farm Manager and Team

Avoid unnecessary loss of indigenous trees and termitaria.

Identify and mark indigenous trees on the ground. Those that are small and cannot be avoided should be transplanted elsewhere on site.

Design / pre-construction

Farm Manager and Team, Construction Crew, with advice from an Ecologist


Adhere to legal requirements and best practice guidelines regarding the displacement of CI and medicinally important floral species.

Obtain permits to remove CI species Pre-Construction Farm Manager and Team


Pre-Construction Botanist / horticulturist

Loss of CI fauna Adhere to law and best practice Appoint an appropriate specialist to relocate CI Pre-construction Zoologist/Ecologist



Appendix J, Page 17


Responsibility

guidelines regarding the displacement of CI faunal species.

fauna from vegetation, termitaria and soil that is removed from the infrastructure footprint

Prohibit collection or persecution of fauna.


Pre-construction Farm Manager and Team


Regulate / limit access by potential vectors of alien plants.

Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the construction site. Demarcate or fence in the construction area


Farm Manager and Team ECO Construction manager

Prohibit the introduction of domestic animals such as dogs and cats

All Phases Farm Manager and Team



Maintain a tidy construction site. Keep construction activities neat and tidy. When complete remove all sand piles and landscape all uneven ground while re-establishing a good topsoil layer.

During construction Farm Manager and Team


Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimise soil disturbance as far as possible

During construction Farm Manager and Team / construction crew

Increase in dust and erosion Implement effective measures to control dust and erosion.


During construction Farm Manager and Team, Construction Crew Commence (and preferably complete)

construction during winter, when the risk of erosion should be least




Appendix J, Page 18


Responsibility

Implement erosion protection measures on site to reduce erosion and sedimentation of downstream areas. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed.


Sensory disturbance of fauna Time construction activities to minimise sensory disturbance of fauna.

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least


Farm Manager and Team, Construction Crew

Minimise noise pollution Minimise noise to limit its impact on calling and other sensitive fauna (e.g. frogs and Secretarybird).

Prior to and throughout construction


Minimise light pollution. Limit construction activities to day time hours. Throughout construction


Minimise or eliminate security and construction lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna.

Throughout construction

Construction Crew

WATER QUALITY IMPACTS

Pollution of the surrounding environment as a result of contamination of stormwater. Contamination could result from chemicals, oils, fuels, sewage, solid waste, litter etc.

Reduce the contamination of stormwater.

The appointed Contractor should compile a Method Statement for Stormwater Management during the construction phase.

All phases Construction Crew and Farm Manager and Team

Provide secure storage for oil, chemicals and other waste materials in order to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff.



Appendix J, Page 19


Responsibility

Regular inspections of stormwater infrastructure should be undertaken to ensure that it is kept clear of all debris and weeds.

STORMWATER IMPACTS

Impact of the project if a detailed storm water management plan is not correctly prepared and implemented.

A detailed stormwater management plan outlining appropriate treatment measures to address runoff from disturbed portions of the site must be compiled.

Check compliance with specified conditions. Once-off during design followed by regular control

Contractor

Ensure that this is taken into consideration during the planning and design phase by reviewing signed minutes of meetings or signed reports.

Table 5-2: Impact management plan for the proposed Construction Phase


Responsibility





During Construction Jam Rock Management, Construction Crew

Maintain the viability of the indigenous seed bank in excavated soil so that this can be used for subsequent re-vegetation of any disturbed areas. No landscaping should be performed around the facilities.

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing growing plants should be least


Briefly and effectively stockpile topsoil preferably 1-1.5m high. Natural vegetation must be allowed to recover in areas of disturbance. If recovery is slow, then a seed mix

During construction Construction Crew



Appendix J, Page 20


Responsibility

for the area (using indigenous grass species listed within this report) should be sourced and planted


Adhere to legal requirements and best practice guidelines regarding the displacement of CI and medicinally important floral species.

Obtain guidance from a suitably qualified vegetation specialist or horticulturist regarding the collection, propagation/storage and transplantation of plants

During Construction Botanist / horticulturist

Loss of CI fauna Prohibit collection or persecution of fauna.


Daily, during Construction



All Phases Farm Manager and Team / Farm Management


All Phases Farm Manager and Team / Farm Management

Provide notices and training to inform workers about dangerous animals (e.g. venomous snakes and scorpions) and prohibited activities (e.g. poaching).

All Phases Farm Manager and Team / External Ecologist (Advisory Capacity)



Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the construction site. Demarcate or fence in the construction area


Farm Manager and Team ECO Construction manager


Pre-Construction and continued through the life of the project




Appendix J, Page 21


Responsibility



Maintain a tidy construction site. Keep construction activities neat and tidy. When complete remove all sand piles and landscape all uneven ground while re-establishing a good topsoil layer.



Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimise soil disturbance as far as possible

During construction Farm Manager and Team / construction crew

Increased dust and erosion Implement effective measures to control dust and erosion.


During construction Farm Manager and Team / construction crew Revegetate denude areas with locally

indigenous flora a.s.a.p.

Implement erosion protection measures on site. Measures could include bunding around soil stockpiles, and vegetation of areas not to be developed


Implement effective and environmentally-friendly dust control measures, such as mulching or periodic wetting.

Minimise sensory disturbance of fauna

Time construction activities to minimise sensory disturbance of fauna.

Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least



Minimise noise pollution Minimise noise to limit its impact on sensitive fauna such as owls, korhaans and Secretarybirds.





Appendix J, Page 22


Responsibility

Minimise light pollution. Limit construction activities to day time hours. Throughout construction


Minimise or eliminate security and construction lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna.


Construction Crew

HERITAGE

Destruction of graves Manage the disturbance of graves Erect fences 5 m from graves and respect 10 m buffer from fence



Disturbance to and damage to Heritage Artefacts

Prevent damage and destruction to fossils, artefacts and materials of heritage significance.

The construction workers must be briefed on the potential uncovering of heritage features and what actions are then required. In the event that artefacts of heritage significance are discovered, all activities are to cease and the South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA) must be immediately contacted



WASTE

Pollution of the surrounding environment as a result of the handling, temporary storage and disposal of solid waste (general and hazardous).

Reduce soil and groundwater contamination as a result of incorrect storage, handling and disposal of general and hazardous waste.

General waste and hazardous waste should be stored temporarily on site in suitable (and correctly labelled) waste collection bins and skips (or similar). Waste collection bins and skips should be covered with suitable material, where appropriate



Should the on-site storage of general waste and hazardous waste exceed 100 m

3 and 80 m

3

respectively, then the National Norms and Standards for the Storage of Waste (published on 29 November 2013 under Government



Appendix J, Page 23


Responsibility

Notice 926) must be adhered to.

Ensure that the construction site is kept clean at all times and that construction personnel are made aware of correct waste disposal methods.

Ensure that sufficient general waste disposal bins are provided for all construction personnel throughout the site. These bins must be emptied on a regular basis.

No solid waste may be burned on site.

Segregation of hazardous waste from general waste to be in place.

The Contractor should provide adequate waste skips (or similar) on site and the Construction Contract should specify that the Contractor must be responsible for the correct disposal of the contents of the waste skips.

All construction waste (including rubble) should be frequently removed from site and correctly disposed by a licensed municipal landfill site

Establish appropriate emergency procedures for accidental contamination of the surroundings. Waste recycling should be incorporated into the facility’s operations as far as possible. Designate a secured, access restricted, sign posted room for the storage of potentially hazardous substances such as herbicides, pesticides dips and medications. All hazardous waste should be disposed of at an appropriate licensed facility for this.

Records of removal of infectious waste must be kept



Appendix J, Page 24


Responsibility

AIR QUALITY








Emissions from construction vehicles and generation of dust as a result of earthworks, demolition, as well as the delivery and mixing of construction materials.

Reduce dust emissions during construction activities.



Construction Crew



Commence (and preferably complete) construction during winter, when the risk of



Appendix J, Page 25


Responsibility

disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.


Emissions from construction vehicles and generation of dust as a result of earthworks, demolition, as well as the delivery and mixing of construction materials.

Reduce dust emissions during construction activities.



Construction Crew





SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS

Socio-economic Impact: Employment creation and skills development opportunities during the construction phase, which is

Maximise local employment and local business opportunities to promote and improve the local economy.

Enhance the use of local labour and local skills as far as reasonably possible. Where the required skills do not occur locally, and where appropriate and applicable, ensure that relevant local individuals are trained

During the construction phase




Appendix J, Page 26


Responsibility

expected to give rise to approximately 6-12 new jobs. This impact is rated as positive.



VISUAL IMPACTS

Potential visual intrusion of construction/demolition activities on the views of sensitive visual receptors

Prevent unnecessary visual clutter from focusing attention of surrounding visual receptors on the proposed development.

No specific mitigation measures are required other than standard construction site housekeeping and dust suppression such as demarcating construction boundaries and minimise areas of surface disturbance.

All Phases Construction Crew


SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT

Potential noise impact from the use of construction equipment (for the construction of the proposed infrastructure and demolition of existing infrastructure).

Prevent unnecessary impacts on the surrounding environment by ensuring that the piling noise is mitigated

Limit construction activities to day time hours During construction Construction Crew



Appendix J, Page 27


Responsibility

Noise generation from demolition and construction work (e.g. grinding and use of angle grinders), as well as from the removal of waste material (e.g. crane and truck engines). This impact is rated as neutral.

Reduce the potential noise impacts on the construction workers.

Construction personnel must wear proper hearing protection, which should be specified as part of the Construction Phase Risk Assessment carried out by the Contractor.


The Contractor must ensure that all construction personnel are provided with adequate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), where appropriate.

Potential health injuries to construction personnel as a result of construction work (i.e. welding fumes. This impact is rated as neutral.

Prevent respiratory illnesses caused to the construction personnel.



Construction safety injuries: potential impact on the safety of construction workers due to construction activities (such as welding, cutting, working at heights, lifting of heavy items etc.). This impact is rated as neutral.

Prevention of injuries to and fatalities of construction personnel during the construction phase.





The Contractor must undertake a Construction Phase Risk Assessment



Appendix J, Page 28


Responsibility


TRAFFIC IMPACTS

Traffic, congestion and potential for collisions during the construction phase. This impact is rated as neutral.

Prevent unnecessary impacts on the surrounding road network by supplying parking for construction vehicles on site.

During the construction phase, suitable parking areas should be created and designated for construction trucks and vehicles.


A construction supervisor should be appointed to co-ordinate construction traffic during the construction phase (by drawing up a traffic plan prior to construction).


Pollution caused by spillage or discharge of construction waste water into the surrounding environment.

Reduce the spillage of domestic effluent and the impact thereof on the environment.



Pollution of the surrounding water and ground as a result of generation of building rubble and waste scrap material.

Prevent unnecessary pollution impacts on the surrounding environment.

The amount of hazardous materials and liquids (such as cleaning materials) handled will be minimal. Fumes generated during welding will be minimal, within a well-ventilated area.


The construction site should be cleaned regularly



Appendix J, Page 29


Responsibility

The Contractor should provide adequate waste skips (or similar) on site and the Construction Contract should specify that the Contractor must be responsible for the correct disposal of the contents of the waste skips.

All construction waste (including rubble) should be frequently removed from site and correctly disposed by a licensed municipal landfill site.





Provide secure storage for oil, chemicals and other waste materials in order to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff.


Ensure that the pig houses and associated drains and slurry facility are designed and lined with impermeable substances (clay-type soils, geosynthetic plastic or concrete) in accordance with advice from suitably qualified agricultural experts and international best practice norms.

STORMWATER IMPACTS

Diversion and impedance surface water flows as well as increased run-off as the result of construction activities

Prevent interference with natural run-off patterns, diverting flows and increasing the velocity of surface water flows.

Compile a Method Statement for Stormwater Management and verify if a Method Statement for Stormwater Management has been compiled by the Contractor via audits prior to the commencement of the construction phase.

During construction Contractor



Appendix J, Page 30


Responsibility

Stormwater and any run-off generated by the hard surfaces should be discharged into retention swales or areas with rock rip-rap (or similar). These could be used to enhance the sense of place, if they are planted with indigenous vegetation.

Erosion and sedimentation into water bodies must be minimised through the effective stabilisation (gabions and Reno mattresses or similar) and the re-vegetation of any disturbed riverbanks.

Unnecessary run-off such as over wetting during dust control and irrigation must be avoided.

Perform periodic inspections and maintenance of soil erosion measures and stormwater control structures





Provide secure storage for oil, chemicals and other waste materials in order to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff during construction phase.

Ensure that the temporary site camp and ablution facilities are established at least 32 m away from areas of high sensitivity.




Appendix J, Page 31

Table 5-3: Impact management plan for the proposed Operational Phase

Impact Description Management/Mitigation Measures

Methodology Monitoring Frequency

Responsibility

BIOSECURITY IMPACTS

Environmental contamination Ensure that excrement, carcasses, feed, and other operational waste and hazardous materials are appropriately and effectively contained and disposed of without detriment to the environment.

Adhere to best practice chicken husbandry and waste disposal norms..

Throughout Operation


Ensure that there are appropriate control measures in place for any contamination event

Establish appropriate emergency procedures for accidental contamination of the surroundings. Waste recycling should be incorporated into the facility’s operations as far as possible. Designate a secured, access restricted, signposted room for the storage of potentially hazardous substances such as herbicides, pesticides dips and medications. All hazardous waste should be disposed of at an appropriate licensed facility for this

Prior to operation

Rehabilitate contaminated areas a.s.a.p. in accordance with advice from appropriate contamination and environmental specialists.

A.s.a.p. following contamination





Appendix J, Page 32



Responsibility


Prevent, detect and control pest infestations before they become a problem, through frequent and careful cleaning, monitoring and control.

Ensure that there is effective storm water drainage around the facility




Prevent and manage unwanted animal access to fodder

Check that fan louvers (if installed) work properly, and close fans completely when off

Ensure that floors are sloped and slatted to facilitate drainage

Screed concrete floors properly to seal all cracks and limit the pooling of effluent and water


Clean floors regularly

Clean up excess fodder regularly from under troughs and feed bins.

Keep areas surrounding the facility free of spilled manure and litter.

Remove all trash, and sources of feed and water for pests from the outside perimeter of the facilities.

Keep weeds and gress mowed to 5cm or less immediately around the facilities, to reduce the prevalence of insects



Appendix J, Page 33



Responsibility

Electrocution devices are available to kill flies, while other mechanical devices include traps, sticky tapes or baited traps

Control rodents through effective sanitation, rodent proofing and (as humane as possible) extermination.

Rodenticides are not advised

Ensure that measures to control pests are tightly restricted to areas where these are problematic. Pest control measures should be taxon-specific. If necessary, advice should be sought from an appropriate specialist.

Transmission of diseases Ensure that pests and other potential vectors are unable to enter areas where they might encounter production animals, carcasses, excrement or bedding, by thoroughly sealing these areas using effective, humane and environmentally-friendly means.

Maintain the appropriate pest control measures Life of operation particularly at the onset of the rainy season





HERITAGE IMPACTS

Destruction of graves Limit disturbance of graves on site Erect fences of 5 m from graves and respect 10 m buffer from fence

Prior to construction Construction crew

Disturbance to and damage to Heritage Artefacts

Limit disturbance of any Heritage Artefacts

The construction workers must be briefed on the potential uncovering of heritage features and what actions are then required. In the event that artefacts of heritage significance are discovered, all activities are to cease and the South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA) must be immediately contacted.





Appendix J, Page 34



Responsibility

AIR QUALITY

Atmospheric pollution due to fumes, smoke from fires (involving plant and vegetable oils or MEG).

Prevent unnecessary air pollution impacts as a result of the operational procedures.

Portable fire extinguishers and fire water hydrants (i.e. appropriate fire-fighting equipment) should be provided at the terminal as required. Mobile fire-fighting equipment should be provided at the berths as a safety precaution during the vessel offloading process. It should be noted that the products planned to be stored at the terminal have high flash points and low volatility. As a result, fires are unlikely, unsustainable, and can be extinguished with basic fire water and portable fire extinguishers.

Farm Manager and Team and ECO

Emissions from staff vehicles. Reduce emissions during operation Efficient movement of traffic through the entrance and exit in order to reduce congestion and vehicle emissions. Ensure that the facility is operated in such a manner whereby potential odours are minimised.


Altered burning Ensure that flammable materials are stored in an appropriate safe house. Ensure that there are appropriate control measures in place for any accidental fires. If artificial burning is considered necessary to reduce risks to human and infrastructure safety from wild fires, a fire management plan should be compiled with input from an appropriate floral specialist, and diligently

Create safe storage on the premises for flammable materials. If artificial burning is considered necessary, establish and implement a fire management plan with emergency fire procedures



Maintain an effective fire break between the development area and the surrounding natural environment (especially the ridge to the north, where the fire-dependent Highveld Blue butterfly may occur)

Educate workers about the plan and emergency procedures with regular training and notices



Appendix J, Page 35



Responsibility

implemented. Annual wild fires should be strictly prohibited.




Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective.

During operation Farm Manager and Team

Loss of CI or medicinal flora Harvesting of indigenous flora for medicine, fire wood, building materials, and other purposes must be prohibited

Education of the Farm Management and team required prior to operation and with yearly refresher talks.



Introduction & proliferation of alien spp.


Carefully regulate / limit access by vehicles and materials to the site





Maintain a neat and tidy production facility

Employ best practices regarding the tilling of soil and weed management

Minimise the accumulation or dispersal of excess fodder on site


Remove Category species using mechanical methods, and minimise soil disturbance as far as possible. Alien debris could be donated to a local community.

Sensory disturbances Limit the effects of light pollution on nocturnal fauna (including numerous insects, bats and hedgehogs).

Minimise essential lighting.

Ensure that all outdoor lights are angled downwards and/or fitted with hoods.

Avoid using metal halide, mercury or other bulbs that emit high UV (blue-white) light that is highly and usually fatally attractive





Appendix J, Page 36



Responsibility

to insects.


Limit the effects of noise from operational activities on fauna such as carnivores, frogs and Secretarybirds.

Minimise unavoidable noise

Conduct regular maintenance of machinery and ventilation systems / fans (if any).



SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS

Improved service delivery with regards to produce and poultry products.

Maximise service delivery through maintenance of infrastructure

Ensure that the proposed infrastructure is maintained appropriately to ensure that all facilities and infrastructure operate within its design capacity to deliver as the market requires.

During Operation Farm Manager and Team

VISUAL IMPACTS

Potential impact of night lighting of the development on the nightscape of the surrounding landscape.

Prevent night lights from impacting on surrounding visual receptors by minimizing glare and light spill.

No specific mitigation measures are recommended as it is assumed that night lighting of the proposed storage facility will be planned in such a manner so as to minimise light pollution such as glare and light spill (light trespass) by: Using light fixtures that shield the light and focus illumination on the ground (or only where light is required).

All phases Farm Manager and Team




Appendix J, Page 37



Responsibility


Where possible, using timer switches or motion detectors to control lighting in areas that are not occupied continuously (if permissible and in line with minimum security requirements). Switching off lights when not in use in line with safety and security.

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

Altered burning Ensure that flammable materials are stored in an appropriate safe house. Ensure that there are appropriate control measures in place for any accidental fires. If artificial burning is considered necessary to reduce risks to human and infrastructure safety from wild fires, a fire management plan should be compiled with input from an appropriate floral specialist, and diligently implemented. Annual wild fires should be prohibited.


Prior to, and through operation



Prior to, and at least annually during operation

Educate workers about the fire plan and emergency procedures with regular training and notices


Potential noise impact from operations and road transport of products during the operational phase (i.e. increased road traffic).

Prevent unnecessary impacts on the surrounding environment by ensuring that the drivers of road tankers minimise the use of air

It is recommended that the drivers of the vehicles be discouraged from using air brakes at night.




Appendix J, Page 38



Responsibility

brakes. Limit the effects of noise associated disturbances from pigs and operational activities on sensitive fauna such as owls and medium-large mammals (especially carnivores), potentially occurring hedgehogs and large terrestrial birds such as Korhaans and Secretarybirds.

Groundwater contamination as a result of the storage of pig waste in the proposed cement lagoon.

Reduce soil and groundwater contamination as a result of incorrect storage and disposal of waste.

Ensure that that the pig houses and associated drains and slurry facility are designed and lined with impermeable substances (clay-type soils, geosynthetic plastic, or concrete) in accordance with advice from suitably qualified agricultural experts and international best practice norms.

ECO

Personnel should ensure careful transportation of waste from the pig facilities to the lagoon as to avoid spillage.

Adequate infrastructure should ensure waste will not exit the lagoon in an extreme weather event.

Ensure adequate treatment of the waste to avoid extreme odours and contaminations.

Potential impact on the health of operating personnel resulting in potential health injuries.

To ensure that there are no adverse effects on the health of operating personnel.

Operational personnel must wear basic PPE (e.g. gloves, goggles etc.) as necessary during the operational phase.


Minor accidents to the public and moderate accidents to operational staff (e.g. fires).

Ensure operating personnel or the public are not affected or injured by heat from possible fires.

An Emergency Plan should be compiled in order to deal with potential spillages and fires. Records of practices should be kept on site.

Annually Farm Manager and Team



Appendix J, Page 39



Responsibility



Impact of extra operational vehicles on the road network.

Prevent unnecessary or excessive heavy vehicles

Undertake re-calibration of existing traffic signals if required.


STORMWATER IMPACTS

Discharge of contaminated stormwater into the surrounding environment. Contamination could result from chemicals, oils, fuels, sewage, solid waste, litter etc.

Reduce the contamination of stormwater during operation.

The appointed Contractor should compile a Method Statement for Stormwater Management during the operation.

Once off and updated as required.

Contractor

Undertake regular inspections of the stormwater infrastructure (i.e. by implementing walk through inspections).


Farm manager and team



Appendix J, Page 40

Table 5-4: Impact management plan for the proposed Decommissioning Phase



Responsibility




Monitor and maintain the road impact control measures to ensure that they remain effective.

During operation Farm Manager and Team



Remove Category species using mechanical methods and minimise soil disturbance as far as possible.

Throughout the decommissioning phase.


Sensory disturbances Time demolition / rehabilitation activities to minimise sensory disturbance of fauna.

Commence (and preferably complete) demolition / rehabilitation during winter, when the risk of disturbing active (including breeding and migratory) animals, should be least.



Limit disturbance from noise Minimise noise to limit its impact on sensitive fauna such as owls, korhaans and Secretarybirds

Limit disturbance from light Limit demolition activities to day time hours

Minimise or eliminate security and other lighting, to reduce the disturbance of nocturnal fauna

AIR QUALITY IMPACTS








Appendix J, Page 41



Responsibility



HERITAGE IMPACTS

Destruction of graves Limit disturbance of graves on site

Erect fence of 5 m from graves and respect 10 m buffer from fence

Carry out monitoring for the decommissioning phase.

Contractor


Potential spillage of effluent to the surrounding environment (from portable sanitation facilities for decommissioning personnel).

Reduce the spillage of domestic effluent and the impact thereof on the environment.

Normal sewage management practises should be implemented. These include ensuring that portable sanitation facilities are regularly emptied and the resulting sewage is transported safely (by an appointed service provider) for correct disposal at an appropriate, licenced facility. Proof of disposal (in the form of waste disposal slips or waybills) should be retained on file for auditing purposes.

Monthly ECO

Discharge of contaminated stormwater into the surrounding environment. Contamination could result from chemicals, oils, fuels, sewage, solid waste, litter etc.


The appointed Contractor should compile a Method Statement for Stormwater Management during the decommissioning phase.

Once off (and thereafter updated as required).

Contractor




Appendix J, Page 42



Responsibility

Pollution of the surrounding environment as a result of the handling, temporary storage and disposal of solid waste.

Reduce soil and groundwater contamination as a result of incorrect storage, handling and disposal of general and hazardous waste.

General waste (i.e. building rubble, demolition waste, discarded concrete, bricks, tiles, wood, glass, plastic, metal, excavated material, packaging material, paper and domestic waste etc.) and hazardous waste (i.e. empty tins, paint and paint cleaning liquids, oils, fuel spillages and chemicals etc.) generated during the decommissioning phase should be stored temporarily on site in suitable (and correctly labelled) waste collection bins and skips (or similar). Waste collection bins and skips should be covered with suitable material, where appropriate.


ECO

Should the on-site storage of general waste and hazardous waste exceed 100 m

3 and 80 m

3

respectively, then the National Norms and Standards for the Storage of Waste (published on 29 November 2013 under GN 926) must be adhered to.




Appendix J, Page 43



Responsibility



NOISE IMPACTS

Emissions from decommissioning vehicles and generation of dust as a result of earthworks and demolition.

Reduce dust emissions during decommissioning activities.



Contractor and ECO



VISUAL IMPACTS

Potential visual intrusion of decommissioning activities on the existing views of sensitive visual receptors.

Prevent unnecessary visual clutter from focusing attention of surrounding visual receptors on the proposed development.

No specific mitigation measures are required other than standard site housekeeping and dust suppression. These are included below: The contractor(s) should maintain good housekeeping on site to avoid litter and minimise waste.

Weekly

Construction Crew and ECO



Appendix J, Page 44



Responsibility

The project developer should demarcate decommissioning boundaries and minimise areas of surface disturbance.


Litter and rubble should be timeously removed from the work site and disposed at a licenced waste disposal facility.

Night lighting of the decommissioning site should be minimised within requirements of safety and efficiency.

Limit the effects of light pollution on nocturnal fauna (e.g. The potentially occurring Hedgehog and Rusty Pipistrelle but also various invertebrate species)

Limit the effects of light pollution on nocturnal fauna (e.g. The potentially occurring Hedgehog and Rusty Pipistrelle but also various invertebrate species)

SAFETY, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT

Noise generation from demolition activities (e.g. grinding, steel falling, use of angle grinders) during the decommissioning phase. This impact is rated as neutral.

Reduce the potential noise impacts on the decommissioning personnel

A method statement, including detailed procedures, must be drawn up prior to any decommissioning of existing tanks.


ECO and Contractor




Appendix J, Page 45



Responsibility


Potential health injuries to demolition staff during the decommissioning phase. This impact is rated as neutral.

Prevent respiratory illnesses caused to the decommissioning personnel

The Contractor must ensure that all decommissioning personnel are provided with adequate PPE for use where appropriate.


ECO and Contractor

TRAFFIC IMPACTS

Heavy traffic, congestion and potential for collisions. This impact is rated as neutral.

Prevention of injuries, fatalities, and damage to equipment and vehicles during the decommissioning phase.

Suitable parking areas should be created and designated for trucks and vehicles.


Contractor and ECO

A supervisor should be appointed to co-ordinate traffic during the decommissioning phase.

Road barricading should be undertaken where required and road safety signs should be adequately installed at strategic points within the site.



Appendix J, Page 46

6 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION/ ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS PLAN

The farm manager will be responsible for implementing a programme that will raise environmental awareness for all construction workers. The environmental awareness training will be presented to all workers in other to promote a successful implementation of the EMPr. An Environmental Control Officer shall be appointed to assist the manager with effective implementation of the programme and to also ensure compliance with all conditions of authorisations received. The Awareness training shall emphasise the importance of an EMPr in order to promote compliance. All the environmental impacts that are associated with the proposed development should be outlined together with the proposed mitigation measures. The programme should also focus on sensitive areas in order to ensure that sensitive natural resources are protected. The environmental awareness training should be undertaken when necessary and it is the responsibility of the farm manager to ensure that every person who will be coming to site is educated about the general conduct. Furthermore a register must be signed as part of the monitoring process; this will serve as proof that workers were made aware of the sensitivities on site. A method statement will be compiled by the contractor prior to commencement of construction activities. The method statement will comply with all the recommendations that have been outlined in the EMPr of the project with aims to protect environmental resources, minimise pollution and to rehabilitate disturbed areas.

7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING & REPORTING/ AUDITING

The Environmental Control Officer will be responsible for monitoring of construction activities on site to also ensure that all the recommendations of the EMPr are adhere to during the construction phase of the programme. Monitoring of compliance with all the recommendations should be done regularly in order to protect the natural resources on site. The construction area must be inspected and the Environmental Control Officer must compile a report after each inspection. Should non-compliance be recorded, the construction activities must be ceased until remedial actions are taken to ensure compliance. The report must be submitted to the Farm manager who can then address any issues raised with the engineer and contractor. The reports will be kept as part of record keeping and will be send to READ should they be requested. Written records should entail the method statement, the approved EMPr that consists of monitoring reports, a site incident register, relevant authorisations that have been obtained and records of any meeting and training held with the construction workers. The farm manager will also be responsible for post construction phase monitoring programme i.e. clearance of Invasive Alien Species on site, the removal of debris during flooding etc.



Appendix K, Page 1

Details of EAP and expertise ___________________________________________________________________ 2

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix K, Page 2

DETAILS OF EAP AND EXPERTISE

Minnelise Levendal (Project Leader)

CSIR Jan Cilliers Street PO Box 320 Stellenbosch 7600 South Africa

Phone: +27 21 888 2400 Fax: +27 21 888 2693 Email: [email protected]

CURRICULUM VITAE OF MINNELISE LEVENDAL – PROJECT LEADER Name of firm CSIR

Name of staff Minnelise Levendal

Profession Environmental Assessment and Management

Position in firm Project Manager

Years’ experience 8 years

Nationality South African

Languages Afrikaans and English

CONTACT DETAILS: Postal Address: P O Box 320, Stellenbosch, 7599 Telephone Number: 021-888 2495/2661 Cell: 0833098159 Fax: 0865051341 e-mail: [email protected]

BIOSKETCH: Minnelise joined the CSIR Environmental Management Services group (EMS) in 2008. She is focussing primarily on managing Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs), Basic Assessments (BAs) and Environmental Screening studies for renewable energy projects including wind and solar projects. These include an EIA for a wind energy facility near Swellendam, Western Cape South Africa for BioTherm (Authorisation granted in September 2011) and a similar EIA for BioTherm in Laingsburg, Western Cape (in progress). She is also managing two wind farm EIAs and a solar Photovoltaic BA for WKN-Windcurrent SA in the Eastern Cape. Minnelise was the project manager for the Basic Assessment for the erection of ten wind monitoring masts at different sites in South Africa as part of the national wind atlas project of the Department of Energy in 2009 and 2010..She was also a member of the Project Implementation Team who managed the drafting of South Africa’s Second National Communication under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. The national Department of Environmental Affairs appointed the South African Botanical Institute (SANBI) to undertake this project. SANBI subsequently appointed the CSIR to manage this project.


A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix K, Page 3

EDUCATION:

M.Sc. (Botany) Stellenbosch University 1998 B.Sc. (Hons.) (Botany) University of the Western Cape 1994 B.Sc. (Education) University of the Western Cape 1993

MEMBERSHIPS:

International Association for Impact Assessment (IAIA), Western Cape (member of their steering committee from 2001-2003)

IUCN Commission on Education and Communication (CEC); World Conservation Learning Network (WCLN) American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS) Society of Conservation Biology (SCB)

EMPLOYMENT RECORD:

1995: Peninsula Technicon. Lecturer in the Horticulture Department. 1996: University of the Western Cape. Lecturer in the Botany Department. 1999: University of Stellenbosch. Research assistant in the Botany Department (3 months) 1999: Bengurion University (Israel). Research assistant (Working in the Arava valley, Negev – Israel; 2 months).

Research undertaken was published (see first publication in publication list) 1999-2004: Assistant Director at the Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning

(DEA&DP). Work involved assessing Environmental Impact Assessments and Environmental Management Plans; promoting environmental management and sustainable development.

2004 to present: Employed by the CSIR in Stellenbosch: September 2004 – May 2008: Biodiversity and Ecosystems Services Group (NRE) May 2008 to present: Environmental Management Services Group (EMS)

PROJECT EXPERIENCE RECORD: The following table presents a list of projects undertaken at the CSIR as well as the role played in each project:

Completion Date Project description Role Client

2011 (in progress)

EIA for the proposed Electrawinds Swartberg wind energy project near Moorreesburg in the Western Cape

Project Manager

Electrawinds

2010-2011 (in progress)

EIA for the proposed Ubuntu wind energy project, Eastern Cape

Project Manager

WKN Windkraft SA

2010-2011 (in progress)

EIA for the proposed Banna ba pifhu wind energy project, Eastern Cape

Project Manager

WKN Windkraft SA

2010-2011

BA for a powerline near Swellendam in the Western Cape

Project Manager

BioTherm Energy (Pty Ltd

2010-2011 (Environmental Authorisation granted in September 2011)

EIA for a proposed wind farm near Swellendam in the Western Cape

Project Manager


2010 (complete)

Basic Assessment for the erection of two wind monitoring masts near Swellendam and Bredasdorp in the Western Cape

Project Manager


2010 (complete)

Basic Assessment for the erection of two wind monitoring masts near Jeffrey’s Bay in the Eastern Cape

Project Manager

Windcurrent (Pty Ltd

2009-2010 ((Environmental Authorisations granted during 2010)

Basic Assessment Process for the proposed erection of 10 wind monitoring masts in SA as part of the national wind atlas project

Project Manager

Department of Energy through SANERI; GEF

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix K, Page 4


2010

South Africa’s Second National Communication under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

Project Manager

SANBI

2009 (Environmental Authorisation granted in 2009)

Basic Assessment Report for a proposed boundary wall at the Port of Port Elizabeth, Eastern Cape

Project Manager

Transnet Ltd

2008

Developing an Invasive Alien Plant Strategy for the Wild Coast, Eastern Cape

Co-author Eastern Cape Parks Board

2006-2008 Monitoring and Evaluation of aspects of Biodiversity

Project Leader Internal project awarded through the Young Researchers Fund

2006 Integrated veldfire management in South Africa. An assessment of current conditions and future approaches.

Co- author Working on Fire

2004-2005 Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan Wild Coast, Eastern Cape, SA

Co-author Wilderness Foundation

2005 Western Cape State of the Environment Report: Biodiversity section. (Year One).

Co- author and Project

Manager

Department of Environmental Affairs and Development Planning

PUBLICATIONS: Bowie, M. (néé Levendal) and Ward, D. (2004). Water status of the mistletoe Plicosepalus acaciae parasitic on isolated Negev Desert populations of Acacia raddiana differing in level of mortality. Journal of Arid Environments 56: 487-508. Wand, S.J.E., Esler, K.J. and Bowie, M.R (2001). Seasonal photosynthetic temperature responses and changes in 13C under varying temperature regimes in leaf-succulent and drought-deciduous shrubs from the Succulent Karoo, South Africa. South African Journal of Botany 67:235-243. Bowie, M.R., Wand, S.J.E. and Esler, K.J. (2000). Seasonal gas exchange responses under three different temperature treatments in a leaf-succulent and a drought-deciduous shrub from the Succulent Karoo. South African Journal of Botany 66:118-123.

LANGUAGES

Language Speaking Reading Writing English Excellent Excellent Excellent

Afrikaans Excellent Excellent Excellent Minnelise Levendal

May 2017

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix K, Page 5

Reinett Mogotshi (Project Manager)

CURRICULUM VITAE: REINETT MOGOTSHI PO Box 320 Stellenbosch 7599 South Africa

Office : +27 21 888 2432 Cell : +27 72 926 8494 Fax : +27 21 888 2473 Email [email protected]

Position in Firm: Junior Environmental Assessment Practitioner (306695) Full Name: Mogotshi, Mashedi Reinett Specialisation: GIS and Environmental Science Date of Birth: 09 February 1993 Nationality: South African

BIOSKETCH Reinett holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Environmental Sciences and Honours in Environmental Analysis and Management from University of Pretoria. She is currently studying towards her Master of Philosophy in Environmental Management at the University of Stellenbosch. Reinett was appointed as a teaching assistant for Academic Information Management and Assistant lecturer, where she taught first year students Ms Office (Excel, Word, PowerPoint, Access and Project), internet and database searching from 2013-2014. She then worked for Environmental Management Services department of City of Tshwane Metropolitan Municipality as an Environmental Science Intern in November 2014, where she got exposure in three sub-sections within the department, namely Landscape and Urban Design, Environmental Planning and Open Space Management. Experience acquired included reviewing of BA and S&EI reports, creating thematic maps using ArcGIS, mapping of City of Tshwane Parks; reviewing Landuse applications such as applications for township establishment, rezoning, consolidation, division, subdivision and consent use as well working with project managers and Landscape Architects to do technical quality control for parks development within the City. Reinett joined the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) as an Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) Intern within the Environmental Management Services (EMS) group in 2015. She is currently a Junior Environmental Practitioner for the same group. Her duties include Assistance to other EAPs within EMS in their projects; Report writing and project management; Participating in various forms of environmental assessments (BAs, EIAs); consultation with stakeholders and public meetings; GIS mapping for Special Needs projects and other EIAs within the group and Project administration (e.g. contracting and invoicing). She is involved with the Special Needs and Skills Development (SNSD) Programme, which assists Community Trusts, Small, Micro to Medium Enterprises, with environmental services to comply with NEMA EIA Regulations.

EXPERIENCE Completion

Date Project description Role Client

2016 (In Progress)

Basic Assessment for Scouts South Africa for the proposed expansion of a bridge over the Spruit River on the remainder of the farm Olyvenbosch 326, Wellington, Western Cape.

Project Manager and Mapping

Scouts South Africa


A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix K, Page 6


2016 (In Progress)

Basic Assessment and Waste Management Licence for Alphomega Farming Co-operative for the proposed development of a pig production enterprise on Portion 18 of Portion 13 of the Farm Poortje 340-IQ, Vereeniging, Gauteng


Alphomega Farming

2017 (In Progress)



JamRock (Pty) Ltd

2016 (In Progress)

Basic Assessment for Khanyani Agricultural Co-operative’s proposed maize and bean cultivation and harvesting enterprise on two portions of the Emthembeni Farm, near Estcourt in KwaZulu-Natal.

Project Reviewer Khanyani Agricultural Co-operative’s

2015 (in progress)

Special Needs and Skills Development Programme: Programme management and conducting of Basic Assessments for disadvantaged communities/businesses/enterprises

GIS Technician National Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA), South Africa

February 2015

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the proposed Class 3 road between the K34 and the Hazeldean Node in the Pretoria East- To be known as Hazeldean Boulevard submitted to City of Tshwane metropolitan Municipality

Departmental Reviewer Confidential

April 2015 Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the proposed Class 3 road between the K34 and the Hazeldean Node in the Pretoria East- To be known as Hazeldean Boulevard submitted to City of Tshwane metropolitan Municipality

Departmental Reviewer City of Tshwane

Confidential

April 2015 Draft basic Assessment Report for the proposed residential township development as part of Portion 5 of the Farm Tygervalley 334-JR- To be known as Tijger Valley Extension 14 and 34


Confidential

January 2015 Final Basic Assessment Report for the proposed township establishment on part of the Remainder of Portion 9 and a part of Portion 145 of the Farm Brakfontein 399-JR- To be known as Rooihuiskraal North extension 29


Confidential

2015 GIS screening for sites recommended for parks development in the 2015/2016 financial year.

Project assistant Confidential

2015 APPLICATION FOR TOWNSHIP ESTABLISHMENT: • Bronberg Close Extension 9 • Bronberg Close Extension 10 • Bronberg Extension 28 • Die Hoewes Extension 305 • Derdepoort Extension 14 • Lotus Gardens Extension 22 • Lotus Gardens Extension 18-28 • Proposed Monavoni Extensions 74 And 75 • Monavoni Extension 65 • Monavoni Extension 70 • Andeon Extension 28 • Heatherview Extension 42 • Rosslyn Extension 61 • Equestria X206 • Zwartkoppies X41 • Zwartkoppies X42

Environmental and GIS Screening and Departmental Reviewer City of Tshwane

Confidential

A P P E N D I C E S

Appendix K, Page 7

EMPLOYMENT RECORD • 2017 CSIR Environmental Management Services (EMS) Junior Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) • 2015 CSIR Environmental Management Services (EMS) Environmental Assessment Practitioner (EAP) Intern • 2015 City Of Tshwane Junior Environmental Science Intern • 2013-2014 UP School of Information Management Assistant Lecturer & Teaching Assistant

QUALIFICATIONS • 2014 University of Pretoria BSc Honours (Environmental Analysis and Management) • 2013 University of Pretoria BSc (Environmental Sciences)

SHORT-COURSES, CONFERENCES AND WORKSHOPS

• 2016 Technical Workshop on the Roles and Responsibilities of Environmental Control Officers, Brackenfell, November 2016.

• 2016 International Association for Impact Assessors South Africa (IAIAsa) National Annual Conference, August 2016, Port Elizabeth.

• 2015 Practical Adaptation for vulnerable communities by Adaptation Network, Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens, Cape Town, August 2015.

• 2016 Environmental Law on October 2015 at Newlands, Cape Town. • 2015 CiLLA Project Management I Course on November 2015 at CSIR Pretoria

LANGUAGES Speaking Reading Writing Setswana Excellent Excellent Excellent Sepedi Excellent Excellent Excellent English Excellent Excellent Excellent

PROFESSIONAL REGISTRATIONS • IAIA: Member of International Association of Impact Assessment South Africa (IAIAsa) since 12 January 2016.

Reinett Mogotshi

May 2017



Appendix L, Page 1

N/A



Appendix M, Page 1

N/A.



Appendix N, Page 1

N/A.

draft basic assessment report - csir · jonathan 175- jq, brits, north west basic assessment...

Documents